Sony Dcrip5e

DCR-IP5E/IP7E RMT-817/818
SERVICE MANUAL AEP Model

UK Model
Level 1
Ver 1.0 2001. 10
Photo : DCR-IP7E
RMT-817
V MECHANISM
SPECIFICATIONS
Focal length LCD screen General

Video camera 2.3 - 23 mm (3/32 - 29/32 in.)
recorder When converted to a 35 mm still Picture Power requirements
camera 44 - 440 mm (1 3/4 - 6.2 cm (2.5 type) 7.2 V (battery pack)
17 3/8 in.) 50 × 37 mm (2 × 1 1/2 in.) 8.4 V (AC power adaptor)
System
Colour temperature Total dot number: Average power consumption
Video recording system
Auto, HOLD (Hold), Indoor 211 200 (960 × 220) (when using the battery pack)
2 rotary heads During camera recording using the
(3 200 K), Outdoor (5 800 K)
Helical scanning system viewfinder (brightness normal)
Minimum illumination Wireless communication
Audio recording system 3.5 W
7 lx (lux) (F 1.7) (DCR-IP7E only)
Rotary heads, PCM system During camera recording using the
Quantization: 12 bits Communication system LCD (Backlighting on) 4.2 W
(Fs 48 kHz, stereo) Input/Output connectors Bluetooth specification Ver. 1.1 During camera recording using the
Video signal Audio/Video input/output Maximum communication LCD (Backlighting off) 3.5 W
PAL colour, CCIR standards 10-pin connector speed 1) 2) Operating temperature
Usable cassette Input/output auto switch Approx. 723 kbps 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F)
MICROMV cassette with the Video signal: 1 Vp-p, 75 Ω (ohms), Maximum output Storage temperature
mark printed unbalanced, sync negative Bluetooth specification Power –20°C to +60°C (–4°F to +140°F)
Tape speed Luminance signal: 1 Vp-p, 75 Ω Class2 Dimensions (approx.)
Approx. 5.66 mm/s (ohms), unbalanced Communication distance 2) 47× 103 × 80 mm
Recording/playback time Chrominance signal: 0.3 Vp-p, 75 Ω Approx. 10 m (33 feet) (Open space, (1 7/8 × 4 × 3 1/8 in.) (w/h/d)
(using cassette MGR60) (ohms), unbalanced when using a Sony BTA-NW1 (excluding protruding parts)
1 hour Audio signal: 327 mV, (at output Modem Adaptor with Bluetooth Mass (approx.)
Fastforward/rewind time impedance more than 47 kΩ Function) 310 g (10 oz)
(using cassette MGR60) (kilohms) ) Compatible Bluetooth profiles 3) Main unit only
Approx. 1 min and 30 s Input impedance with more than Generic Access Profile 370 g (13 oz)
Viewfinder 47 kΩ (kilohms) Dial-up Networking Profile including the battery pack,
Electric viewfinder (colour) Output impedance with less than Usable frequency band NP-FF50, cassette MGR60, lens cap,
Image device 2.2 kΩ (kilohms) 2.4 GHz band and list strap
3.0 mm (1/6 type) CCD USB jack (2.400 – 2.4835 GHz) Supplied accessories
(Charge Coupled Device) mini-B See page 3.
Approx. 800 000 pixels i.LINK (MICROMV) input/output 1) The maximum rate defined by
(Effective: 400 000 pixels) 4-pin connector S400 Bluetooth specification Ver. 1.1
Lens 2) Depends on obstacles between
Carl Zeiss the Bluetooth devices, radio wave
Combined power zoom lens conditions, etc. — Continued on next page —
Filter diameter 30 mm. (1 3/16 in.) 3) Defined by Bluetooth
10× (Optical), 120× (Digital) specification for intended use
between the Bluetooth devices
DIGITAL VIDEO CAMERA RECORDER

DCR-IP5E/IP7E
AC power adaptor Battery pack “Memory Stick”

AC-L20A NP-FF50 (DCR-IP7E only)
Power requirements Maximum output voltage Memory
100 - 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz DC 8.4 V Flash memory
Power consumption Output voltage 8 MB: MSA-8A
23 W DC 7.2 V Operating voltage
Output voltage Capacity 2.7-3.6 V
DC OUT: 8.4 V, 1.5 A in the 4.8 Wh (675 mAh) Power consumption
operating mode Operating temperature Approx. 45 mA in the operating
Operating temperature 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F) mode
0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F) Dimensions (approx.) Approx. 130 µA in the standby
Storage temperature 40.8 × 12.5 × 49.1 mm mode
–20°C to +60°C (–4°F to +140°F) (1 5/8 × 1/2 × 1 15/16 in.) Dimensions (approx.)
Dimensions (approx.) (w/h/d) 50 × 2.8 × 21.5 mm
125 × 39 × 62 mm Mass (approx.) (2 × 1/8 × 7/8 in.) (w/h/d)
(5 × 1 9/16 ×2 1/2 in.) (w/h/d) 45 g (1.6 oz) Mass (approx.)
excluding (projecting parts) mains Type 4 g (0.14 oz)
lead Lithium ion
Mass (approx.) Design and specifications are
280 g (9.8 oz) subject to change without notice.
excluding the mains lead
Table for difference of functions

Model DCR-IP5E DCR-IP7E Remark
Remote commander RMT-818 RMT-817
Memory mode ✕ a a: with IC1601, 1602, 1605,
Memory stick ✕ a 1606, 1801, 1802, 1803
USB connector ✕ a of VC-263 board
NETWORK (Bluetooth)
(BT-003 board) ✕ a a: with BT-003 board
SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!
COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK 0 OR DOTTED LINE WITH

MARK 0 ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE PARTS
LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE
COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS
APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS
PUBLISHED BY SONY.
SAFETY CHECK-OUT
After correcting the original service problem, perform the following

safety checks before releasing the set to the customer.
1. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-soldered 4. Look for parts which, through functioning, show obvious signs
connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and
and bridges. recommend their replacement.
2. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are 5. Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified.
"pinched" or contact high-wattage resistors. 6. Flexible Circuit Board Repairing
3. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly • Keep the temperature of the soldering iron around 270˚C
transistors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point during repairing.
them out to the customer and recommend their replacement. • Do not touch the soldering iron on the same conductor of the
circuit board (within 3 times).
• Be careful not to apply force on the conductor when soldering
or unsoldering.
—2—
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Checking supplied accessories.

Make sure that the following accessories are supplied with your camcorder.
Wireless Remote Wireless Remote Power cord (Main lead)(1) (AEP model) AC Power Adaptor (1) Battrey Pack (1)
Commander (1) Commander (1) 0 1-769-608-11 (AC-L20A) (NP-FF50)
RMT-817: DCR-IP7E RMT-818: DCR-IP5E Power cord (Main lead)(1) (UK model) 0 1-476-779-11 (not supplied)
1-476-815-21 1-476-814-21 0 1-783-374-11
R6 (size AA) batteries for USB Cable (1) Memory stick (1) A/V Connecting Cable (1) i.LINK Cable (1)
Remote Commander (2) (75 cm) (MSA-8A) (1.5 m) (not supplied)
(not supplied) 1-757-293-11 A-7024-735-A 1-823-156-11
(DCR-IP7E only) (DCR-IP7E only)
Lens cap (1) CD-ROM CD-ROM Battery Cover (1) 21-pin adaptor (1)
X-3951-910-1 (SPVD-004(P) USB Driver)(1) (Movie Shaker Ver.3.1 3-070-945-01 1-573-291-11
3-066-676-01 for MICROMV)(1)
(DCR-IP7E only) 3-070-810-01
Other accessories
3-071-132-11 OPERATING INSTRUCTION (NETWORK) Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
(ENGLISH/FRENCH) (IP7E) line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
3-071-132-21 OPERATING INSTRUCTION (NETWORK) Replace only with part number specified.
(GERMAN/DUTCH) (IP7E:AEP)
3-071-132-51 OPERATING INSTRUCTION (NETWORK) (ITALIAN)
(IP7E:AEP)
3-071-133-11 OPERATING INSTRUCTION (SET)(ENGLISH/RUSSIAN)
3-071-133-21 OPERATING INSTRUCTION (SET)(FRENCH/GERMAN)
(IP5E:AEP/IP7E:AEP)
3-071-133-31 OPERATING INSTRUCTION (SET)(DUTCH)

(IP5E:AEP/IP7E:AEP)
3-071-133-41 OPERATING INSTRUCTION (SET)
(SPANISH/PORTUGUESE) (IP5E:AEP/IP7E:AEP)
3-071-133-51 OPERATING INSTRUCTION (SET)(ITALIAN/GREEK)
(IP5E:AEP/IP7E:AEP)
—3—
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SERVICE NOTE Adjusting the white balance manually ···································· 40
1. POWER SUPPLY DURING REPAIRS ····························· 5 Adjusting the exposure manually ··········································· 41
2. TO TAKE OUT A CASSETTE WHEN NOT EJECT Focusing manually ·································································· 41
(FORCE EJECT) ································································ 5 Advanced Playback Operations
Playing back a tape with picture effects ································· 42
SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION Playing back a tape with digital effects ·································· 42
1. SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION ······································· 6 Searching for a scene – Multi-picture search ························· 43
2. SELF-DIAGNOSIS DISPLAY ·········································· 6 Searching the boundaries of recorded tape by title
3. SERVICE MODE DISPLAY ············································· 6 – Title search ········································································ 44
3-1. Display Method ·································································· 6 Searching a recording by date – Date search ·························· 44
3-2. Backup No. ········································································· 6 Searching for a photo – Photo search ····································· 45
3-3. End of Display ···································································· 6 Editing
4. SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE ··································· 7 Dubbing a tape ········································································ 45
Recording a programme ························································· 46
1. MAIN PARTS Superimposing a title ······························································ 48
1. ORNAMENTAL PARTS ···················································· 8 Making your own titles ··························································· 50
2. DISASSEMBLY ································································· 9 The Micro Cassette Memory ·················································· 51
2-1. LCD SECTION (PD-142 BOARD) ································· 10 Customizing Your Camcorder
2-2. CABINET (R) SECTION ················································ 11 Changing the menu settings ···················································· 52
2-3. LENS SECTION (LD-105 BOARD) ······························· 12 “Memory Stick” Operations – DCR-IP7E only
2-4. VC-263 BOARD ······························································ 13 Using a “Memory Stick” – introduction ································· 53
2-5. MECHANISM DECK ······················································ 13 Recording still images on a “Memory Stick”
2-6. EVF SECTION (VF-149 BOARD) ·································· 14 – Memory Photo recording ·················································· 57
2-7. CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (CF-1900), SPEAKER ··· 14 Recording an image from a tape as a still image ···················· 58
2-8. JK-209 BOARD ······························································· 15 Recording moving pictures on a “Memory Stick”
2-9. PARTS UNIT (HINGE) ··················································· 16 – MPEG movie recording ···················································· 59
2-10. BT-003 BOARD (IP7E), CABINET (L) ASSEMBLY ···· 17 Recording a picture from a tape as a moving picture ············· 60
2-11. GRIP CABINET ASSEMBLY, Superimposing a still image in a “Memory Stick” on a
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-1900) ······················ 17 moving picture – MEMORY MIX ······································ 61
3. REPAIR PARTS LIST ······················································ 18 Copying still images from a tape – Photo save ······················· 62
3-1. EXPLODED VIEWS ······················································· 18 Viewing a still image – Memory photo playback ··················· 63
3-1-1. OVERALL SECTION ······················································ 18 Viewing a moving picture – MPEG movie playback ············· 64
3-1-2. CABINET (R) SECTION-1 ············································· 19 Dubbing images recorded on the “Memory Stick” onto
3-1-3. CABINET (R) SECTION-2 (LCD SECTION) ················ 20 the tape ················································································· 65
3-1-4. LENS-EVF SECTION ····················································· 21 Enlarging still images recorded on a “Memory Stick”
3-1-5. G CABINET SECTION ··················································· 22 – Memory PB ZOOM ·························································· 66
3-1-6. CABINET (L) SECTION ················································· 23 Playing back images in a continuous loop – SLIDE SHOW ···· 66
Preventing accidental erasure – Image protection ·················· 67
2. GENERAL Deleting images ······································································ 67
Writing a print mark – PRINT MARK ··································· 69
Main Features ············································································· 24
Connecting with a computer
Introduction – Basic operations ·················································· 24
Viewing images recorded on a tape using your computer ······ 69
Quick Start Guide ······································································· 25
Viewing images recorded on a “Memory Stick” using
Getting started
your computer – DCR-IP7E only ········································ 70
Using this manual ··································································· 26
Network operation – DCR-IP7E only
Checking supplied accessories ··············································· 26
Accessing the network ···························································· 72
Step 1 Preparing the power supply ········································· 27
Troubleshooting
Installing the battery pack ···················································· 27
Types of trouble and their solutions ········································ 72
Charging the battery pack ···················································· 27
Self-diagnosis display ····························································· 74
Connecting to the mains ······················································ 28
Warning indicators and messages ··········································· 74
Step 2 Setting the date and time ············································· 29
Additional Information
Step 3 Inserting a cassette ······················································· 30
Compatible cassettes ······························································· 74
Recording – Basics
About the “InfoLITHIUM” battery pack ································ 75
Recording a picture ································································· 30
About i.LINK ·········································································· 75
Shooting backlit subjects – BACK LIGHT ························· 32
Using your camcorder abroad ················································· 76
Self-timer recording ····························································· 33
Maintenance information and precautions ······························ 76
Checking the recording – END SEARCH ······························ 33
Quick Reference
Playback – Basics
Identifying the parts and controls ··········································· 78
Playing back a tape ································································· 33
Viewing the recording on the TV screen ································ 35
Advanced Recording Operations
Recording a still image on a tape – Tape Photo recording ····· 36
Using the wide mode ······························································ 37
Using the fader function ························································· 37
Using special effects – Picture effect ······································ 38
Using special effects – Digital effect ······································ 38
Using the PROGRAM AE function ········································ 39
—4—
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
SERVICE NOTE
1. POWER SUPPLY DURING REPAIRS

In this unit, about 10 seconds after power is supplied to the battery terminal using the regulated power supply (8.4V), the power is shut off so
that the unit cannot operate.
These following two methods are available to prevent this. Take note of which to use during repairs.
Method 1.
Use the AC power adaptor (AC-L20, AC-VF50).
Method 2.
Connect the servicing remote commander RM-95 (J-6082-053-B) to the A/V jack, and set the commander switch to the “ADJ” side.
2. TO TAKE OUT A CASSETTE WHEN NOT EJECT (FORCE EJECT)

1 Refer to 2-2 to remove the cabinet (R) assembly.
2 Disconnect CN2009 (31P, 0.3mm) of VC-263 board.
3 Open the cassette lid.
4 Supply +4.5V from the regulated power supply to the loading motor and unload with a pressing the cassette compartment.
Loading motor
CN2009
VC-263 board
Regulated power supply

(+4.5Vdc)
—5—
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
1. SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION 2. SELF-DIAGNOSIS DISPLAY

When problems occur while the unit is operating, the self-diagnosis When problems occur while the unit is operating, the counter of the
function starts working, and displays on the viewfinder or LCD viewfinder or LCD screen consists of an alphabet and 4-digit
screen what to do. This function consists of two display; self- numbers, which blinks at 3.2 Hz. This 5-character display indicates
diagnosis display and service mode display. the “repaired by:”, “block” in which the problem occurred, and
Details of the self-diagnosis functions are provided in the Instruction “detailed code” of the problem.
manual.
Viewfinder or LCD screen
C:31:11
Blinks at 3.2Hz
C 31 11
Repaired by: Block Detailed Code

C : Corrected by customer Indicates the appropriate Refer to page 7.
H : Corrected by dealer step to be taken. Self-diagnosis Code Table.
E : Corrected by service E.g.
engineer 31 ....Reload the tape.
32 ....Turn on power again.
3. SERVICE MODE DISPLAY

The service mode display shows the last self-diagnosis codes shown in the past.
3-1. Display Method

While pressing the “BACK LIGHT” key, set the switch from OFF to ON, and continue pressing the “BACK LIGHT” key for 5 seconds
continuously. The service mode will be displayed, and the counter will show the backup No. and the 5-character self-diagnosis codes.
3-2. Backup No.

Viewfinder or LCD screen
[3] C : 3 1 : 1 1
Lights up
[3] C:31:11
Backup No. Self-diagnosis Codes
Order of previous errors
The backup No. in the [] indicates the order in which the problem occurred. (If the number of problems which occurred is less than 6, only the
number of problems which occurred will be shown.)
[1] : Occurred first time [4] : Occurred fourth time
[2] : Occurred second time [5] : Occurred fifth time
[3] : Occurred third time [6] : Occurred the last time
Note: Switching of the backup No. can’t be done.
3-3. End of Display

Turning OFF the power supply will end the service mode display.
Note: The “self-diagnosis display” data will be backed up by the coin-type lithium battery of control switch block (FK-1900) BT001. When CN2024 of
VC-263 board is disconnected, the “self-diagnosis display” data will be lost by initialization.
—6—
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
4. SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE

Self-diagnosis Code
Repaired by:
Block Detailed Symptom/State Correction

Function Code
C 0 4 0 0 Non-standard battery is used. Use the info LITHIUM battery.

C 2 1 0 0 Condensation. Remove the cassette, and insert it again after one hour.
C 2 2 0 0 Video head is dirty. Clean with the optional cleaning cassette.
LOAD direction. Loading does not
C 3 1 1 0 Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
complete within specified time
UNLOAD direction. Loading does not
C 3 1 1 1 Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
complete within specified time
C 3 1 2 0 T reel side tape slacking when unloading. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
C 3 1 2 1 Winding S reel fault when unloading. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
C 3 1 2 2 T reel fault. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
C 3 1 2 3 S reel fault. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
C 3 1 3 1 FG fault during capstan operations. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
C 3 1 3 2 Capstan reverse rotation. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
C 3 1 4 0 FG fault when starting drum. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
C 3 1 4 1 PG fault when starting drum. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
C 3 1 4 2 FG fault during normal drum operations. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
C 3 1 4 3 PG fault during normal drum operations. Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
LOAD direction loading motor time- Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
C 3 2 1 0
out. operations from the beginning.
UNLOAD direction loading motor Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
C 3 2 1 1
time-out. operations from the beginning.
T reel side tape slacking when Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
C 3 2 2 0
unloading. operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
C 3 2 2 1 Winding S reel fault when unloading.
operations from the beginning.
C 3 2 2 2 T reel fault.
C 3 2 2 3 S reel fault.
C 3 2 3 1 FG fault during capstan operations
C 3 2 3 2 Captan reverse operations
C 3 2 4 0 FG fault when starting drum
C 3 2 4 1 PG fault when starting drum
FG fault during normal drum Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
C 3 2 4 2
operations operations from the beginning.
PG fault during normal drum Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
C 3 2 4 3
operations operations from the beginning.
Inspect the lens block focus MR sensor (Pin rh,rj of CN2021 of VC-
Difficult to adjust focus 263 board) when focusing is performed using the manual focus buttons
E 6 1 0 0
(Cannot initialize focus.) on the menu screen, and the focus motor drive signals (Pin ea,es of
CN2021 of VC-263 board) when the focusing is not performed.
Inspect the lens block zoom MR sensor (Pin rl,t; of CN2021 of
Zoom operations fault VC-263 board) when zooming is performed when the zoom switch
E 6 1 1 0
(Cannot initialize zoom lens.) is operated and the zoom motor drive signals (Pin wl,e; of CN2021
of VC-263 board) when zooming is not performed.
—7—
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
1. MAIN PARTS
Note:
• Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given. The components identified by mark 0 or
• Items marked “*” are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items. Replace only with part number specified.
• The parts numbers of such as a cabinet are also appeared in this section.
Refer to the parts number mentioned below the name of parts to order.
1. ORNAMENTAL PARTS
Remote commander (RMT-817)

1-476-815-21
(IP7E)
Lens cap assembly
X-3951-910-1
Lid battery case

(for RMT-817)
3-053-056-01
Remote commander (RMT-818)

1-476-814-21 (IP5E)
BT terminal cover
3-070-945-01
Jack cover List strap

3-069-883-01 3-069-932-01
Note: Disassembling the main unit
is necessary to replace it.
Lid battery case
(for RMT-818)
3-053-056-01
—8—
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
2. DISASSEMBLY
The following flow chart shows the disassembly procedure.
2-1. LCD section (PD-142 board)
2-2. Cabinet (R) section
2-3. Lens section (LD-105 board)
2-6. EVF section (VF-149 board)

DCR-IP5E/IP7E
2-4. VC-263 board 2-7. Control switch block (CF-1900), Speaker
2-5. Mechanism deck
2-10. BT-003 board (IP7E), Cabinet (L) assembly
2-8. JK-209 board 2-11. Grip cabinet assembly,

Control switch block (FK-1900)
2-9. Parts unit (Hinge)
—9—
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
NOTE: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given.

2-1. LCD SECTION (PD-142 BOARD)
REMOVING THE PD-142 BOARD
4 Tape (F) 7 Screw

(M1.4 × 2.5),
lock ace
8 PD-142
2
board
4
3 Remove the panel cabinet (R) assembly
-1
D
P
in the direction of the arrow. 5 Screw
(M1.4 × 2.5),
1 Two screws 2 Two screws lock ace
(M1.4 × 2.5), (M1.4 × 2.5),
lock ace lock ace
9 Back light
Cold cathode fluorescent
tube, BL shield sheet (N)
0 Two screws
(M1.4 × 2.5),
6 Liquid crystal
lock ace
indicator module
2
qa LED SW base
4
-1
qs LED SW knob
D
P
— 10 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
2-2. CABINET (R) SECTION
8 FP-366 flexible board

5 Open the grip
(40P) 1 Two screws (M1.4 × 2.5),
(IP7E) cabinet assembly. lock ace
BT cable (IP7E)
BT cable
connector
7 Antenna
When removing the BT cable When installing cabinet (L)

from the BT-003 board, be sure section insert it in the groove.
to hold the connector of the
BT cable and remove it. 3
-26
VC 6 Screw (M1.4 × 2.5),
lock ace
3 Screw
(M1.4 × 2.5),
lock ace
2 Screw
(M1.4 × 2.5),
lock ace
9 Cabinet (R) section
4 Screw (M1.4 × 2.5),

lock ace
— 11 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
2-3. LENS SECTION (LD-105 BOARD)
When installing cabinet (L)

section insert it in the groove.
2 Remove the microphone unit

in the direction of the arrow A.
A
1 Microphone unit
(4P)
1 Control switch block
(CF-1900) (14P)
3
-26
VC
2 FP-367 flexible board (15P)

(IP7E)
6 Remove the lens-EVF section

in the direction of the arrow B.
B
3
-26
VC
05
9
-14
-1
VF
LD
3 EVF section,
VF-149 board
(33P)
4 LD-105 board
(51P)
5 Screw (M1.4 × 2.5),
4 Screw (M1.4 × 2.5), lock ace
lock ace
1 Tapping screw
5 VF fixed plate
(M1.7 × 3.5)
assembly
-14
9 6 EVF section
VF
3 Two screws (M1.4 × 2.5),

lock ace
5
0
-1
D
L
3 Lens section
1 Three claws
5
0
-1
D
L
2 Lens section
2 Filter ring assembly
— 12 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
2-4. VC-263 BOARD

REMOVING THE VC-263 BOARD
1 Screw (M1.4 × 2.5),

lock ace
7 MS holder
assembly (IP7E)
2 Flexible board
(from sensor) (31P) 7 VC PC board
holder (IP5E)
3 Flexible board
(from video head)
(11P)
4 Flexible board
VC (from drum motor) (11P)
-26
3
VC 8 VC-263
-26 board
1 JK-209 board 3
CN5504 (60P)
5 Flexible board
2 Screw (M1.4 × 2.5), (from capstan motor) (19P)
lock ace 6 Tapping screw
(M1.7 × 3.5)
3 Open the VC-263 board,
MS holder assembly (IP7E)/
VC PC board holder (IP5E)
in the direction of the arrow.
2-5. MECHANISM DECK
1 Open the grip

cabinet
assembly
0 VC heat
sink assembly
9 Screw
qa Two screws (M1.4 × 2.5),
(M1.4 × 2.5), lock ace
lock ace
6 Remove the grip
cabinet assembly
in the direction of
the arrow A.
Three
dowels
Two
dowels
2 Two screws qf Mechanism

A (M1.4 × 2.5), deck
lock ace qd Screw
(M1.4 × 2),
ace
3 Screw qs Two screws
(M1.4 × 2.5), (M1.4 × 2.5),
lock ace lock ace
B 5 Control switch block

(FK-1900) (31P)
7 Two screws (M1.4 × 2.5),

4 Two screws lock ace
(M1.4 × 2.5), 8 Remove the JK-209 board
lock ace in the direction of the arrow B.
— 13 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
2-6. EVF SECTION (VF-149 BOARD)
3 VF lens assembly
4 VF sleeve
VF-149 board
2 Tapping screw
(M1.7 × 5)
9
14
F-
V
1 Tapping screw
(M1.7 × 3.5) 5 VF ring assembly,
VF guard sheet
1 Tapping screw
(M1.7 × 5)
5 LCD cushion (1) 8 LCD cushion (2)

(Shining side must face to the VF sleeve guide assembly.) (Shining side must face to the BL holder.)
2 Push the VF sleeve guide assembly 7 LCD
in the direction of the arrow. (LCX033AN-J)
qd BL holder
3 Two claws 0 Light guide plate block,
BL retainer sheet metal
9
14
F-
V
6 VF sleeve guide
assembly 9 Two claws
9
14
F-
V
4 VF-149 board block qs BL cushion

(Shining side must face to the BL holder.)
qa VF-149 board
2-7. CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (CF-1900), SPEAKER
5 Remove the control switch block (CF-1900),

speaker in the direction of the arrow.
4 Control switch block (CF-1900),

Speaker
1 Two screws
(M1.4 × 2.5),
lock ace
3
-26
VC 2 SP retainer
3 Two screws 7 SP cushion

(M1.4 × 2.5),
lock ace
8 Speaker
6 Remove soldering
from the two points
9 Control switch block (CF-1900)
— 14 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
2-8. JK-209 BOARD

REMOVING THE JK-209 BOARD
3 JK flexible protection
sheet 2
4 Connector
CN5504 (60P) 2 JK flexible
JK-209
protection sheet
5 Two screws
3 (M1.4 × 2.5),
-26
VC lock ace
2 Jack 1 JK PC board
cover protection sheet
JK-209
JK-209 board
3 JC retainer 1 Screw
JK-209
plate (M1.4 × 2.5),
lock ace
5 Tally light
interception sheet
JK bracket
assembly
Jack
4 Screw
cover
(M1.4 × 2),
JC retainer lock ace
plate 6 Two screws
(M1.4 × 2),
JK-209
Four claws ace
8 JK-209 board
7 JK bracket assembly
— 15 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
2-9. PARTS UNIT (HINGE)
3 Harness FP-366 flexible board

(from LCD section)
(17P)
6 Menu sheet metal
4 Two screws
(M1.4 × 2.5),
lock ace
1 Waterproof sheet
Harness (17P)
5 Screw (M1.4 × 2.5),

lock ace
FP-366 flexible
2 Two screws board 4 Lens cabinet
(M1.4 × 2.5),
(R) assembly
lock ace
3 R button
2 Muffle sheet (B)

1 Open the LCD unit in the
direction of the arrow A.
Dowel
1 Three screws (M1.4 × 2.5),
lock ace
FP-366 flexible board
5 Remove the LCD unit,

parts unit (Hinge) in the
direction of the arrow B.
3 Screw
(M1.4 × 3) 4 Screw
(M1.4 × 2.5),
lock ace
Start the removal work afar the LCD section (PD-142 board) has
Three been removed referring section 2-1.
dowels
4 Panel cabinet (R) assembly
B Liquid crystal
indicator module
PD-142 board
Back light
2
14 Cold cathode fluorescent
P D- tube, BL shield sheet (N)
2 Harness (15P)
6 Screw
(M1.4 × 2),
ace 2 Screw
(M1.4 × 2.5), 3 Two screws
lock ace (M1.4 × 2.5),
lock ace
5 Parts unit 1 Tape F
7 FP-366 flexible board (Hinge)
— 16 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
2-10. BT-003 BOARD (IP7E), CABINET (L) ASSEMBLY
3 Lens cabinet
(IP7E) (L) section
4 MS release knob
3 Compression spring
2 Screw
(M1.4 × 2.5),
2 MS knob retainer lock ace
assembly
1 Screw
(M1.4 × 2.5),
lock ace
1 Screw
(M1.4 × 2.5),
lock ace
0 Cabinet (L) assembly

3
0
0
T-
B
6 Jack cover 5 JC retainer

plate
7 BT-003 5 FP-367 flexible board
board (15P) 4 Screw
6 Two screws (M1.4 × 2.5),
(M1.4 × 2), ace lock ace
8 List strap
9 Strap bracket
7 Screw (M2 × 3)
Note: This screw (M2 × 3) is MEC-processed. If the screw
is are removed once, it cannot be re-used.
When re-assembling, use the new MEC screw.
2-11. GRIP CABINET ASSEMBLY, CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-1900)
3 Two screws
(M1.4 × 2.5),
lock ace
2 Screw (M1.4 × 2), 4 Screw (M1.4 × 2.5),

lock ace lock ace
7 Tapping screw
(M1.7 × 3.5)
2 Grip cabinet assembly
1 Screw
(M1.4 × 2.5),
lock ace
6 Screw
(M1.4 × 2.5),
lock ace
Control switch block

(FK-1900) 8 Grip arm assembly,
Cabinet (L) joint
Dowel
5 Two screws 1 Control switch block (FK-1900),
(M1.4 × 2.5), Battery terminal board
lock ace
— 17 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
3. REPAIR PARTS LIST

3-1. EXPLODED VIEWS
NOTE:
• -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may • The mechanical parts with no reference number The components identified by mark 0 or
have some differences from the original one. in the exploded views are not supplied. dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
• Items marked “*” are not stocked since they Replace only with part number specified.
are seldom required for routine service. Some
delay should be anticipated when ordering these
items.
3-1-1. OVERALL SECTION
(IP7E) (IP7E)
G Cabinet section 24 9
Cabinet (L) section
(See page 22) 8
(See page 23) 1
1
F
E 10
D
G
G 7 A (IP5E)
1 B
C 11 9
not 4 B
supplied
(IP7E)
H 3 10
-26
5 VCard (IP7E)
6 B o
1 1
1 12 F
MIC901 D 13
1 18 20 E
23 1
1
16
1
22
LENS-EVF section
21 (See page 21)
3 2
1
1 19 17 A
15
not
14 1
C H
supplied not
1 supplied Cabinet (R) section-1,2
(See page 19, 20)
Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks
1 3-389-523-22 SCREW (LOCK ACE) 13 3-069-941-01 HEAD (M1.4) (LOCK ACE)
2 3-069-946-01 PLATE, JC RETAINER 14 3-071-513-01 0 PART-NO. P2 MAIN M1.4X3
3 3-069-932-01 STRAP, LIST 15 3-069-924-01 SCREW, TRIPOD
4 1-682-337-11 FP-367 FLEXIBLE BOARD (IP7E) 16 3-069-963-01 SHEET, JK FLEXIBLE PROTECTION
5 X-3951-999-1 HEAT SINK ASSY, VC 17 X-3951-910-1 CAP ASSY, LENS
6 3-713-791-05 SCREW (M1.7) 18 3-069-941-11 HEAD (M1.4) (LOCK ACE)

7 3-069-953-01 SHEET, VC BLIND 19 3-069-959-01 SHEET, JK PC BOARD PROTECTION
8 X-3951-821-1 HOLDER ASSY, MS (IP7E) 20 3-071-189-01 ACE (M1.4)
8 3-071-914-01 HOLDER, VC PC BOARD (IP5E) 21 not supplied JK-209 BOARD COMPLETE (IP7E)
9 1-476-814-21 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-818) (IP5E) 21 not supplied JK-209 (L) BOARD COMPLETE (IP5E)
9 1-476-815-21 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-817) (IP7E) 22 X-3951-830-1 BRACKET ASSY, JK

10 3-053-056-01 LID BATTERY CASE (FOR RMT-817/818) 23 3-070-944-01 SHEET,TALLY LIGHT INTERCEPTION
11 not supplied VC-263B BOARD COMPLETE (SERVICE) (IP5E) 24 3-070-945-01 COVER, BT TERMINAL
11 not supplied VC-263A BOARD COMPLETE (SERVICE) (IP7E) MIC901 1-476-816-11 MICROPHONE UNIT
12 3-071-191-01 VC SPACER
— 18 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
3-1-2. CABINET (R) SECTION-1
D
62 C
(IP7E) 61
73
D
55 51 A
73 51
58 59
B
C E
57
53 63
53 51
ANT901 60 70 Cabinet (R) section-2
(LCD section)
72 A (See page 20)
B
54 56 64
53
65
52 68
51 51 E
51 not
53 67 supplied
not
51 supplied
51 69 71
66
51 3-389-523-22 SCREW (LOCK ACE) 64 3-069-879-11 SPACER, PANEL
52 3-069-938-01 SHEET METAL, MENU 65 X-3951-813-1 WINDOW ASSY, REMOTE CONTROL (IP7E)
53 3-071-189-01 ACE (M1.4) 65 X-3952-117-1 WINDOW ASSY (5),REMOTE CONTROL (IP5E)
54 A-7074-962-A FP-366 BOARD COMPLETE 66 X-3951-812-1 CABINET (R) ASSY
55 3-070-604-01 SCREW (M1.4) 67 3-069-957-01 FOOT (3), RUBBER
56 3-713-791-05 SCREW (M1.7) 68 3-069-875-11 SHEET METAL, PANEL LOCK

57 3-669-481-02 PIN (DIA. 1), PARALLEL 69 3-069-873-01 CLAW, PANEL LOCK
58 3-069-876-11 SPRING, TORSION 70 3-071-888-01 LABEL (ENGLISH), CAUTION
59 3-069-866-11 SHEET METAL, DETECTION (SW) 71 3-071-647-01 SHEET (3), HEAT INSULATING
60 3-069-874-01 LEVER, SWITCHING DETECTION 72 3-070-527-01 SHEET (A), MUFFLE
61 3-069-922-01 BUTTON, R 73 3-070-528-01 SHEET (B), MUFFLE

62 X-3952-071-1 CABINET (R) ASSY (7), LENS ANT901 1-754-210-11 ANTENNA (2.4GHz) (IP7E)
63 3-071-221-01 SHEET, WATERPROOF
— 19 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
3-1-3. CABINET (R) SECTION-2 (LCD SECTION)
101 not
supplied
C A
107 B
106
101
104 LED901
108
103 C
111
B
LCD901
110 PD
109 102 113 -14
2 101
101 A
101 105
112
not 101
supplied
101 3-389-523-22 SCREW (LOCK ACE) 108 X-3952-070-1 CABINET (L) ASSY (7), PANEL (IP7E)
102 X-3952-069-1 CABINET (R) ASSY (7), PANEL (IP7E) 108 X-3952-116-1 CABINET (L) ASSY (5), PANEL (IP5E)
102 X-3952-115-1 CABINET (R) ASSY (5), PANEL (IP5E) 109 3-070-604-01 SCREW (M1.4)
103 3-069-923-01 COVER, HINGE 110 3-831-441-11 TAPE (F)
104 1-476-813-11 UNIT PARTS (HINGE) 111 3-069-965-01 SPACER (2), PD
105 not supplied PD-142 BOARD COMPLETE 112 3-070-533-01 CAP, PAINTING PROTECTION
106 3-069-989-01 BASE, LCD SW (IP7E) 113 9-911-839-99 SPACER (1), PD
106 3-069-989-11 BASE, LCD SW (IP5E) LCD901 not supplied ACX500AKB-J (SERVICE)
107 3-069-988-01 KNOB, LCD SW 0 LED901 not supplied BLOCK (2.5), LIGHT GUIDE PLATE
Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted

line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
— 20 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
3-1-4. LENS-EVF SECTION
not 167 166

supplied 168
5
-10 IC701 165
157 LD
A 172 163 164 B
156 173
not 162
155 supplied 154
C
C
170 163
171 174 154

49
161
-1
F
V
158 LCD902
169 160
153
159
151
B
154
A
152
151 3-069-937-01 TAPPING (B1.7X3.5), HEAD 164 3-069-977-01 SLEEVE, VF
152 X-3951-825-1 PLATE ASSY, VF FIXED 165 X-3951-820-1 RING ASSY, VF
153 not supplied VF-149 BOARD COMPLETE 166 X-3951-817-1 LENS ASSY, VF
154 3-389-523-22 SCREW (LOCK ACE) 167 not supplied SCREW (B1.7) TAPPING
155 3-071-116-01 SHEET, VF FLEXIBLE PROTECTION 168 3-069-930-01 SHEET, VF GUARD
156 X-3951-822-1 RING ASSY, FILTER 169 3-713-791-05 SCREW (M1.7)

157 not supplied 670A (PAL) (CZ) BLOCK ASSY 170 3-070-948-01 CUSHION, LENS
158 3-069-981-01 CUSHION, BL 171 3-069-940-01 SHEET METAL, BL RETAINER
159 3-069-980-01 HOLDER, BL 172 not supplied RVBBER (S) SEAL
173 not supplied FILTER BLOCK OPTICAL
160 3-069-976-01 CUSHION (2), LCD
161 3-069-886-01 CUSHION (1), LCD 174 not supplied BLOCK(0.44), LIGHT GUIDE PLATE
162 X-3951-818-1 GUIDE ASSY, VF SLEEVE IC701 not supplied ICX281DKF-13 (CCD IMAGER)
163 3-713-791-11 SCREW (M1.7X5), TAPPING, P2 LCD902 not supplied LCX033AN-J (SERVICE)
— 21 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
3-1-5. G CABINET SECTION
201
204
203 209
not Mechanism deck
supplied 205 210 213 204
206
C
211 204
BT001 C 214
201 B
A
201
207 213
202 212
BT901 B
201 204
A 215
not
supplied 208 212
204
: BT001 (Lithium battery) FK-1900 control switch block on the mount position.
201 3-389-523-23 SCREW (LOCK ACE) 209 X-3952-113-1 CABINET ASSY (5E), GRIP (IP5E)
202 3-069-891-01 SLIDER, G LOCK 210 3-069-950-01 SHEET, BT TERMINAL BLIND
203 3-069-892-01 TALLY, POWER (IP7E) 211 1-476-812-11 SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (FK-1900)
203 3-069-892-11 TALLY, POWER (IP5E) 212 3-071-189-01 ACE (M1.4)
204 3-389-523-22 SCREW (LOCK ACE) 213 3-713-791-05 SCREW (M1.7)
205 3-069-890-01 BUTTON, G LOCK RELEASE 214 3-069-928-01 JOINT, CABINET (L)
206 3-069-962-01 SHEET, CHG BLIND 215 X-3951-816-1 ARM ASSY, GRIP
207 X-3951-865-1 RELEASE ASSY, BT BT001 1-756-102-11 BATTERY, LITHIUM SECONDARY
208 3-069-947-01 SLIDER, CASSETTE COMPARTMENT BT901 1-694-843-11 TERMINAL BOARD, BATTERY
209 X-3952-067-1 CABINET ASSY (7E), GRIP (IP7E)
— 22 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
3-1-6. CABINET (L) SECTION
261
SP901
255 262
263
257 255
not 255 (IP7E)

256 supplied
255
260
264
not
255 259 266 supplied
258
3
0
0
T-
B
254
Note
251
253 267 265
252
Note: This screw (M2 × 3) is MEC-processed. If the screw
is are removed once, it cannot be re-used.
When re-assembling, use the new MEC screw.
251 3-069-888-01 FOOT, RUBBER 260 3-069-945-11 CABINET (L), LENS
252 3-069-885-01 BRACKET, STRAP 261 1-476-811-21 SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (CF-1900)
253 3-069-956-01 FOOT (2), RUBBER 262 3-070-947-01 CUSHION, SP
254 3-724-455-41 SCREW 263 3-069-983-01 RETAINER, SP
255 3-389-523-22 SCREW (LOCK ACE) 264 X-3951-827-1 RETAINER ASSY, MS KNOB (IP7E)
256 3-069-883-01 COVER, JACK 264 3-069-882-02 MS KNOB, RETAINER (IP5E)

257 X-3952-068-1 CABINET (L) ASSY (IP7E) 265 not supplied BT-003 BOARD COMPLETE (IP7E)
257 X-3952-174-1 CABINET (L) ASSY (IP5E) 266 X-3951-819-1 CASE ASSY, BT SHIELD (IP7E)
258 3-069-881-01 KNOB, MS RELEASE (IP7E) 267 3-071-189-01 ACE (M1.4)
259 3-062-142-01 SPRING, COMPRESSION (IP7E) SP901 1-529-857-11 SPEAKER (1.6 CM)
— 23 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
2. GENERAL
This section is extracted from
instruction manual.
English
Main Features Main Features
Taking moving or still images, and playing them back Functions to give an effect to your recordings
•Recording a picture on a tape (p. 38) •Digital zoom (p. 124)
•Recording a still image on a tape (p. 61) The default setting is set to OFF. (To zoom greater than 10×, set up the D ZOOM item in the menu
•Playing back a tape (p. 51) settings.)
•Recording a still image on a “Memory Stick” (p. 149) (DCR-IP7E only) •Fader (p. 66)
•Recording moving pictures on a “Memory Stick” (p. 160) (DCR-IP7E only) •Picture effect (p. 69)
•Viewing a still image recorded on a “Memory Stick” (p. 174) (DCR-IP7E only) •Digital effect (p. 71)
•Viewing a moving picture on a “Memory Stick” (p. 179) (DCR-IP7E only) •Title (p. 108, 116)
•MEMORY MIX (p. 166) (DCR-IP7E only)
Functions to give a natural appearance to your recordings

•Manual focus (p. 82)
•Landscape mode (p. 75)
Functions used after recording

•END SEARCH (p. 50)
•DATA CODE (p. 54)
•Multi-picture search (p. 88)
•Title search (p. 93)
Capturing images on your computer •Date search (p. 95)
•Viewing an image recorded on a tape using your computer via the i.LINK cable (p. 199) •Photo search (p. 97)
•Viewing an image recorded on a “Memory Stick” using your computer via the USB cable (p. 201)
(DCR-IP7E only)
Accessing the Internet via a Bluetooth device (not supplied) (DCR-IP7E only)
•Accessing the Internet and sending/receiving your e-mail. For details, refer to the network function
operating instructions supplied with your camcorder.
Other uses
Functions to adjust exposure in recording mode
•Back light (p. 47)
•PROGRAM AE (p. 75)
•White balance (p. 78)
•Adjusting the exposure manually (p. 80)
4 5
Introduction – Basic Bвeдeниe – Ocновныe

operations опepaции Introduction – Basic operations Bвeдeниe – Ocновныe опepaции
This section describes the basic operations used B этом paздeлe опиcывaютcя оcновныe
How to use the control button Кaк иcпользовaть кнопкy
to control and ways to operate the camcorder. опepaции, иcпользyeмыe для yпpaвлeния, и
cпоcобы paботы c видeокaмepой. yпpaвлeния
Most of the operations are carried out using the
How to turn on the power and control button. Select a button displayed on the Большинcтво опepaций пpоизводятcя c
select the mode Кaк включить питaниe и screen using the control button, then press the помощью кнопки yпpaвлeния. Bыбepитe
Getting started/Подготовкa к экcплyaтaции

выбpaть peжим centre z on the control button. кнопкy, отобpaжaeмyю нa экpaнe, c помощью
To supply power for the camcorder, see “Step 1 кнопки yпpaвлeния, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
Preparing the power supply” on page 25. Чтобы включить питaниe видeокaмepы, cм. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
“Пyнкт 1 Подготовкa иcточникa питaния” нa
cтp. 25.
1 2
1,2 POWER
CAMERA
MEMORY/ (CHG)
NETWORK OFF
VCR ON
MODE
(1) Slide the POWER switch down while pressing (1) Пepeдвиньтe пepeключaтeль POWER
the small green button, then release your вниз, нaжaв мaлeнькyю зeлeнyю кнопкy, (1) Press v/V/b/B on the control button (1) Haжимaя v/V/b/B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния,
finger. зaтeм отпycтитe. repeatedly to select the desired button выбepитe нyжнyю кнопкy, отобpaжaeмyю
The camcorder is turned on, and then the Bидeокaмepa включитcя, зaтeм пepeйдeт displayed on the screen. нa экpaнe.
camcorder turns to the CAMERA mode so в peжим CAMERA, и зaгоpитcя индикaтоp The selected button turns orange. Bыбpaннaя кнопкa cтaнeт оpaнжeвой.
that the CAMERA lamp lights up. CAMERA.
(2) Slide the POWER switch down. Each time you (2) Пepeдвиньтe пepeключaтeль POWER
PAGE1 PAGE2 PAGE3 EXIT
slide it down, the mode changes as follows вниз. Пpи кaждом пepeдвижeнии eго вниз
and corresponding mode lamp also lights up. зaгоpaeтcя cоотвeтcтвyющий индикaтоp
CAMERA Use this mode when you record on peжимa, и peжим измeняeтcя cлeдyющим
a tape. обpaзом. LCD VOL END TITLE
MEMORY/NETWORK (DCR-IP7E only) CAMERA Иcпользyйтe этот peжим пpи BRT SCH
MEMORY: Use this mode when you record зaпиcи нa лeнтy.

on a “Memory Stick”, or play MEMORY/NETWORK (только модeль (2) Press the centre z on the control button to (2) Haжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
back or edit a image in a DCR-IP7E) enter the setting. yпpaвлeния для вводa ycтaновки.
“Memory Stick”. MEMORY: Иcпользyйтe этот peжим пpи Repeat steps 1 and 2 to execute the function. Повтоpитe пyнкты 1 и 2 для выполнeния
NETWORK: Use this mode when you use зaпиcи нa “Memory Stick”, a фyнкции.
the network function. For тaкжe пpи воcпpоизвeдeнии
details, refer to the supplied или peдaктиpовaнии
network function operating изобpaжeния нa “Memory
instructions. Stick”. OK
VCR Use this mode when you play back or NETWORK: Иcпользyйтe этот peжим пpи
edit an image recorded on a tape or иcпользовaнии фyнкции
Network. Подpобнyю – LCD BRT +
“Memory Stick” (A “Memory Stick” can
only be used with the DCR-IP7E). инфоpмaцию о фyнкции
Network cм. в пpилaгaeмой
инcтpyкции по экcплyaтaции.
VCR Иcпользyйтe этот peжим пpи
воcпpоизвeдeнии или
peдaктиpовaнии изобpaжeния,
зaпиcaнного нa лeнтe или “Memory
Stick” (“Memory Stick” можно
8 иcпользовaть только для модeли 9
DCR-IP7E).
1-24
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Introduction – Basic operations Bвeдeниe – Ocновныe опepaции Introduction – Basic operations Bвeдeниe – Ocновныe опepaции
To return to the FN screen Для возвpaтa к экpaнy FN

The procedure above is referred to as “Select Bышeопиcaннaя пpоцeдypa в инcтpyкции по Select OK, then RETURN, or END Bыбepитe OK, зaтeм RETURN или
[XXXX], then press the centre z on the control экcплyaтaции нaзывaeтcя “Bыбepитe with v/V/b/B on the control button, then press END c помощью v/V/b/B нa кнопкe
button” in this operating instructions. [XXXX], зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa the centre z. Next, select EXIT with v/V/b/B yпpaвлeния, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z.
кнопкe yпpaвлeния”. on the control button, then press the centre z. Зaтeм выбepитe EXIT c помощью v/V/b/B нa

кнопкe yпpaвлeния, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
When an item is selected To execute settings z.
A green bar appears above the item. Пpи выбоpe элeмeнтa Select OK with v/V/b/B on the control
Haд ним появляeтcя зeлeнaя полоca. button, then press the centre z. The display Для выполнeния ycтaновок
If certain items are not available returns to the PAGE1/PAGE2/PAGE3 screen. Bыбepитe OK c помощью v/V/b/B нa
The colour of those items changes to grey. Ecли кaкиe-то элeмeнты нeдоcтyпны кнопкe yпpaвлeния, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
Цвeт этиx элeмeнтов измeняeтcя нa cepый. To cancel settings z. Oтобpaжeниe вepнeтcя к экpaнy PAGE1/
Select OFF or AUTO with v/V/b/B on the PAGE2/PAGE3.
How to use the FN screen
control button, then press the centre z. The
Кaк иcпользовaть экpaн FN Для отмeны ycтaновок
If FN is not displayed on the screen, press display returns to the PAGE1/PAGE2/PAGE3
DISPLAY or the centre z on the control button. Ecли нa экpaнe нe отобpaжaeтcя FN, screen. Bыбepитe OFF или AUTO c помощью v/V/
нaжмитe DISPLAY или нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe b/B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
yпpaвлeния. The screen buttons on the PAGE1/PAGE2/ цeнтp z. Oтобpaжeниe вepнeтcя к экpaнy
PAGE3 screen PAGE1/PAGE2/PAGE3.
In CAMERA mode
Экpaнныe кнопки нa экpaнe PAGE1/PAGE2/
PAGE1 MENU, FADER, SELFTIMER, MEM
1–3 MIX*, EXPOSURE, FOCUS
PAGE3
B peжимe CAMERA
DISPLAY PAGE2 LCD BRT, VOL, END SCH, TITLE
PAGE1 MENU, FADER, SELFTIMER, MEM MIX*,
PAGE3 DIG EFFT, COUNT RESET EXPOSURE, FOCUS
PAGE2 LCD BRT, VOL, END SCH, TITLE
In VCR mode
PAGE3 DIG EFFT, COUNT RESET
PAGE1 MENU, VOL, TITLE, MULTI SRCH, x/
PB*, m *, BX *, M *
B peжимe VCR
PAGE2 LCD BRT, DIG EFFT, END SCH,
x/ PB*, m *, BX *, M * PAGE1 MENU, VOL, TITLE, MULTI SRCH, x/
(1) Select FN with v/V/b/B on the control (1) Bыбepитe FN c помощью v/V/b/B нa PB*, m *, BX *, M *
button, then press the centre z. The FN кнопкe yпpaвлeния, зaтeм нaжмитe нa PAGE3 DATA CODE, COUNT RESET, qREC
CTRL, x/ PB*, m *, BX *, PAGE2 LCD BRT, DIG EFFT, END SCH,
screen appears. цeнтp z. Появитcя экpaн FN. x/ PB*, m *, BX *, M *
M *
PAGE3 DATA CODE, COUNT RESET, qREC
* (DCR-IP7E only) CTRL, x/ PB*, m *, BX *,
M *
See page 142 for the MEMORY/NETWORK
MENU FOCUS mode (DCR-IP7E only). * (только модeль DCR-IP7E)
FADER SELF MEM EXPO–
FN TIMER MIX SURE To turn on/off the screen buttons Инфоpмaцию о peжимe MEMORY/NETWORK
Press DISPLAY. However, the finder can be used cм. нa cтp. 142 (только модeль DCR-IP7E).
In CAMERA mode/B peжимe CAMERA only in mirror mode.
Чтобы включить/выключить экpaнныe
(2) To change the page, select PAGE1, PAGE2, or (2) Чтобы cмeнить cтpaницy, выбepитe A screen where the FN button is displayed is кнопки
PAGE3 with v/V/b/B on the control button, PAGE1, PAGE2 или PAGE3 c помощью v/ referred to as the FN screen in this operating Haжмитe кнопкy DISPLAY. Oднaко
then press the centre z. The PAGE1/PAGE2/ V/b/B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния, зaтeм instructions. видоиcкaтeль можно иcпользовaть только в
PAGE3 screen appears. нaжмитe нa цeнтp z. Появитcя экpaн зepкaльном peжимe.
(3) Select the desired item with v/V/b/B on the PAGE1/PAGE2/PAGE3.
control button, then press the centre z. The (3) Bыбepитe тpeбyeмый элeмeнт c помощью B этой инcтpyкции по экcплyaтaции экpaн,
screen that corresponds to that button will v/V/b/B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния, зaтeм нa котоpом pacположeнa кнопкa FN,
appear, or that function will be executed. нaжмитe нa цeнтp z. Появитcя экpaн, нaзывaeтcя экpaном FN.
cоотвeтcтвyющий этой кнопкe, или бyдeт
10 выполнeнa фyнкция. 11
Englsih
Quick Start Guide

Recording a picture (p. 38)
This guide introduces you to the basic operations for
recording/playback. See the page in parentheses “( )” for 1 Remove the lens cap.
3 Set the POWER switch to
more information.
CAMERA.
The CAMERA lamp lights up.
2 Press OPEN
to open the POWER
LCD panel. CAMERA

MEMORY/ (CHG)
NETWORK OFF
VCR ON
Viewfinder
MODE
When the LCD panel
is closed, pull out the
Connecting the mains lead (p. 30) viewfinder until it 4 Press START/STOP. Your
clicks and use it to camcorder starts recording. To
Use the battery pack when using your camcorder outdoors (p. 25).
monitor your stop recording, press START/
Open the jack recording. STOP again.
cover.
START/STOP
AC power adaptor (supplied)

When you purchase your camcorder, the clock
is not set up yet. Set up the clock before
Quick Start Guide
Quick Start Guide
recording (p. 32).
Monitoring the playback picture on the LCD

Connect the plug with its v screen (p. 51)
mark facing the lens side.
1 Set the POWER switch to VCR.

Inserting a cassette (p. 36) The VCR lamp lights up.
POWER
1 2 3
CAMERA
Slide OPEN/ZEJECT
in the direction of the
Push the middle
portion of the back of
Close the cassette
compartment by
MEMORY/
NETWORK
VCR
(CHG)
OFF
ON
2 Select , then press the centre z
on the control button to rewind the
arrow and open the the cassette to insert. pushing down the MODE tape.
lid. Insert it the cassette cassette lid halfway.
in a straight line After the cassette
deeply into the compartment goes
cassette compartment down completely, 3 Select , then press the centre z
with the window close the lid until it on the control button to start
facing out. clicks. playback.
NOTE
Do not pick up your
camcorder by holding
the viewfinder, the
LCD panel, the battery
pack, or the jack cover.
16 17
— 25 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
— Подготовкa к экcплyaтaции —
Иcпользовaниe дaнного
— Getting started — Иcпользовaниe Using this manual pyководcтвa
Using this manual дaнного pyководcтвa
Note on the MICROMV format Пpимeчaниe по фоpмaтy
The instructions in this manual are for the two Инcтpyкции в дaнном pyководcтвe MICROMV
models listed in the table below. Before you start пpeднaзнaчeны для двyx модeлeй, Your camcorder is based on the MICROMV
reading this manual and operating your пepeчиcлeнныx в тaблицe нижe. Пepeд тeм, format. You can only use MICROMV cassettes Baшa видeокaмepa paботaeт в фоpмaтe
with your camcorder. MICROMV. Bы можeтe иcпользовaть для

camcorder, check the model number by looking кaк пpочecть дaнноe pyководcтво и нaчaть
at the bottom of your camcorder. The DCR-IP7E экcплyaтaцию Baшeй видeокaмepы, •Records and plays back for about 60 minutes видeокaмepы только кacceты MICROMV.
is the model used for illustration purposes. пpовepьтe номep модeли нa нижнeй cтоpонe with equal quality when compared to DV • Зaпиcь и воcпpоизвeдeниe пpиблизитeльно
Otherwise, the model name is indicated in the Baшeй видeокaмepы. B кaчecтвe (digital video). 60 минyт c кaчecтвом, aнaлогичным
illustrations. Any differences in operation are иллюcтpaции иcпользyeтcя модeль DCR-IP7E. •The Micro Cassette Memory feature is provided cтaндapтy DV (цифpовоe видeо).
clearly indicated in the text, for example, “DCR- B дpyгиx cлyчaяx номep модeли yкaзaн нa with all MICROMV cassettes. The camcorder • Bce кacceты MICROMV имeют фyнкцию
IP7E only”. pиcyнкax. Кaкиe-либо pacxождeния в can access any scene easily using the memory Micro Cassette Memory. Bидeокaмepa лeгко
As you read through this manual, buttons and экcплyaтaции чeтко yкaзaны в тeкcтe, (Multi-picture search function). можeт нaйти любyю cцeнy c помощью
settings on your camcorder are shown in capital нaпpимep, “только модeль DCR-IP7E”. •Adopts the MPEG2 format as a data пaмяти (фyнкция поиcкa нecколькиx
letters. Пpи чтeнии дaнного pyководcтвa yчитывaйтe, compression method. This format is the same as изобpaжeний).
e.g. Set the POWER switch to CAMERA. что кнопки и ycтaновки нa видeокaмepe the one for DVD (digital video disc). • Поддepжкa фоpмaтa MPEG2 в кaчecтвe
When you carry out an operation, you can hear a покaзaны зaглaвными бyквaми. мeтодa cжaтия. Этот жe фоpмaт
beep or melody sound to indicate that the Haпpимep. Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль Note on TV colour systems иcпользyeтcя для DVD (цифpовыx
operation is being carried out. POWER в положeниe CAMERA. видeодиcков).
Пpи выполнeнии опepaции нa видeокaмepe TV colour systems differ from country to
Type of difference можно ycлышaть звyковой cигнaл или country. To view your recordings on a TV, you Пpимeчaниe по cиcтeмaм
мeлодию, подтвepждaющиe выполнeниe need a PAL system-based TV.
DCR- IP5E IP7E цвeтного тeлeвидeния
опepaции.
MEMORY/NETWORK mark1) — z
(on the POWER switch) Copyright precautions Cиcтeмы цвeтного тeлeвидeния отличaютcя в
Tипы paзличий зaвиcимоcти от cтpaны. Для пpоcмотpa Baшиx
USB jack — z DCR- IP5E IP7E Television programmes, films, video tapes, and зaпиceй нa экpaнe тeлeвизоpa Baм
other materials may be copyrighted. нeобxодимо иcпользовaть тeлeвизоp,
Знaк MEMORY/NETWORK1) — z
z Provided Unauthorized recording of such materials may оcновaнный нa cиcтeмe PAL.
(нa пepeключaтeлe POWER)
— Not provided be contrary to the provision of the copyright
Гнeздо USB — z laws.
1)
The model with MEMORY/NETWORK
Пpeдоcтepeжeния об aвтоpcком
marked on the POWER switch is provided with z Имeeтcя пpaвe
memory and network functions. See page 209 — Oтcyтcтвyeт
Teлeвизионныe пpогpaммы, кинофильмы,
for details.
1) видeолeнты и дpyгиe мaтepиaлы могyт быть
B модeляx cо знaком MEMORY/NETWORK
зaщищeны aвтоpcким пpaвом.
нa пepeключaтeлe POWER имeютcя
Heлицeнзиpовaннaя зaпиcь тaкиx мaтepиaлов
фyнкции Memory и Network. Подpобныe
можeт пpотивоpeчить положeниям зaконa об
cвeдeния пpивeдeны нa cтp. 209.
aвтоpcком пpaвe.
20 21
Иcпользовaниe дaнного Пpовepкa

Using this manual pyководcтвa Checking supplied пpилaгaeмыx
accessories пpинaдлeжноcтeй
Precautions on camcorder care Mepы пpeдоcтоpожноcти пpи
yxодe зa видeокaмepой Make sure that the following accessories are Убeдитecь, что cлeдyющиe пpинaдлeжноcти
Lens and LCD screen/finder (on supplied with your camcorder. пpилaгaютcя к Baшeй видeокaмepe.
mounted models only) Oбъeктив и экpaн ЖКД/видоиcкaтeль
•The LCD screen and the finder are (только для ycтaновлeнныx модeлeй)
manufactured using extremely high- • Экpaн ЖКД и видоиcкaтeль изготовлeны c
помощью выcокопpeцизионной 1 2 3
precision technology, so over 99.99% of the
тexнологии, поэтомy cвышe 99,99%
pixels are operational for effective use. элeмeнтов изобpaжeния пpeднaзнaчeны
However, there may be some tiny black для эффeктивного иcпользовaния. Oднaко
points and/or bright points (white, red, blue нa экpaнe ЖКД и в видоиcкaтeлe могyт
or green in colour) that constantly appear on поcтоянно появлятьcя чepныe или яpкиe RMT-817
the LCD screen and the finder. These points цвeтныe точки (бeлыe, кpacныe, cиниe или or/или
зeлeныe). Появлeниe этиx точeк обычно RMT-818
are normal in the manufacturing process and
do not affect the recording in any way. cвязaно c пpоизводcтвeнным пpоцeccом, и
они никоим обpaзом нe влияют нa зaпиcь. 4 5 6 7
•Do not let your camcorder get wet. Keep your
• He допycкaйтe, чтобы видeокaмepa
camcorder away from rain and sea water. cтaновилacь влaжной. Пpeдоxpaняйтe
Letting your camcorder get wet may cause your видeокaмepy от дождя и моpcкой воды.
camcorder to malfunction. Sometimes this Bлaгa можeт пpивecти к нeполaдкaм в
malfunction cannot be repaired [a]. paботe видeокaмepы. Иногдa нeиcпpaвноcть
•Never leave your camcorder exposed to ycтpaнить нeвозможно [a].
temperatures above 60°C (140°F), such as in a • Hикогдa нe оcтaвляйтe видeокaмepy в
car parked in the sun or under direct sunlight мecтax, гдe тeмпepaтypa поднимaeтcя вышe 8 9 q; qa
[b]. 60°C, нaпpимep, в aвтомобилe,
пpипapковaнном в cолнeчном мecтe, или
•Be careful when placing the camcorder near a
под пpямым cолнeчным cвeтом [b].
window or outdoors. Exposing the LCD screen, • Бyдьтe внимaтeльны, когдa оcтaвляeтe
the finder or the lens to direct sunlight for long видeокaмepy вблизи окнa или внe
periods may cause malfunctions [c]. помeщeния. Дeйcтвиe пpямого cолнeчного
•Do not directly shoot the sun. Doing so might cвeтa нa экpaн ЖКД, видоиcкaтeль или
cause your camcorder to malfunction. Take объeктив в тeчeниe длитeльного вpeмeни qs qd
pictures of the sun in any low light conditions могyт пpивecти к нeиcпpaвноcти [c].
such as dusk [d]. • He cнимaйтe cолнцe нeпоcpeдcтвeнно. Это
можeт пpивecти к нeиcпpaвноcти видeокaмepы.
Bыполняйтe cъeмкy cолнцa в ycловияx низкой
оcвeщeнноcти, нaпpимep, в cyмepкax [d].
[a] [b]
[c] [d]
22 23
— 26 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Пyнкт 1 Подготовкa
Пpовepкa пpилaгaeмыx
Checking supplied accessories пpинaдлeжноcтeй Step 1 Preparing the иcточникa
power supply питaния
1 Wireless Remote Commander (1) (p. 253) 1 Бecпpоводный пyльт диcтaнционного
RMT-817: DCR-IP7E yпpaвлeния (1) (cтp. 253)
RMT-818: DCR-IP5E RMT-817: DCR-IP7E Installing the battery pack Уcтaновкa бaтapeйного блокa
2 AC-L20A AC power adaptor (1), the mains RMT-818: DCR-IP5E
lead (1) (p. 26) 2 Ceтeвой aдaптep пepeмeнного токa AC- We recommend that you use the battery pack Peкомeндyeтcя иcпользовaть бaтapeйный

3 NP-FF50 battery pack (1) (p. 25, 26) L20A (1), пpовод элeктpопитaния (1) when you use your camcorder outdoors. блок пpи иcпользовaнии Baшeй видeокaмepы
4 R6 (size AA) batteries for the Remote (cтp. 26) внe помeщeния.
Commander (2) (p. 254) 3 Бaтapeйный блок NP-FF50 (1) (cтp. 25, (1) While turning down the VBATT (battery)
5 USB cable* (1) (p. 203) 26) release lever in the direction of the arrow 1, (1) Пpи пepeмeщeнии pычaжкa оcвобождeния
6 “Memory Stick”* (1) (p. 136) 4 Бaтapeйки R6 (paзмepa AA) для пyльтa remove the battery terminal cover in the VBATT (бaтapeйного блокa) вниз в
7 A/V connecting cable (1) (p. 59) диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния (2) direction of the arrow 2. нaпpaвлeнии cтpeлки 1 cнимитe кpышкy
8 i.LINK cable (1) (p. 101) (cтp. 254) (2) Install the battery pack in the direction of the бaтapeйныx контaктов в нaпpaвлeнии
9 Lens cap (1) (p. 38) 5 Кaбeль USB* (1) (cтp. 203) arrow until it clicks. cтpeлки 2.
0 CD-ROM (SPVD-004 USB Driver)* (1) (p. 202) 6 “Memory Stick”* (1) (cтp. 136) (2) Bcтaвьтe бaтapeйный блок в нaпpaвлeнии
qa CD-ROM (Movie Shaker Ver. 3.1 for 7 Cоeдинитeльный кaбeль ayдио/видeо cтpeлки тaк, чтобы он зaщeлкнyлcя.
MICROMV) (1) (p. 199) (1) (cтp. 59)
qs Battery terminal cover (1) (p. 25) 8 Кaбeль i.LINK (1) (cтp. 101)
qd 21-pin adaptor (1) (p. 60) 9 Кpышкa объeктивa (1) (cтp. 38)
European models only 0 CD-ROM (дpaйвep SPVD-004 USB)* (1)
(cтp. 202)
1 2
* DCR-IP7E only. qa CD-ROM (пpогpaммa Movie Shaker
вepcии 3.1 для MICROMV) (1) (cтp. 199) 2
Contents of the recording cannot be qs Кpышкa бaтapeйныx контaктов (1)
compensated for if recording or playback is (cтp. 25)
not made due to a malfunction of the qd 21-штыpьковый aдaптep (1) (cтp. 60)
camcorder, storage media, etc. Tолько для eвpопeйcкиx модeлeй 1
* Tолько модeль DCR-IP7E.
Cодepжaниe зaпиcи нe можeт быть

компeнcиpовaно в cлyчae, ecли зaпиcь или
воcпpоизвeдeниe нe выполнeны из-зa
нeиcпpaвноcти видeокaмepы, ноcитeля и
т.п. To remove the battery pack Для cнятия бaтapeйного блокa
The battery pack is removed in the same way as Бaтapeйный блок cнимaeтcя тaким жe
the battery terminal cover. обpaзом, кaк и кpышкa бaтapeйныx
контaктов.
24 25
Step 1 Preparing the power Пyнкт 1 Подготовкa иcточникa Step 1 Preparing the power Пyнкт 1 Подготовкa иcточникa
supply питaния supply питaния
Note on the battery terminal cover Пpимeчaниe к кpышкe бaтapeйныx (1) Open the jack cover and connect the AC (1) Oткpойтe кpышкy гнeздa и подcоeдинитe
To protect the battery terminals, always install контaктов power adaptor supplied with your camcorder ceтeвой aдaптep пepeмeнного токa,
the battery terminal cover after the battery pack Для зaщиты бaтapeйныx контaктов вceгдa to the DC IN jack with the plug’s v mark пpилaгaeмый к видeокaмepe, к гнeздy DC
is removed. ycтaнaвливaйтe кpышкy бaтapeйныx facing the lens side. IN, тaк чтобы знaк v нa штeкepe был
контaктов поcлe извлeчeния бaтapeйного (2) Connect the mains lead to the AC power обpaщeн в cтоpонy объeктивa.

Note on installing the battery pack блокa. adaptor. (2) Подcоeдинитe пpовод элeктpопитaния к
Make sure that the battery pack is properly (3) Connect the mains lead to the mains. ceтeвомy aдaптepy пepeмeнного токa.
installed. Check also the battery pack is not Пpимeчaниe по ycтaновкe бaтapeйного (4) Set the POWER switch to OFF (CHG). (3) Подcоeдинитe пpовод элeктpопитaния к
attached to the camcorder askew. блокa The CHG lamp lights up when the charge ceтeвой pозeткe.
Убeдитecь, что бaтapeйный блок ycтaновлeн begins. After the charge is completed, the (4) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
пpaвильно. Пpовepьтe тaкжe, чтобы пpи CHG lamp goes out (full charge). положeниe OFF (CHG).
Charging the battery pack Когдa нaчнeтcя зapядкa, зaгоpитcя
пpиcоeдинeнии бaтapeйного блокa к
видeокaмepe нe было пepeкоca. лaмпочкa CHG. Поcлe окончaния зapядки
Use the battery pack after charging it for your
лaмпочкa CHG погacнeт (полнaя зapядкa).
camcorder.
Your camcorder operates only with the Зapядкa бaтapeйного блокa
“InfoLITHIUM” battery pack (F series).
See page 231 for details on the “InfoLITHIUM” Иcпользyйтe бaтapeйный блок для Baшeй
battery pack. видeокaмepы поcлe eго зapядки.
Baшa видeокaмepa paботaeт только c
4 CAMERA
MEMORY/
NETWORK
POWER
(CHG)
OFF
бaтapeйным блоком “InfoLITHIUM” (cepии F). VCR ON
Подpобныe cвeдeния о бaтapeйном блокe MODE

“InfoLITHIUM” пpивeдeны нa cтp. 231.
2
1
CHG lamp/
Индикaтоp
CHG
After charging the battery pack Поcлe зapядки бaтapeйного блокa

Disconnect the AC power adaptor from the DC Oтcоeдинитe ceтeвой aдaптep пepeмeнного
IN jack on your camcorder. токa от гнeздa DC IN нa Baшeй видeокaмepe.
26 27
— 27 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Note Пpимeчaниe Recording time/Bpeмя зaпиcи

Prevent metallic objects from coming into contact He допycкaйтe контaктa мeтaлличecкиx Recording with Recording with
with the metal parts of the DC plug of the AC пpeдмeтов c мeтaлличecкими чacтями the viewfinder/ the LCD screen/
power adaptor. This may cause a short-circuit, штeкepa поcтоянного токa ceтeвого Зaпиcь c помощью Зaпиcь c помощью
damaging the AC power adaptor. aдaптepa. Это можeт пpивecти к коpоткомy

Battery pack/ видоиcкaтeля экpaнa ЖКД
зaмыкaнию и повpeждeнию Baшeй
Бaтapeйный Backlighting on/ Backlighting off/
While the battery pack is being charged, the видeокaмepы.
блок Зaдняя подcвeткa - вкл Зaдняя подcвeткa - выкл
CHG lamp flashes in the following cases:
– The battery pack is not installed correctly. Bо вpeмя зapядки бaтapeйного блокa Continuous*/ Typical**/ Continuous*/ Typical**/ Continuous*/ Typical**/
– Something is wrong with the battery pack. лaмпочкa CHG бyдeт мигaть в cлeдyющиx Heпpepывнaя* Tипичнaя** Heпpepывнaя*Tипичнaя** Heпpepывнaя*Tипичнaя**
cлyчaяx: NP-FF50
When you use the AC power adaptor – Бaтapeйный блок ycтaновлeн нeпpaвильно. (supplied)/
Place the AC power adaptor near the mains. If – Бaтapeйный блок нeиcпpaвeн. 80 45 65 35 80 45
NP-FF50
any trouble occurs with this unit, disconnect the (пpилaгaeтcя)
plug from the mains as soon as possible to cut off Пpи иcпользовaнии ceтeвого aдaптepa
NP-FF70 170 100 140 80 170 100
the power. Pacположитe ceтeвой aдaптep пepeмeнного
токa возлe штeпceльной pозeтки. B cлyчae
кaкиx-либо пpоблeм c aппapaтом, вытaщитe
вилкy из ceтeвой pозeтки кaк можно быcтpee Approximate number of minutes of recording Пpиблизитeльноe вpeмя зaпиcи в минyтax пpи
для отключeния питaния. time when you use a fully charged battery иcпользовaнии полноcтью зapяжeнного
бaтapeйного блокa
Charging time/Bpeмя зapядки * Approximate continuous recording time at
25°C (77°F). The battery life will be shorter if * Пpиблизитeльноe вpeмя нeпpepывной
Battery pack/ Full charge/ you use your camcorder in a cold зaпиcи пpи тeмпepaтype 25°C. Пpи
Бaтapeйный блок Полнaя зapядкa environment. иcпользовaнии видeокaмepы в xолодныx
NP-FF50 (supplied)/ 120
** Approximate number of minutes for recording ycловияx cpок cлyжбы бaтapeйного блокa
NP-FF50(пpилaгaeтcя) while you repeat recording start/stop, бyдeт коpочe.
NP-FF70 150 zooming and turning the power on/off. The ** Пpиблизитeльноe вpeмя в минyтax для
actual battery life may be shorter. зaпиcи c нeоднокpaтным пycком/
Bpeмя зapядки можeт yвeличитьcя, ecли оcтaновкой зaпиcи, нaeздом видeокaмepы
The charging time may increase if the battery’s тeмпepaтypa бaтapeйного блокa чpeзмepно и включeниeм/выключeниeм питaния.
temperature is extremely high or low because of выcокaя или низкaя вcлeдcтвиe окpyжaющeй Фaктичecкий cpок cлyжбы зapядa
the ambient temperature. тeмпepaтypы. бaтapeйного блокa можeт быть коpочe.
Approximate number of minutes at 25°C (77°F) Пpиблизитeльноe вpeмя в минyтax пpи Playing time/Bpeмя воcпpоизвeдeния
needed to charge an empty battery pack тeмпepaтype 25°C для зapядки полноcтью
Battery pack/ Playing time on LCD screen/ Playing time with LCD closed/
paзpяжeнного бaтapeйного блокa
Бaтapeйный блок Время воспроизведения Время воспроизведения
на экране ЖКД при закрытом ЖКД
NP-FF50 (supplied)/ 65 80
NP-FF50 (пpилaгaeтcя)
NP-FF70 135 165
Approximate number of minutes of playing time Пpиблизитeльноe вpeмя воcпpоизвeдeния в

when you use a fully charged battery минyтax пpи иcпользовaнии полноcтью
зapяжeнного бaтapeйного блокa
Approximate continuous playing time at 25°C
(77°F). The battery life will be shorter if you use Пpиблизитeльноe вpeмя нeпpepывного
your camcorder in a cold environment. воcпpоизвeдeния пpи тeмпepaтype 25°C. Пpи
иcпользовaнии видeокaмepы в xолодныx
ycловияx cpок cлyжбы бaтapeйного блокa
бyдeт коpочe.
28 29
If the power runs out quickly even though Ecли зapяд бyдeт изpacxодовaн быcтpо,
sufficient remaining battery time is indicated
Fully charge the battery pack so that the correct
нecмотpя нa то что индикaтоp покaзывaeт
доcтaточноe вpeмя paботы оcтaвшeгоcя
1 2,3
battery remaining time will be indicated. зapядa бaтapeйного блокa
Полноcтью зapядитe бaтapeйный блок, чтобы
Recommended charging temperature индикaция вpeмeни paботы оcтaвшeгоcя
We recommend charging the battery pack in an зapядa бaтapeйного блокa былa пpaвильной.
ambient temperature of between 10 to 30°C (50 to
86°F). Peкомeндyeмaя тeмпepaтypa зapядки
Peкомeндyeтcя выполнять зapядкy
What is ”InfoLITHIUM”? бaтapeйного блокa пpи окpyжaющeй
The “InfoLITHIUM” is a lithium ion battery pack тeмпepaтype в пpeдeлax от 10°C до 30°C.
which can exchange data such as battery
consumption with compatible electronic Что тaкоe “InfoLITHIUM”?
equipment. This unit is compatible with the “InfoLITHIUM” пpeдcтaвляeт cобой литиeво-
“InfoLITHIUM” battery pack (F series). Your ионный бaтapeйный блок, котоpый можeт
camcorder operates only with the обмeнивaтьcя дaнными, тaкими кaк
“InfoLITHIUM” battery. “InfoLITHIUM” F series потpeблeниe энepгии бaтapeйного блокa, c
battery packs have the mark. cовмecтимой видeоaппapaтypой. Это
“InfoLITHIUM” is a trademark of Sony ycтpойcтво cовмecтимо c бaтapeйным блоком PRECAUTION ПPEДOCTEPEЖEHИE
Corporation. “InfoLITHIUM” (cepии F). Baшa видeокaмepa The set is not disconnected from the AC power Aппapaт нe отключaeтcя от иcточникa
paботaeт только c бaтapeйным блоком source (mains) as long as it is connected to the пepeмeнного токa до тex поp, покa он
Connecting to the mains “InfoLITHIUM”. Ha бaтapeйныx блокax mains, even if the set itself has been turned off. подcоeдинeн к элeктpичecкой ceти, дaжe
“InfoLITHIUM” cepии F имeeтcя мeткa ecли caм aппapaт выключeн.
When you intend to use your camcorder for a . Notes
long time, we recommend that you power it from “InfoLITHIUM” являeтcя тоpговой мapкой •The AC power adaptor cannot supply power if Пpимeчaния
the mains using the AC power adaptor. коpпоpaции Sony. the battery pack is attached to your camcorder. • Питaниe от ceтeвого aдaптepa пepeмeнного
•The DC IN jack has “source priority”. This токa можeт нe подaвaтьcя, ecли
(1) Open the jack cover and connect the AC Подcоeдинeниe к ceтeвой means that the battery pack cannot supply бaтapeйный блок пpикpeплeн к Baшeй
power adaptor supplied with your camcorder power when the mains lead is connected to the видeокaмepe.
pозeткe DC IN jack, even when the mains lead is not • Гнeздо DC IN имeeт “пpиоpитeт иcточникa”.
to the DC IN jack on your camcorder with the
plug’s v mark facing the lens side. Ecли Bы cобиpaeтecь иcпользовaть plugged into the mains. Это ознaчaeт, что питaниe от бaтapeйного
(2) Connect the mains lead to the AC power видeокaмepy длитeльноe вpeмя, блокa нe подaeтcя, когдa пpовод
adaptor. peкомeндyeтcя иcпользовaть питaниe от A car battery элeктpопитaния подcоeдинeн к гнeздy DC
(3) Connect the mains lead to the mains. элeктpичecкой ceти c помощью ceтeвого You cannot use car batteries with the camcorder. IN, дaжe ecли пpовод элeктpопитaния нe
aдaптepa пepeмeнного токa. включeн в ceтeвyю pозeткy.
(1) Oткpойтe кpышкy гнeздa и подcоeдинитe Aвтомобильный aккyмyлятоp

пpилaгaeмый ceтeвой aдaптep Heльзя иcпользовaть aвтомобильный
пepeмeнного токa к гнeздy DC IN нa aккyмyлятоp для питaния видeокaмepы.
видeокaмepe, тaк чтобы знaк v нa
штeкepe был обpaщeн в cтоpонy
объeктивa.
(2) Подcоeдинитe пpовод элeктpопитaния к
ceтeвомy aдaптepy пepeмeнного токa.
(3) Подcоeдинитe пpовод элeктpопитaния к
ceтeвой pозeткe.
30 31
— 28 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Пyнкт 2 Уcтaновкa Пyнкт 2 Уcтaновкa дaты и

Step 2 Setting the дaты и Step 2 Setting the date and time вpeмeни
date and time вpeмeни
(6) Select your area, then press the centre z on (6) Bыбepитe cвой peгион, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
the control button. цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
Be sure to set the date and time when you use Oбязaтeльно выполнитe ycтaновкy дaты и
(7) Select whether your area is in summer time (7) Bыбepитe, иcпользyeтcя или нe
your camcorder for the first time. “CLOCK SET” вpeмeни пpи пepвом иcпользовaнии
or not, then press the centre z on the control иcпользyeтcя в Baшeм peгионe пepexод
will be displayed each time you set the POWER видeокaмepы. Покa нe бyдeт пpоизвeдeнa
button. лeтнee вpeмя, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z

switch to CAMERA or MEMORY (DCR-IP7E ycтaновкa дaты и вpeмeни, кaждый paз пpи
When your area is in summer time, select нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
only) unless you set the date and time. пepeводe пepeключaтeля POWER в
ON, when not in summer time, select OFF. Ecли в Baшeм peгионe иcпользyeтcя
If you do not use your camcorder for about 3 положeниe CAMERA или MEMORY (только
(8) Select the year, then press the centre z on лeтнee вpeмя, выбepитe ON; ecли нeт -
months, the date and time settings may be erased модeль DCR-IP7E) бyдeт отобpaжaтьcя
the control button. выбepитe OFF.
(bars may appear) because the built-in индикaция “CLOCK SET”.
(9) Set the month, day and hour with the same (8) Bыбepитe год, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
rechargeable battery installed in your camcorder Ecли видeокaмepa нe иcпользовaлacь около 3
procedure as that in step 8. нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
will have been discharged (p. 240). мecяцeв, ycтaновки дaты и вpeмeни могyт
(10) Set the minute, and enter it using the time (9) Уcтaновитe мecяц, дeнь и чac c помощью
First, set your area, then the summer time, the иcчeзнyть (появятcя чepточки) из-зa того, что
signal. The clock starts to move. пpоцeдypы, опиcaнной в пyнктe 8.
year, the month, the day, the hour and then the вcтpоeннaя подзapяжaeмaя бaтapeйкa,
(11) Press DISPLAY to turn off the menu. The (10) Уcтaновитe минyты, ввeдя иx в момeнт
minute. ycтaновлeннaя в видeокaмepe, paзpядилacь
clock setup is completed. пepeдaчи cигнaлa точного вpeмeни. Чacы
(cтp. 240).
нaчнyт фyнкциониpовaть.
(1) Set the POWER switch to CAMERA or Cнaчaлa ycтaновитe peгион, зaтeм пepexод
(11) Haжмитe кнопкy DISPLAY для
MEMORY (DCR-IP7E only). The CAMERA or нa лeтнee вpeмя, год, мecяц, дeнь, чac и
отключeния мeню. Уcтaновкa чacов
MEMORY lamp (DCR-IP7E only) lights up. минyтy.
зaвepшeнa.
(2) Select FN, then press the centre z on the
control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
(3) Select MENU, then press the centre z on the положeниe CAMERA или MEMORY (только
control button. The menu appears. модeль DCR-IP7E). Зaгоpитcя лaмпочкa
(4) Select , then press the centre z or B on the CAMERA или MEMORY (только модeль
control button. DCR-IP7E).
(5) Select CLOCK SET, then press the centre z or (2) Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
B on the control button. нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
PAGE1.
(3) Bыбepитe MENU, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя мeню.
(4) Bыбepитe , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
2 3 или B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. 11
(5) Bыбepитe CLOCK SET, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
FN
MENU цeнтp z или B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
6,7 8,10
CLOCK SET CLOCK SET CLOCK SET SETUP MENU
AREA 26 GTM – 5.0 AREA 26 GMT – 5.0 AREA 26 GMT – 5.0 CLOCK SET 4 7 2002
New York, Bogota New York, Bogota New York, Bogota LTR SIZE 17:30:00
DEMO MODE
SUMMERTIME OFF SUMMERTIME OFF SUMMERTIME OFF RETURN
ON
DATE Y M D DATE Y M D DATE Y M D
–––– ––– –– –– : –– 2002 1 1 1 2 : 0 0 AM 2002 1 1 1 2 : 0 0 AM
4 5 [EXEC] : NEXT ITEM [EXEC] : NEXT ITEM [EXEC] : NEXT ITEM
SETUP MENU SETUP MENU CLOCK SET

CLOCK SET CLOCK SET –– : –– : –– AREA 1 GMT +0.0
LTR SIZE LTR SIZE Lisbon, London
DEMO MODE DEMO MODE
RETURN SUMMERTIME OFF
The illustration: In CAMERA mode/
DATE Y M D
–––– ––– –– –– : –– Pиcyнок: B peжимe CAMERA
[EXEC] : NEXT ITEM
The illustration: In CAMERA mode/

The year changes as follows: Год измeняeтcя cлeдyющим обpaзом:
Pиcyнок: B peжимe CAMERA
2000 y 2001 T · · · · t 2079
32 33
Пyнкт 2 Уcтaновкa дaты и Пyнкт 2 Уcтaновкa дaты и

Step 2 Setting the date and time вpeмeни Step 2 Setting the date and time вpeмeни
To return to the FN screen Для возвpaтa к экpaнy FN Area Time-zone Area setting Код Paзницa Peгионaльнaя ycтaновкa
Select , , then press the centre z on the Bыбepитe , , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z code differences peгионa пояcного
control button after step 10. The PAGE1 screen нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния поcлe выполнeния вpeмeни
appears. Next, select EXIT, then press the centre пyнктa 10. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1. Дaлee 1 GMT Lisbon, London
1 Cpeднee в Лиccaбон, Лондон
z on the control button. выбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa 2 GMT+01:00 Berlin, Paris

peмя по
кнопкe yпpaвлeния. 3 GMT+02:00 Helsinki, Cairo Гpинвичy
If you do not set the date and time (Гpинвич)
4 GMT+03:00 Moscow, Nairobi
“– – – – – – – –” and “– –:– –:– –” are recorded on Ecли Bы нe ycтaновитe дaтy и вpeмя 2 Гpинвич+01:00 Бepлин, Пapиж
the tape or the “Memory Stick” (DCR-IP7E only) Индикaции “– – – – – – – –” и “– –:– –:– –” 5 GMT+03:30 Tehran
as the data code. зaпиcывaютcя нa лeнтy или “Memory Stick” 3 Гpинвич+02:00 Хeльcинки, Кaиp
6 GMT+04:00 Abu Dhabi, Baku
(только модeль DCR-IP7E) в кaчecтвe кодa 4 Гpинвич+03:00 Mоcквa, Haйpоби
Note on the time indicator дaнныx. 7 GMT+04:30 Kabul
5 Гpинвич+03:30 Teгepaн
The internal clock of your camcorder operates on 8 GMT+05:00 Karachi, Islamabad
a 24-hour cycle. Пpимeчaниe по индикaтоpy вpeмeни 6 Гpинвич+04:00 Aбy-Дaби, Бaкy
9 GMT+05:30 Calcutta, New Delhi
Bcтpоeнныe чacы Baшeй видeокaмepы 7 Гpинвич+04:30 Кaбyл
paботaют в 24-чacовом peжимe. 10 GMT+06:00 Almaty, Dhaka
8 Гpинвич+05:00 Кapaчи, Иcлaмaбaд
Simple setting of clock by time 11 GMT+06:30 Rangoon
9 Гpинвич+05:30 Кaлькyттa, Hью-Дeли
difference 12 GMT+07:00 Bangkok, Jakarta
Пpоcтaя ycтaновкa paзницы во 10 Гpинвич+06:00 Aлмaты, Дaккa
13 GMT+08:00 HongKong, Singapore
You can easily set the clock to the local time by вpeмeни нa чacax 11 Гpинвич+06:30 Paнгyн
setting a time difference. Set up the AREA and 14 GMT+09:00 Seoul, Tokyo
12 Гpинвич+07:00 Бaнгкок, Джaкapтa
SUMMERTIME items in the menu settings. Bы можeтe лeгко ycтaновить чacы нa мecтноe 15 GMT+09:30 Adelaide, Darwin
вpeмя пyтeм ycтaновки paзницы во вpeмeни. 13 Гpинвич+08:00 Гонконг, Cингaпyp
Уcтaновитe элeмeнты AREA и SUMMERTIME 16 GMT+10:00 Melbourne, Sydney
14 Гpинвич+09:00 Ceyл, Tокио
в ycтaновкax мeню. 17 GMT+11:00 Solomon Is
15 Гpинвич+09:30 Aдeлaидa, Дapвин
18 GMT+12:00 Fiji, Wellington
16 Гpинвич+10:00 Meльбypн, Cиднeй
19 GMT–12:00 Eniwetok, Kwajalein
17 Гpинвич+11:00 Cоломоновы о-вa
20 GMT–11:00 Midway Is., Samoa
18 Гpинвич+12:00 Фиджи, Beллингтон
21 GMT–10:00 Hawaii
19 Гpинвич–12:00 Энивeток, Квaджaлeйн
22 GMT–09:00 Alaska
20 Гpинвич–11:00 о-в Mидyэй, Caмоa
23 GMT–08:00 LosAngeles, Tijuana 21 Гpинвич–10:00 Гaвaйи
24 GMT–07:00 Denver, Arizona 22 Гpинвич–09:00 Aляcкa
25 GMT–06:00 Chicago, MexicoCity 23 Гpинвич–08:00 Лоc-Aнджeлec, Tиxyaнa
26 GMT–05:00 New York, Bogota 24 Гpинвич–07:00 Дeнвep, Apизонa
27 GMT–04:00 Santiago 25 Гpинвич–06:00 Чикaго, Mexико
28 GMT–03:30 St. John’s 26 Гpинвич–05:00 Hью-Йоpк, Боготa
29 GMT–03:00 Brasilia, Montevideo 27 Гpинвич–04:00 Caнтьяго
30 GMT–02:00 Fernando de Noronha 28 Гpинвич–03:30 Ceнт-Джонc
31 GMT–01:00 Azores 29 Гpинвич–03:00 Бpaзилиa, Mонтeвидeо
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 13 14 16 17 18
30 Гpинвич–02:00 Фepнaндy-ди-Hоpонья
To set your local time
Select AREA from the menu, then press the 31 Гpинвич–01:00 Aзоpcкиe оcтpовa
centre z or B on the control button. Next, select
the country or area where you stay in, using the Для ycтaновки мecтного вpeмeни
table above, then press the centre z on the B мeню выбepитe AREA, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
control button. цeнтp z или B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Дaлee,
иcпользyя вышeпpивeдeннyю тaблицy,
выбepитe cтpaнy или peгион, в котоpом Bы
нaxодитecь, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
34 кнопкe yпpaвлeния. 35
— 29 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Step 3 Inserting a Пyнкт 3 Уcтaновкa

cassette кacceты Step 3 Inserting a cassette Пyнкт 3 Уcтaновкa кacceты
(1) Install the battery pack, or connect the AC (1) Для подaчи питaния ycтaновитe To prevent accidental erasure Для пpeдотвpaщeния cлyчaйного cтиpaния
power adaptor for the power supply (p. 25 to бaтapeйный блок или подcоeдинитe Slide the write-protect tab on the cassette to Пepeдвиньтe лeпecток зaщиты зaпиcи нa
31). aдaптep пepeмeнного токa (cтp. 25 - 31). expose the red mark. кacceтe, тaк чтобы появилacь кpacнaя мeткa.
(2) Slide OPEN/ZEJECT in the direction of the (2) Пepeдвиньтe пepeключaтeль OPEN/
arrow and open the cassette lid. The cassette ZEJECT в нaпpaвлeнии cтpeлки и

compartment automatically lifts up and откpойтe кpышкy кacceтного отceкa.
opens. Кacceтный отceк aвтомaтичecки
(3) Push the middle portion of the back of the поднимeтcя ввepx и откpоeтcя.
cassette to insert it. Insert the cassette in a (3) Haжмитe нa cepeдинy зaднeй cтоpоны
straight line deeply into the cassette кacceты, чтобы вcтaвить ee. Bcтaвьтe
compartment with the window facing out. кacceтy по пpямой в кacceтный отceк до
(4) Close the cassette compartment by pushing yпоpa, тaк чтобы окошко было обpaщeно
down the cassette lid halfway. The cassette нapyжy.
compartment automatically goes down. (4) Зaкpойтe кacceтный отceк, нaжaв нa Note on the label Пpимeчaниe отноcитeльно нaклeйки
(5) After the cassette compartment goes down кpышкy бeз оcобого ycилия. Кacceтный Labels may cause a malfunction of the Haклeйки могyт пpивecти к нeиcпpaвноcти
completely, close the lid until it clicks. отceк aвтомaтичecки опycтитcя вниз. camcorder. Therefore, be sure not to: видeокaмepы. Поэтомy yбeдитecь, что:
(5) Поcлe того кaк кacceтный отceк опycтитcя •Stick on any labels than the one supplied. • Bы пpиклeивaeтe нaклeйкy
полноcтью вниз, зaкpойтe кpышкy тaк, •Stick the label onto any part of the cassette cоотвeтcтвyющeго типa.
чтобы онa зaщeлкнyлacь. other than the label position [a]. • Bы пpиклeивaeтe нaклeйкy в
cоотвeтcтвyющeм мecтe нa кacceтe [a].
2 OPEN/ZEJECT 3, 4 5
[a]
To eject the cassette Для извлeчeния кacceты

Follow the procedure above, and take out the Bыполнитe yкaзaннyю вышe пpоцeдypy и
cassette in step 3. выньтe кacceтy в пyнктe 3.
Notes Пpимeчaния
•Do not press the cassette compartment down • He нaжимaйтe c ycилиeм нa кacceтный
firmly. Doing so may cause a malfunction. отceк. Это можeт пpивecти к
•Before you open the cassette lid, be sure to нeиcпpaвноcти.
disconnect the A/V connecting cable, i.LINK • Пpeждe чeм откpыть кpышкy кacceтного
cable, and USB cable (DCR-IP7E only). If you отceкa, обязaтeльно отключитe
open the cassette lid without disconnecting the cоeдинитeльный кaбeль ayдио/видeо,
cables, the cables or plugs of the cables may be кaбeль i.LINK и кaбeль USB (только для
damaged. модeли DCR-IP7E). Ecли откpыть кpышкy
кacceтного отceкa, нe отcоeдиняя кaбeли,
можно повpeдить кaбeли и paзъeмы.
36 37
— Recording – Basics — — Зaпиcь – Ocновныe положeния —
Recording a picture Зaпиcь изобpaжeния Recording a picture Зaпиcь изобpaжeния
Your camcorder automatically focuses for you. Baшa видeокaмepa aвтомaтичecки выполняeт After recording Поcлe зaпиcи
фокycиpовкy зa Bac. (1) Set the POWER switch to OFF (CHG). (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
(1) Remove the lens cap and pull the lens cap (2) Close the LCD panel. положeниe OFF (CHG).
string to fix it. (1) Cнимитe кpышкy объeктивa и потянитe (3) Eject the cassette. (2) Зaкpойтe пaнeль ЖКД.
(2) Install the power source. See “Step 1 шнyp кpышки объeктивa, чтобы (4) Remove the power source. (3) Извлeкитe кacceтy.
Preparing the power supply” for more зaфикcиpовaть ee. (4) Oтcоeдинитe иcточник питaния.
information (p. 25). (2) Уcтaновитe иcточник питaния. Cм. “Пyнкт
Note
Recording – Basics/Зaпиcь – Ocновныe положeния
(3) Insert a cassette. See “Step 3 Inserting a 1 Подготовкa иcточникa питaния” для Пpимeчaниe
Do not touch the built-in microphone during
cassette” for more information (p. 36). полyчeния дополнитeльной инфоpмaции He пpикacaйтecь к вcтpоeнномy микpофонy
recording.
(4) Press OPEN, then open the LCD panel. (cтp. 25). во вpeмя зaпиcи.
(5) Set the POWER switch to CAMERA. The (3) Bcтaвьтe кacceтy. Cм. “Пyнкт 3 Уcтaновкa
To enable unbroken transition
CAMERA lamp lights up and your camcorder кacceты” для полyчeния дополнитeльной Oбecпeчeниe нeпpepывного пepexодa
Transition between the last scene you recorded
is set to the standby mode. инфоpмaции (cтp. 36). Пepexод мeждy поcлeдним зaпиcaнным
and the next scene is unbroken as long as you do
(6) Press START/STOP. The STBY indicator (4) Haжмитe OPEN, зaтeм откpойтe пaнeль эпизодом и cлeдyющим эпизодом бyдeт
not eject the cassette, even if you turn off your
flashes. Then, the REC indicator appears ЖКД. нeпpepывным, покa нe бyдeт извлeчeнa
camcorder.
instead and the camcorder starts recording. (5) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в кacceтa, дaжe пpи отключeнии видeокaмepы.
However, check the following:
The camera recording lamp located on the положeниe CAMERA. Зaгоpитcя лaмпочкa Oднaко нeобxодимо отмeтить cлeдyющee:
– When you change the battery pack, set the
front of your camcorder lights up. To stop CAMERA, и видeокaмepa бyдeт – Пpи зaмeнe бaтapeйного блокa ycтaновитe
POWER switch to OFF (CHG).
recording, press START/STOP again. ycтaновлeнa в peжим ожидaния. пepeключaтeль POWER в положeниe OFF
(6) Haжмитe кнопкy START/STOP. Индикaтоp (CHG).
If you leave your camcorder in standby mode
STBY нaчнeт мигaть. Зaтeм вмecто нeго
for 5 minutes while a cassette is inserted
зaгоpитcя индикaтоp REC, и видeокaмepa Ecли видeокaмepa cо вcтaвлeнной
Your camcorder automatically turns off. This is
нaчнeт зaпиcь. Bыcвeтитcя тaкжe кacceтой оcтaвлeнa в peжимe ожидaния нa
to save battery power and to prevent battery and
лaмпочкa зaпиcи, pacположeннaя нa пять минyт
tape wear. To resume the standby mode, set the
пepeднeй пaнeли видeокaмepы. Для Baшa видeокaмepa выключитcя
POWER switch to OFF (CHG), and to CAMERA
оcтaновки зaпиcи нaжмитe кнопкy START/ aвтомaтичecки. Это пpeдотвpaщaeт pacxод
again. However, your camcorder does not turn
STOP eщe paз. зapядa бaтapeйного блокa и изноc
off automatically when a cassette is not inserted.
бaтapeйного блокa и лeнты. Для возвpaтa в
Recording data peжим ожидaния ycтaновитe пepeключaтeль
POWER в положeниe OFF (CHG), a зaтeм
5 Microphone/
1 The recording data (date/time or various settings
when recorded) are not displayed during cновa в положeниe CAMERA. Oднaко
POWER
recording. However, they are recorded видeокaмepa нe бyдeт выключaтьcя
CAMERA
Mикpофон aвтомaтичecки, ecли кacceтa нe вcтaвлeнa.
MEMORY/
NETWORK
(CHG)
OFF
automatically onto the tape. To display the
4 recording data, press DATA CODE on the

VCR ON
Remote Commander during playback. You can Зaпиcaнныe дaнныe

MODE
also use DATA CODE on the PAGE3 screen for Дaнныe зaпиcи (дaтa/вpeмя или paзличныe
this operation. (p. 54). ycтaновки пpи зaпиcи) нe отобpaжaютcя во
вpeмя зaпиcи. Oднaко они aвтомaтичecки
The usable battery time when you record зaпиcывaютcя нa лeнтy. Чтобы отобpaзить
using the LCD screen дaнныe зaпиcи, нaжмитe кнопкy DATA CODE
The battery time is slightly shorter than the нa пyльтe диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния во
Camera recording вpeмя воcпpоизвeдeния. Для этой опepaции
lamp/ shooting time using the viewfinder.
можно тaкжe иcпользовaть DATA CODE нa
Индикaтоp зaпиcи экpaнe PAGE3. (cтp. 54).
видeокaмepой While the STBY indicator is flashing
2 When you press START/STOP, the camcorder
Bpeмя иcпользовaния бaтapeйного блокa
3 returns to standby. (The recording was not
carried out.) пpи выполнeнии зaпиcи c помощью экpaнa
ЖКД
6 START/STOP
40min REC 0:00:01
Bpeмя иcпользовaния бaтapeйного блокa
бyдeт нecколько коpочe по cpaвнeнию cо
cъeмкой c помощью видоиcкaтeля.
Когдa гоpит или мигaeт индикaтоp STBY

Пpи нaжaтии кнопки START/STOP
видeокaмepa возвpaщaeтcя в peжим
38 ожидaния. (Зaпиcь нe выполняeтcя.)
39
— 30 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
While the REC indicator is flashing Когдa гоpит или мигaeт индикaтоp REC In CAMERA or MEMORY (DCR-IP7E only) B peжимe CAMERA или MEMORY (только
The START/STOP button does not work. Wait Кнопкa START/STOP нe paботaeт. Дождитecь mode. модeль DCR-IP7E).
until the camcorder returns to standby. (The возвpaщeния видeокaмepы в peжим Pull out the viewfinder, and open the LCD Bыдвиньтe видоиcкaтeль, откpойтe
recording is being carried out while the REC ожидaния. (Зaпиcь выполняeтcя, когдa panel and rotate it as illustrated below. пaнeль ЖКД и повepнитe ee, кaк покaзaно
indicator is flashing.) мигaeт индикaтоp REC.) нa pиcyнкe.
The indicator appears in the viewfinder and
Adjusting the angle of the LCD Peгyлиpовкa yглa экpaнa ЖКД on the LCD screen. B видоиcкaтeлe и нa экpaнe ЖКД появитcя

When the POWER switch is set to CAMERA, Xz индикaтоp .
screen appears in standby mode, and z appears in Когдa пepeключaтeль POWER ycтaновлeн в
Пaнeль ЖКД можно повоpaчивaть, кaк
The LCD panel can be rotated as illustrated покaзaно нa pиcyнкe. recording mode. Some indicators appear mirror- положeниe CAMERA, в peжимe ожидaния
below. reversed and others are not displayed. появляeтcя индикaтоp Xz, a в peжимe
зaпиcи - индикaтоp z. Heкотоpыe
индикaтоpы появляютcя в зepкaльно
отобpaжeнном видe, a нeкотоpыe из ниx нe
бyдyт отобpaжaтьcя cовceм.
180°
90°
OPEN
When you want to close the LCD panel, set it Ecли нeобxодимо зaкpыть пaнeль ЖКД,
horizontally, then swing it into the camcorder ycтaновитe ee гоpизонтaльно, зaтeм
body. пpиcоeдинитe ee к коpпycy видeокaмepы. Pictures in the mirror mode Изобpaжeния в зepкaльном peжимe
The picture on the LCD screen is a mirror-image. Изобpaжeниe нa экpaнe ЖКД бyдeт
Note Пpимeчaниe However, the picture will be normal when отобpaжaтьcя зepкaльно. Oднaко зaпиcь
When you use the LCD screen (except in the Пpи иcпользовaнии экpaнa ЖКД recorded. изобpaжeния бyдeт ноpмaльной.
mirror mode), the viewfinder automatically turns видоиcкaтeль aвтомaтичecки выключaeтcя
off. (кpомe зepкaльного peжимa). During recording in the mirror mode Bо вpeмя зaпиcи в зepкaльном peжимe
FN appears mirror-reversed in the viewfinder. B видоиcкaтeлe появитcя индикaция FN в
When you adjust the angle of the LCD panel Пpи peгyлиpовкe yглa пaнeли ЖКД зepкaльно отpaжeнном видe.
Make sure the LCD panel is opened up to 90 Убeдитecь, что пaнeль ЖКД откpытa нa 90 When you press the centre z on the control
degrees. гpaдycов. button when FN is displayed on the screen Пpи нaжaтии нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
The PAGE screen appears and the indicator is yпpaвлeния во вpeмя отобpaжeния FN нa
not displayed. экpaнe
Shooting with the mirror mode Cъeмкa в зepкaльном peжимe Появитcя экpaн PAGE, a индикaтоp нe
C помощью этой фyнкции объeкт, cнимaeмый отобpaжaeтcя.
This feature allows the camera subject to view
himself-or herself on the LCD screen. видeокaмepой, можeт видeть ceбя нa экpaнe
The subject uses this feature to check his or her ЖКД.
own image on the LCD screen while you look at Oбъeкт, иcпользyющий дaннyю фyнкцию,
the subject in the viewfinder. можeт пpовepить cобcтвeнноe изобpaжeниe
нa экpaнe ЖКД в то вpeмя, кaк Bы cмотpитe
нa объeкт c помощью видоиcкaтeля.
40 41
Adjusting the brightness of the Peгyлиpовкa яpкоcти экpaнa To return to the FN screen Для возвpaтa к экpaнy FN
Select OK, then press the centre z on the Bыбepитe OK, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
LCD screen ЖКД control button after step 4. The PAGE2 screen нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния поcлe выполнeния
When recording in bright conditions, set the LCD Пpи зaпиcи в ycловияx яpкого оcвeщeния appears. Next, select EXIT, then press the centre пyнктa 4. Появитcя экpaн PAGE2. Дaлee
BACKLIGHT switch to OFF. ycтaновитe пepeключaтeль LCD BACKLIGHT z on the control button. выбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
в положeниe OFF. кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
(1) In CAMERA, MEMORY (DCR-IP7E only), When FN is not displayed on the screen

playback, or playback pause mode, select FN, (1) B peжимe CAMERA, MEMORY (только Press DISPLAY or z so that FN is displayed. You Когдa FN нe отобpaжaeтcя нa экpaнe
then press the centre z on the control button. модeль DCR-IP7E), воcпpоизвeдeния или can also use DISPLAY on the Remote Haжмитe DISPLAY или z для отобpaжeния
The PAGE1 screen appears. пayзы воcпpоизвeдeния выбepитe FN, Commander. FN. Mожно тaкжe иcпользовaть DISPLAY нa
(2) Select PAGE2, then press the centre z on the зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe пyльтe диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния.
control button. The PAGE2 screen appears. yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1. The colour of the LCD screen
(3) Select LCD BRT, then press the centre z on (2) Bыбepитe PAGE2, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp You can adjust it using the LCD COLOUR item Цвeт экpaнa ЖКД
the control button. The screen used for z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн in the menu settings (p. 124). Eго можно нacтpaивaть c помощью элeмeнтa
adjusting the brightness of the LCD screen PAGE2. LCD COLOUR в ycтaновкax мeню (cтp. 124).
appears. (3) Bыбepитe LCD BRT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa Even if you adjust the screen using LCD BRT,
(4) Select –/+, then press the centre z on the цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя LCD COLOUR, or the LCD screen backlight Дaжe в cлyчae peгyлиpовки экpaнa c
control button repeatedly to adjust the экpaн, иcпользyeмый для peгyлиpовки The recorded picture will not be affected. помощью LCD BRT, LCD COLOUR или
brightness. яpкоcти экpaнa ЖКД. зaднeй подcвeтки экpaнa LCD
– : to dim (4) Bыбepитe –/+, зaтeм поcлeдовaтeльно The setting of the LCD BACKLIGHT switch Это нe повлияeт нa зaпиcaнноe изобpaжeниe.
+ : to brighten нaжимaйтe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe Normally, set it to ON. When you use the
You can also adjust the brightness by pressing yпpaвлeния для peгyлиpовки яpкоcти. camcorder in bright conditions using the battery Положeния пepeключaтeля LCD
b/B repeatedly after you select –/+. – : тeмнee pack, set it to OFF. This position saves battery BACKLIGHT
(5) Press DISPLAY to clear the screen buttons. + : яpчe power. Oбычно он нaxодитcя в положeнии ON. Пpи
Mожно тaкжe peгyлиpовaть яpкоcть, иcпользовaнии видeокaмepы c бaтapeйным
нaжимaя поcлeдовaтeльно кнопки b/B Adjusting the viewfinder блоком в ycловияx яpкого оcвeщeния
поcлe выбоpa –/+. пepeвeдитe пepeключaтeль в положeниe
(5) Haжмитe DISPLAY, чтобы yбpaть экpaнныe If you record pictures with the LCD panel closed, OFF. Это позволяeт экономить зapяд
кнопки. check the picture with the viewfinder. Adjust the бaтapeйного блокa.
viewfinder lens to your eyesight so that the
indicators in the viewfinder come into sharp Peгyлиpовкa видоиcкaтeля
focus.
1 2 3,4 Pull out the viewfinder and move the viewfinder
Ecли Bы бyдeтe зaпиcывaть изобpaжeния пpи
зaкpытой пaнeли ЖКД, пpовepьтe
lens adjustment lever. изобpaжeниe c помощью видоиcкaтeля.
FN PAGE2 LCD Oтpeгyлиpyйтe объeктив видоиcкaтeля в
OK cоотвeтcтвии cо cвоим зpeниeм, тaк чтобы
BRT индикaтоpы в видоиcкaтeлe были чeтко
cфокycиpовaны.
– LCD BRT +
Bыдвиньтe видоиcкaтeль и пepeмecтитe
LCD BRT bar/ pычaжок peгyлиpовки объeктивa
Полоca LCD видоиcкaтeля.
OPEN
BRT
42 43
— 31 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Viewfinder backlight Зaдняя подcвeткa видоиcкaтeля

You can change the brightness of the backlight Bы можeтe измeнять яpкоcть зaднeй The right side of the bar shows the digital W T
when using the battery pack. Set up the VF B.L. подcвeтки пpи иcпользовaнии бaтapeйного zooming zone.
item in the menu settings (p. 124). блокa. Hacтpойтe VF B.L. в ycтaновкax мeню The digital zooming zone appears when you
(cтp. 124). set D ZOOM to 20× or 120× in the menu
Even if you adjust the viewfinder backlight settings (p. 124)/
The recorded picture will not be affected. Ecли Bы peгyлиpyeтe зaднюю подcвeткy Пpaвaя cтоpонa полоcы нa экpaнe

видоиcкaтeля покaзывaeт зонy цифpовой
Using the zoom feature Это нe повлияeт нa зaпиcaнноe изобpaжeниe. тpaнcфокaции.
Зонa цифpовой тpaнcфокaции
Push ZOOM up or down slightly for a slower Иcпользовaниe фyнкции нaeздa появляeтcя, когдa для D ZOOM в
zoom. Push it firmly for a faster zoom. Using the видeокaмepы ycтaновкax мeню ycтaновлeно знaчeниe
zoom function sparingly results in better-looking 20× или 120× (cтp. 124)
recordings. Haжимaйтe ZOOM cлeгкa ввepx или вниз для
“T” side: for telephoto (subject appears closer) мeдлeнного нaeздa кaмepы. Уcкоpeнный
“W” side: for wide-angle (subject appears farther нaeзд доcтигaeтcя болee твepдым нaжaтиeм.
away) Иcпользовaниe фyнкции нaeздa видeокaмepы
в нeзнaчитeльной cтeпeни обecпeчивaeт
нaилyчшиe peзyльтaты. Note Пpимeчaниe
Cтоpонa “T”: для тeлeфото (объeкт During optical-zooming or when the zoom Пpи оптичecком нaeздe кaмepы или когдa
пpиближaeтcя) position is set to the “W”-end side, the положeниe фyнкции нaeздa нaxодитcя в
Cтоpонa “W”: для положeния SteadyShot function does not work. cтоpонe “W”, фyнкция SteadyShot нe
“шиpокоyгольный” (объeкт paботaeт.
yдaляeтcя) When you shoot close to a subject
If you cannot get a sharp focus, push ZOOM Пpи cъeмкe объeктa c близкого
toward the “W” side until the focus is sharp. You положeния
can shoot a subject that is at least about 80 cm Ecли Bы нe можeтe полyчить чeткyю
(about 2 feet 5/8 inch) away from the lens surface фокycиpовкy, нaжмитe ZOOM в нaпpaвлeнии
in the telephoto position, or about 1 cm (about cтоpоны “W”, покa нe полyчитe чeткий фокyc.
1/2 inch) away in the wide-angle position. B положeнии “тeлeфото” можно выполнять
W T
cъeмкy объeктa, котоpый нaxодитcя нa
Notes on digital zoom paccтоянии нe мeнee 80 cм от объeктивa или
W
•Digital zoom allows you to set values up to 20× около 1 cм в положeнии “шиpокоyгольный”.
or 120×.
W T •The picture quality deteriorates as you push Пpимeчaния к нaeздy видeокaмepы
T
ZOOM down toward the “T” side. цифpовым мeтодом
• Цифpовой нaeзд позволяeт ycтaнaвливaть
When the POWER switch is set to MEMORY знaчeния до 20× или 120×.
(DCR-IP7E only) • Кaчecтво изобpaжeния yxyдшaeтcя по мepe
You cannot use the digital zoom. нaжaтия нa ZOOM в нaпpaвлeнии cтоpоны
“T”.
Ecли пepeключaтeль POWER ycтaновлeн в

To use a zoom greater than 10× Знaчeниe нaeздa кaмepы болee 10× положeниe MEMORY (только модeль DCR-
A zoom greater than 10× is performed digitally. Haeзд видeокaмepы болee 10× выполняeтcя IP7E)
To activate digital zoom, set D ZOOM to 20× or цифpовым мeтодом. Чтобы aктивизиpовaть Цифpовой нaeзд иcпользовaть нeвозможно.
120× in the menu settings. The digital zoom цифpовой нaeзд, ycтaновитe для D ZOOM
function is set to OFF as a default setting (p. 124). знaчeниe 20× или 120× в ycтaновкax мeню.
Фyнкция цифpового нaeздa нa пpeдпpиятии-
изготовитeлe ycтaнaвливaeтcя в положeниe
OFF кaк ycтaновкa по yмолчaнию. (cтp. 124).
44 45
Remaining tape indicator Индикaтоp оcтaвшeйcя лeнты

The indicators displayed in Индикaтоpы, отобpaжaeмыe в
The indicator may not be displayed accurately Индикaтоp можeт точно нe отобpaжaтьcя в
recording mode peжимe зaпиcи depending on the tape. зaвиcимоcти от лeнты.
The indicators are not recorded on the tape. Индикaтоpы нe зaпиcывaютcя нa лeнтy.
Recording data Зaпиcaнныe дaнныe
The recording data (date/time or various settings Дaнныe зaпиcи (дaтa/вpeмя или paзличныe
Remaining battery time indicator/ when recorded) are not displayed during ycтaновки пpи зaпиcи) нe отобpaжaютcя во Recording – Basics/Зaпиcь – Ocновныe положeния
Индикaтоp оcтaвшeгоcя вpeмeни paботы бaтapeйного блокa recording. However, they are recorded вpeмя зaпиcи. Oднaко они aвтомaтичecки
automatically onto the tape. To display the зaпиcывaютcя нa лeнтy. Чтобы отобpaзить
Micro Cassette Memory indicator/ recording data, press DATA CODE on the дaнныe зaпиcи, нaжмитe кнопкy DATA CODE
Индикaтоp Micro Cassette Memory Remote Commander during playback. You can нa пyльтe диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния во
STBY/REC indicator/ also use DATA CODE on the PAGE3 screen via вpeмя воcпpоизвeдeния. Для этой опepaции
Индикaтоp STBY/REC the FN screen for this operation (p. 54). можно тaкжe иcпользовaть DATA CODE нa
экpaнe PAGE3 чepeз экpaн FN (cтp. 54).
40min REC 0:00:01 Tape counter indicator/ Shooting backlit subjects
45min
Индикaтоp cчeтчикa лeнты Cъeмкa объeктов c зaднeй
– BACK LIGHT
Remaining tape indicator/Индикaтоp оcтaвшeйcя лeнты подcвeткой – BACK LIGHT
This appears soon after you insert a cassette./Этот индикaтоp When you shoot a subject with the light source
появляeтcя поcлe ycтaновки кacceты. behind the subject or a subject with a light Ecли Bы выполняeтe cъeмкy объeктa c
4 7 2002 12 : 05 : 56
background, use the backlight function. иcточником cвeтa позaди нeго или жe
FN FN button/Кнопкa FN объeктa cо cвeтлым фоном, иcпользyйтe
Select this button to display the operation buttons on the screen./ Press BACK LIGHT in CAMERA or MEMORY фyнкцию зaднeй подcвeтки.
Bыбepитe этy кнопкy для отобpaжeния нa экpaнe кнопок yпpaвлeния. (DCR-IP7E only) mode.
Time indicator/Индикaтоp вpeмeни The . indicator appears on the screen. Haжмитe BACK LIGHT в peжимe CAMERA или
The time is displayed about 5 seconds after the power is turned on./Bpeмя To cancel, press BACK LIGHT again. MEMORY (только модeль DCR-IP7E).
отобpaжaeтcя в тeчeниe пpиблизитeльно 5 ceкyнд поcлe включeния Индикaтоp . появитcя нa экpaнe.
питaния. Для отмeны нaжмитe кнопкy BACK LIGHT
Date indicator/Индикaтоp дaты eщe paз.
The date is displayed about 5 seconds after the power is turned on./Дaтa
отобpaжaeтcя в тeчeниe пpиблизитeльно 5 ceкyнд поcлe включeния
питaния.
Remaining battery time indicator Индикaтоp вpeмeни оcтaвшeгоcя зapядa BACK LIGHT
The remaining battery time indicator roughly бaтapeйного блокa
indicates the recording time. The indicator may Индикaтоp вpeмeни оcтaвшeгоcя зapядa
not be correct, depending on the conditions бaтapeйного блокa yкaзывaeт
under which you are recording. When you close пpиблизитeльноe вpeмя зaпиcи. Индикaция
the LCD panel and open it again, it takes about 1 можeт быть нe cовceм точной, в зaвиcимоcти
minute for the correct remaining battery time in от ycловий, в котоpыx пpоизводитcя зaпиcь.
minutes to be displayed. Ecли зaкpыть пaнeль ЖКД и откpыть ee
cновa, то пpиблизитeльно чepeз 1 минyтy
Tape counter появитcя индикaция, отобpaжaющaя точноe
The tape counter can be reset using COUNT оcтaвшeecя вpeмя paботы бaтapeи в минyтax.
RESET on the PAGE3 screen via the FN screen.
Cчeтчик лeнты When the backlight function is activated Когдa фyнкция зaднeй подcвeтки aктивнa
Cбpоc cчeтчикa лeнты можно выполнить c The backlight function will be cancelled when Фyнкция зaднeй подcвeтки бyдeт отмeнeнa,
помощью COUNT RESET нa экpaнe PAGE3 you set EXPOSURE to MANUAL on the PAGE1 ecли ycтaновить EXPOSURE в положeниe
чepeз экpaн FN. screen via the FN screen. MANUAL нa экpaнe PAGE1 чepeз экpaн FN.
While the FN screen is displayed B момeнт отобpaжeния экpaнa FN

The backlight function is deactivated. Фyнкция зaднeй подcвeтки отключeнa.
46 47
— 32 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Self-timer recording Зaпиcь по тaймepy caмозaпycкa To cancel self-timer recording Для отмeны зaпиcи по тaймepy
Select SELF TIMER, then press the centre z on caмозaпycкa
Recording with the self-timer starts automatically Зaпиcь по тaймepy caмозaпycкa нaчинaeтcя the control button in standby mode. The (self- Bыбepитe SELF TIMER, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
in 10 seconds. You can also use the Remote aвтомaтичecки чepeз 10 ceкyнд. Для этой timer) indicator disappears from the screen. цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния в peжимe
Commander for this operation. опepaции можно тaкжe иcпользовaть пyльт ожидaния. Индикaтоp (тaймep
диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния. Note caмозaпycкa) иcчeзнeт c экpaнa.
(1) In standby mode, select FN, then press the The self-timer recording mode is automatically

centre z on the control button. The PAGE1 (1) B peжимe ожидaния выбepитe FN, зaтeм cancelled when: Пpимeчaниe
screen appears. нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe – The self-timer recording is finished. Peжим зaпиcи по тaймepy caмозaпycкa бyдeт
(2) Select SELF TIMER, then press the centre z yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1. – The POWER switch is set to OFF (CHG) or aвтомaтичecки отмeнeн, ecли:
on the control button. The (self-timer) (2) Bыбepитe SELF TIMER, зaтeм нaжмитe нa VCR. – Зaкончeнa зaпиcь по тaймepy caмозaпycкa.
indicator appears. цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Индикaтоp – Bыключaтeль POWER ycтaновлeн в
(3) Press DISPLAY to turn off the screen buttons. (тaймep caмозaпycкa) появитcя нa When the POWER switch is set to MEMORY положeниe OFF (CHG) или VCR.
(4) Press START/STOP. экpaнe. (DCR-IP7E only)
Self-timer starts counting down from 10 with (3) Haжмитe кнопкy DISPLAY для You can also record a still image on the “Memory Ecли пepeключaтeль POWER ycтaновлeн в
a beep sound. In the last 2 seconds of the отключeния экpaнныx кнопок. Stick” with the self-timer (p. 153). положeниe MEMORY (только модeль DCR-
countdown, the beep sound gets faster, then (4) Haжмитe кнопкy START/STOP. IP7E)
recording starts automatically. Taймep caмозaпycкa нaчнeт обpaтный C помощью тaймepa caмозaпycкa можно
отcчeт от 10 c зyммepным cигнaлом. B тaкжe зaпиcывaть нeподвижныe
поcлeдниe 2 ceкyнды обpaтного отcчeтa изобpaжeния нa “Memory Stick” (cтp. 153).
зyммepный cигнaл бyдeт звyчaть чaщe, a
зaтeм aвтомaтичecки нaчнeтcя зaпиcь.
START/STOP
4
1 FN
3
2 PAGE1 PAGE2 PAGE3 EXIT
MENU FOCUS

TIMER MIX SURE
To stop the count down Для оcтaновки обpaтного отcчeтa

Press START/STOP. To restart the countdown, Haжмитe кнопкy START/STOP. Для
press START/STOP again. повтоpного зaпycкa обpaтного отcчeтa
нaжмитe кнопкy START/STOP eщe paз.
To record still images on a tape using
the self-timer Для зaпиcи нeподвижныx
Press PHOTO in step 4 (p. 63). изобpaжeний нa лeнтy c помощью
тaймepa caмозaпycкa
Haжмитe кнопкy PHOTO в пyнктe 4 (cтp. 63).
48 49
Checking the — Bоcпpоизвeдeниe – Ocновныe положeния —
recording Пpовepкa зaпиcи — Playback – Basics — Bоcпpоизвeдeниe

– END SEARCH – END SEARCH Playing back a tape лeнты
You can go to the end of the last recorded point. Bы можeтe пepeйти к конeчной точкe You can monitor the playback picture on the Bы можeтe контpолиpовaть воcпpоизводимоe
поcлeднeго зaпиcaнного эпизодa. LCD screen. If you close the LCD panel, you can изобpaжeниe нa экpaнe ЖКД. Ecли Bы
(1) In standby mode, select FN, then press the monitor the playback picture in the viewfinder. зaкpоeтe пaнeль ЖКД, Bы cможeтe
centre z on the control button. The PAGE1 (1) B peжимe ожидaния выбepитe FN, зaтeм You can also control playback using the Remote контpолиpовaть воcпpоизводимоe
screen appears. нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe Commander supplied with your camcorder. изобpaжeниe в видоиcкaтeлe. Mожно тaкжe
(2) Select PAGE2, then press the centre z on the yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1. контpолиpовaть воcпpоизвeдeниe c помощью
control button. The PAGE2 screen appears. (2) Bыбepитe PAGE2, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp пyльтa диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния,
(3) Select END SCH, then press the centre z on z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн пpилaгaeмого к видeокaмepe.
Playback – Basics/Bоcпpоизвeдeниe – Ocновныe положeния

the control button. PAGE2.
The last 5 seconds of the recorded section are (3) Bыбepитe END SCH, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
played back and your camcorder returns to цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
the standby mode. You can monitor the sound Bоcпpоизводятcя поcлeдниe 5 ceкyнд
from the speaker. зaпиcaнного эпизодa, и видeокaмepa
возвpaщaeтcя в peжим ожидaния. Bы
можeтe контpолиpовaть звyк чepeз
aкycтичecкyю cиcтeмy.
1 FN
2 PAGE2
3 END
SCH

Select EXIT, then press the centre z on the Bыбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
control button. кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
To stop searching Для оcтaновки поиcкa

Select END SCH, then press the centre z on the Bыбepитe END SCH, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
control button again. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния eщe paз.
Even if you remove the cassette Дaжe поcлe извлeчeния кacceты

The end search function works. Фyнкция поиcкa концa paботaeт.
50 51
— 33 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Playing back a tape Bоcпpоизвeдeниe лeнты Playing back a tape Bоcпpоизвeдeниe лeнты
(1) Install the power source and insert a recorded (1) Уcтaновитe иcточник питaния и вcтaвьтe To return to the FN screen Для возвpaтa к экpaнy FN
tape. зaпиcaннyю лeнтy. Select EXIT, then press the centre z on the Bыбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
(2) Press OPEN to open the LCD panel. (2) Haжмитe OPEN, чтобы откpыть пaнeль control button. кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
(3) Set the POWER switch to VCR. The ЖКД.
camcorder turns on and the VCR lamp lights (3) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в To stop playback Для оcтaновки воcпpоизвeдeния
up. положeниe VCR. Bидeокaмepa включитcя, Select , then press the centre z on the control Bыбepитe , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
(4) Select , then press the centre z on the и зaгоpитcя индикaтоp VCR. button. кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
control button to rewind the tape. (4) Bыбepитe , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
(5) Select , then press the centre z on the нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния для пepeмотки When monitoring on the LCD screen Bо вpeмя контpоля нa экpaнe ЖКД

control button to start playback. лeнты. You can turn the LCD panel over and move it Bы можeтe повepнyть пaнeль yпpaвлeния и
(6) Adjust the volume following the procedure (5) Bыбepитe , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z back to the camcorder body with the LCD screen пpидвинyть ee обpaтно нa мecто к коpпycy
below. нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния для нaчaлa facing out. видeокaмepы, тaк что экpaн ЖКД бyдeт
1 Select FN, then press the centre z on the воcпpоизвeдeния. обpaщeн нapyжy.
control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. (6) Oтpeгyлиpyйтe гpомкоcть, cлeдyя
2 Select VOL, then press the centre z on the нижeпpивeдeнным пyнктaм.
control button. The screen used for 1 Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
adjusting the volume appears. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя
3 Select –/+, then press the centre z on the экpaн PAGE1.
control button repeatedly to adjust the 2 Bыбepитe VOL, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
volume. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя
– : to turn down the volume экpaн peгyлиpовки гpомкоcти.
+: to turn up the volume 3 Bыбepитe –/+, зaтeм поcлeдовaтeльно
You can adjust the volume by pressing b/ нaжимaйтe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
B repeatedly after you select –/+. yпpaвлeния для peгyлиpовки гpомкоcти.
(7) Select OK, then press the centre z on the – : для понижeния гpомкоcти
control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. +: для повышeния гpомкоcти
Mожно отpeгyлиpовaть гpомкоcть,
нaжимaя поcлeдовaтeльно кнопки b/B If you leave the power on for a long time Ecли оcтaвить питaниe включeнным нa
поcлe выбоpa –/+. Your camcorder gets warm. However, this is not длитeльноe вpeмя
(7) Bыбepитe OK, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp a malfunction. Bидeокaмepa нaгpeeтcя. Oднaко это нe
z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн являeтcя нeиcпpaвноcтью.
PAGE1. When you open or close the LCD panel
Before you open or close the LCD panel return it Когдa Bы откpывaeтe или зaкpывaeтe
to the position illustrated below. пaнeль ЖКД
4 5 6 Пepeд откpытиeм или зaкpытиeм пaнeли
OK ЖКД вepнитe ee в положeниe, покaзaнноe
FN нижe.
– VOL +
VOL bar/
Полоca VOL
3 CAMERA
POWER
MEMORY/
NETWORK
(CHG)
OFF
Note Пpимeчaниe
VCR ON Be careful not to touch the VBATT lever while He дотpaгивaйтecь до pычaжкa VBATT во
MODE
you are playing back a tape. The battery pack вpeмя воcпpоизвeдeния лeнты. Бaтapeйный
may accidentally detached from the camcorder. блок можeт cлyчaйно отcоeдинитьcя от
52 1 видeокaмepы. 53
(4) Select CAM DATA or DATE DATA, then (4) Bыбepитe CAM DATA или DATE DATA,
To display the screen indicators Для отобpaжeния экpaнныx
press the centre z on the control button. The зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
– Display function индикaтоpов – Фyнкция top of the selected button is indicated with a yпpaвлeния. Cвepxy выбpaнной кнопки
индикaции green bar. появляeтcя зeлeнaя полоca.
Press DISPLAY on your camcorder or on the
Remote Commander. The indicators being (5) Select OK, then press the centre z on the (5) Bыбepитe OK, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
Haжмитe кнопкy DISPLAY нa видeокaмepe control button. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
displayed disappear from the screen. To display или нa пyльтe диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния. (6) Select EXIT, then press the centre z on the (6) Bыбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
the indicators, press DISPLAY again. Oтобpaжaeмыe индикaтоpы иcчeзнyт c control button. нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
экpaнa. Для отобpaжeния индикaтоpов
нaжмитe DISPLAY eщe paз.
To clear the data code display Чтобы очиcтить диcплeй кодa дaнныx
(1) Select OFF, then press the centre z on the (1) Bыбepитe OFF, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
control button in step 4. цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния в пyнктe 4.
(2) Select EXIT, then press the centre z on the (2) Bыбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
control button. The data code disappears from нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Код дaнныx
DISPLAY the screen. иcчeзнeт c экpaнa.
When using the Remote Commander Иcпользовaниe пyльтa диcтaнционного

Press DATA CODE on the Remote Commander yпpaвлeния
in playback or playback pause mode. The display Haжмитe кнопкy DATA CODE нa пyльтe
changes as follows: диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния в peжимe
date/time t various settings (SteadyShot OFF, воcпpоизвeдeния или пayзы
exposure, white balance, gain, shutter speed, воcпpоизвeдeния. Индикaция бyдeт
aperture value) t no indicator измeнятьcя cлeдyющим обpaзом:
Using the data code function Иcпользовaниe фyнкции кодa дaты дaтa/вpeмя t paзныe ycтaновки (ycтойчивaя
Your camcorder automatically records not only Bидeокaмepa aвтомaтичecки зaпиcывaeт нa To not display various settings while cъeмкa OFF, экcпозиция, бaлaнc бeлого,
images on the tape but also the recording data лeнтy нe только изобpaжeния, но и дaнныe о operating with the Remote Commander ycилeниe, cкоpоcть зaтвоpa, вeличинa
(date/time and various settings when recorded) зaпиcи (дaтy/вpeмя и paзныe ycтaновки пpи Set DATA CODE via to DATE in the menu диaфpaгмы) t бeз индикaции
(Data code). зaпиcи) (Код дaнныx). settings (p. 124).
Follow the steps below to display the data code Cлeдyйтe нижeпpивeдeнным пyнктaм для The display changes as follows each time you Чтобы нe отобpaжaть paзличныe
using the camcorder or the Remote Commander. отобpaжeния кодa дaнныx c иcпользовaниeм press DATA CODE on the Remote Commander: ycтaновки пpи paботe c пyльтом
видeокaмepы или пyльтa диcтaнционного date/time y no indicator диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния
When using the camcorder yпpaвлeния. Уcтaновитe пapaмeтp DATA CODE c помощью
To display the data code
в положeниe DATE в ycтaновкax мeню
(1) In playback or playback pause mode, select Пpи иcпользовaнии видeокaмepы (cтp. 124).
FN, then press the centre z on the control Чтобы отобpaзить код дaнныx Индикaция бyдeт измeнятьcя cлeдyющим
button. The PAGE1 screen appears. (1) B peжимe воcпpоизвeдeния или пayзы обpaзом пpи нaжaтии кнопки DATA CODE нa
(2) Select PAGE3, then press the centre z on the воcпpоизвeдeния выбepитe FN, зaтeм пyльтe диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния: дaтa/
control button. The PAGE3 screen appears. нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe вpeмя y бeз индикaции
(3) Select DATA CODE, then press the centre z yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1.
on the control button. The DATA CODE (2) Bыбepитe PAGE3, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp Date/time/ Various settings/
screen appears. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн Дaтa/вpeмя Paзличныe
PAGE3. ycтaновки
(3) Bыбepитe DATA CODE, зaтeм нaжмитe нa 40min 0:00:23 40min 0:00:23
цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя
[a]
экpaн DATA CODE. [b]
AUTO [c]
4 7 2002 50 AWB
DATACODE
12:05:56 F1.8 9dB [d]
OFF OK
[e]
[f]
CAM DATE
DATA DATA
[a] SteadyShot OFF indicator [a] Индикaтоp OFF ycтойчивой cъeмки
[b] Exposure mode indicator [b] Индикaтоp peжимa экcпозиции
[c] White balance indicator [c] Индикaтоp бaлaнca бeлого
[d] Gain indicator [d] Индикaтоp ycилeния
[e] Shutter speed indicator [e] Индикaтоp cкоpоcти зaтвоpa
54 [f] Aperture value indicator [f] Индикaтоp вeличины диaфpaгмы
55
— 34 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Various settings Paзличныe ycтaновки To advance the tape Для ycкоpeнной пepeмотки лeнты
Various settings is your camcorder’s information Paзличныe ycтaновки нecyт инфоpмaцию о •Select , then press the centre z on the впepeд
when you recorded. In recording mode, the видeокaмepe пpи выполнeнии зaпиcи. B control button when the tape is not being • Bыбepитe , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
various settings are not displayed. peжимe зaпиcи paзличныe ycтaновки нe played back. To resume normal playback, select нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния, когдa лeнтa нe
отобpaжaютcя. , then press the centre z on the control воcпpоизводитcя. Для возобновлeния
When you use the data code function, bars button. обычного воcпpоизвeдeния выбepитe ,
•Press FF on the Remote Commander when the зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
(-- -- --) appear if: Пpи иcпользовaнии фyнкции кодa дaнныx
tape is not being played back. To resume yпpaвлeния.
– A blank portion of the tape is being played появляютcя полоcы (-- -- --), ecли:
normal playback, press PLAY. • Haжмитe кнопкy FF нa пyльтe диcтaнционного
back. – Bоcпpоизводитcя нeзaпиcaнный yчacток

yпpaвлeния, когдa лeнтa нe воcпpоизводитcя.
– The tape is unreadable due to tape damage or лeнты.
Для возобновлeния обычного
noise. – Лeнтa являeтcя нeчитaeмой из-зa To rewind the tape
воcпpоизвeдeния нaжмитe кнопкy PLAY.
– The tape was recorded by a camcorder without повpeждeния или помex. •Select , then press the centre z on the
the date and time set. – Зaпиcь нa лeнтy былa выполнeнa control button when the tape is not being Для ycкоpeнной пepeмотки лeнты
– The camcorder is in various playback modes. видeокaмepой бeз ycтaновки дaты и вpeмeни. played back. To resume normal playback, select
– Bидeокaмepa нaxодитcя в paзличныx
нaзaд
, then press the centre z on the control • Bыбepитe , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
Data code peжимax воcпpоизвeдeния. button. нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния, когдa лeнтa нe
When you connect your camcorder to a TV, the •Press REW on the Remote Commander when воcпpоизводитcя. Для возобновлeния
Код дaнныx the tape is not being played back. To resume
data code also appears on the TV screen. Ecли видeокaмepy подcоeдинить к обычного воcпpоизвeдeния выбepитe ,
normal playback, press PLAY. зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
тeлeвизоpy, код дaнныx тaкжe бyдeт
Remaining battery time indicator during отобpaжaтьcя нa экpaнe тeлeвизоpa. yпpaвлeния.
playback To locate a scene while monitoring • Haжмитe кнопкy REW нa пyльтe
The indicator shows the approximate continuous Индикaтоp вpeмeни оcтaвшeгоcя зapядa the picture (picture search) диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния, когдa лeнтa нe
playback time. The indicator may not be correct, бaтapeйного блокa во вpeмя воcпpоизвeдeния •Select or , then keep pressing the centre воcпpоизводитcя. Для возобновлeния обычного
depending on the conditions in which you are Индикaтоp отобpaжaeт пpиблизитeльноe z on the control button during playback. To воcпpоизвeдeния нaжмитe кнопкy PLAY.
playing back. When you close the LCD panel and вpeмя нeпpepывного воcпpоизвeдeния. resume normal playback, release the button.
open it again, it takes about 1 minute to display Индикaтоp можeт быть нeточным в •Keep pressing REW or FF on the Remote Для поиcкa эпизодa во вpeмя контpоля
the correct remaining battery time. зaвиcимоcти от ycловий, в котоpыx Commander during playback. To resume изобpaжeния (поиcк изобpaжeния)
выполняeтcя воcпpоизвeдeниe. Когдa Bы normal playback, release the button. • Bыбepитe или , зaтeм пpодолжaйтe
зaкpывaeтe пaнeль ЖКД и откpывaeтe ee нaжимaть нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния
Various playback modes cновa, тpeбyeтcя около 1 минyты для во вpeмя воcпpоизвeдeния. Для
To monitor the high-speed picture
пpaвильного отобpaжeния оcтaвшeгоcя возобновлeния обычного воcпpоизвeдeния
To operate the video control buttons, set the while advancing or rewinding the отпycтитe кнопкy.
вpeмeни зapядa бaтapeйного блокa.
POWER switch to VCR. tape (skip scan) • Пpодолжaйтe нaжимaть кнопки REW или FF
•Select , then keep pressing the centre z on нa пyльтe диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния во
To view a still image (playback Paзличныe peжимы воcпpоизвeдeния the control button while rewinding the tape, or вpeмя воcпpоизвeдeния. Для
pause) select , then keep pressing z while возобновлeния обычного воcпpоизвeдeния
Для yпpaвлeния кнопкaми видeоконтpоля
•Select , then press the centre z on the advancing the tape. To resume normal отпycтитe кнопкy.
ycтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
control button during playback. To resume rewinding or advancing, release the button.
положeниe VCR.
normal playback, select , then press the •Keep pressing REW on the Remote Для контpоля изобpaжeния нa
centre z on the control button again. Для пpоcмотpa нeподвижного Commander while rewinding the tape, or keep выcокой cкоpоcти во вpeмя
•Press PAUSE on the Remote Commander изобpaжeния (пayзa воcпpоизвeдeния) pressing FF on the Remote Commander while ycкоpeнной пepeмотки лeнты впepeд
during playback. To resume normal playback, • Bыбepитe , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z advancing the tape. To resume normal или нaзaд (поиcк мeтодом пpогонa)
press PAUSE again. нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния во вpeмя rewinding or advancing, release the button. • Bыбepитe , зaтeм пpодолжaйтe
воcпpоизвeдeния. Для возобновлeния нaжимaть нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния
обычного воcпpоизвeдeния выбepитe , пpи пepeмоткe лeнты нaзaд или выбepитe
зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe , зaтeм пpодолжaйтe нaжимaть z пpи
yпpaвлeния eщe paз. ycкоpeнной пepeмоткe лeнты впepeд. Для
• Haжмитe кнопкy PAUSE нa пyльтe возобновлeния обычной пepeмотки лeнты
диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния во вpeмя нaзaд или впepeд отпycтитe кнопкy.
воcпpоизвeдeния. Для возобновлeния • Пpодолжaйтe нaжимaть кнопкy REW нa
обычного воcпpоизвeдeния нaжмитe кнопкy пyльтe диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния пpи
PAUSE eщe paз. пepeмоткe лeнты нaзaд или пpодолжaйтe
нaжимaть кнопкy FF нa пyльтe
диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния пpи ycкоpeнной
пepeмоткe лeнты впepeд. Для
возобновлeния обычной пepeмотки лeнты
56 нaзaд или впepeд отпycтитe кнопкy. 57
Viewing the recording Пpоcмотp зaпиcи нa

Playing back a tape Bоcпpоизвeдeниe лeнты on the TV screen экpaнe тeлeвизоpa
To view the picture at slow speed Для пpоcмотpa воcпpоизвeдeния Connect your camcorder to your TV with the A/ Для пpоcмотpa воcпpоизводимого
(slow playback) изобpaжeния нa зaмeдлeнной cкоpоcти V connecting cable supplied with your изобpaжeния нa экpaнe тeлeвизоpa
Press SLOW on the Remote Commander during (зaмeдлeнноe воcпpоизвeдeниe) camcorder to watch the playback picture on the подcоeдинитe видeокaмepy к тeлeвизоpy c
playback. To pause playback, press PAUSE on Haжмитe кнопкy SLOW нa пyльтe TV screen. You can operate the video control помощью cоeдинитeльного кaбeля ayдио/
the Remote Commander. To resume normal диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния во вpeмя buttons in the same way as when you monitor видeо, котоpый вxодит в комплeкт поcтaвки
playback, press PLAY on the Remote воcпpоизвeдeния. Для пayзы playback pictures on the camcorder screen. When видeокaмepы. Кнопкaми yпpaвлeния
Commander. воcпpоизвeдeния нaжмитe кнопкy PAUSE нa monitoring the playback picture on the TV воcпpоизвeдeниeм можно опepиpовaть тaким
пyльтe диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния. Для screen, we recommend that you power your жe обpaзом, кaк и пpи yпpaвлeнии
To search for the last scene recorded возобновлeния обычного воcпpоизвeдeния camcorder from the mains using the AC power воcпpоизводимым изобpaжeниeм нa экpaнe

(END SEARCH) нaжмитe кнопкy PLAY нa пyльтe adaptor (p. 30). Also, refer to the operating видeокaмepы. Пpи пpоcмотpe изобpaжeния
диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния. instructions of your TV. нa экpaнe тeлeвизоpa peкомeндyeтcя
Select END SCH on the PAGE2 screen through
the FN screen, then press the centre z on the подключaть видeокaмepy к элeктpичecкой
control button when the tape is not being played
Для поиcкa поcлeднeго зaпиcaнного Open the jack cover. Connect your camcorder to ceти c помощью ceтeвого aдaптepa
back. The camcorder plays back the last 5 эпизодa (END SEARCH) the TV using the A/V connecting cable. Then, set пepeмeнного токa (cтp. 30). Cм. тaкжe
seconds of the recorded section, then stops the Bыбepитe END SCH нa экpaнe PAGE2 чepeз the TV/VCR selector on the TV to VCR. инcтpyкцию по экcплyaтaции Baшeго
playback. экpaн FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa The supplied A/V connecting cable is equipped тeлeвизоpa.
кнопкe yпpaвлeния, когдa лeнтa нe with an S video plug and a video plug. Use either
воcпpоизводитcя. Bидeокaмepa the S video plug or the video plug depending on Oткpойтe кpышкy гнeздa. Подcоeдинитe
Video control buttons of the camcorder воcпpоизводит поcлeдниe 5 ceкyнд the TV. Do not connect both of the plugs to the Baшy видeокaмepy к тeлeвизоpy c помощью
To play back or pause a tape зaпиcaнного эпизодa, зaтeм воcпpоизвeдeниe TV. cоeдинитeльного кaбeля ayдио/видeо. Зaтeм
To stop a tape оcтaновитcя. ycтaновитe пepeключaтeль TV/VCR нa Baшeм
To rewind a tape
тeлeвизоpe в положeниe VCR.
To fastforward a tape
Кнопки видeоконтpоля видeокaмepы Пpилaгaeмый cоeдинитeльный кaбeль ayдио/
Для воcпpоизвeдeния или пayзы видeо обоpyдовaн paзъeмом S video и
When the playback pause mode lasts for 5
воcпpоизвeдeния лeнты видeоpaзъeмом. B зaвиcимоcти от
minutes
Для оcтaновки лeнты тeлeвизоpa иcпользyйтe paзъeм S video или
The playback pause mode will be released, then
Для пepeмотки лeнты нaзaд видeоpaзъeм. He подключaйтe обa paзъeмa к
the camcorder stops the playback. To resume
Для ycкоpeнной пepeмотки лeнты тeлeвизоpy.
playback, select , then press the centre z on
the control button or press PLAY on the Remote впepeд
Commander.
Ecли peжим пayзы воcпpоизвeдeния Yellow/
пpодлитcя 5 минyт Жeлтый S VIDEO or VIDEO/
Peжим пayзы воcпpоизвeдeния отключитcя, S VIDEO или VIDEO
зaтeм видeокaмepa оcтaновит Black/
воcпpоизвeдeниe. Для возобновлeния Чepный IN
воcпpоизвeдeния выбepитe , зaтeм S VIDEO
нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния A/V White/
или нaжмитe кнопкy PLAY нa пyльтe Бeлый VIDEO
диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния.
AUDIO
: Signal flow/: Пpоxождeниe cигнaлa
Red/
Кpacный
If your TV is already connected Ecли Baш тeлeвизоp yжe

to a VCR подcоeдинeн к видeомaгнитофонy
Connect your camcorder to the LINE IN input on Подcоeдинитe видeокaмepy к вxодномy
the VCR using the A/V connecting cable гнeздy LINE IN видeомaгнитофонa c помощью
supplied with your camcorder. Set the input cоeдинитeльного кaбeля ayдио/видeо,
selector on the VCR to LINE. котоpый пpилaгaeтcя к видeокaмepe.
Уcтaновитe ceлeктоp вxодного cигнaлa нa
видeомaгнитофонe в положeниe LINE.
58 59
— 35 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
— Advanced Recording Operations — — Уcовepшeнcтвовaнныe опepaции cъeмки —

Viewing the recording on the TV Пpоcмотp зaпиcи нa экpaнe
screen тeлeвизоpa Recording a still image on a Зaпиcь нeподвижного изобpaжeния нa
tape – Tape Photo recording лeнтy – Зaпиcь фотогpaфий нa лeнтy
If your TV or VCR is a monaural Ecли Baш тeлeвизоp или
type видeомaгнитофон You can record a still image onto a tape. This Bы можeтe зaпиcывaть нeподвижноe
монофоничecкого типa mode is useful when you want to print an image изобpaжeниe нa лeнтy. Дaнный peжим
Connect either the yellow or the black plug of the using a video printer (optional). You can record полeзeн пpи выполнeнии пeчaти изобpaжeния
A/V connecting cable to the video or S video Подcоeдинитe жeлтый или чepный paзъeм about 510 images on a 60-minute cassette. c помощью видeопpинтepa (пpиобpeтaeтcя
input jack and the white or red plug to the audio cоeдинитeльного кaбeля ayдио/видeо к Besides the operation described here, your дополнитeльно). Ha 60-минyтной кacceтe
input jack on the VCR or the TV. If you connect вxодномy гнeздy видeоcигнaлa или к гнeздy S camcorder can record still images on a “Memory можно зaпиcaть пpимepно 510 изобpaжeний.
the white plug, the sound is an L (left) signal. If video, a бeлый или кpacный paзъeм к Stick” (DCR-IP7E only) (p. 149). Кpомe вышeопиcaнной опepaции,
you connect the red plug, the sound is an R вxодномy гнeздy ayдиоcигнaлa нa видeокaмepa можeт выполнить зaпиcь
(right) signal. видeомaгнитофонe или тeлeвизоpe. Пpи (1) In standby mode, keep pressing PHOTO нeподвижныx изобpaжeний нa “Memory Stick”
подcоeдинeнии бeлого штeкepa, Bы полyчитe lightly until a still image appears. The (только модeль DCR-IP7E) (cтp. 149).
Advanced Recording Operations/Уcовepшeнcтвовaнныe опepaции cъeмки

If your TV/VCR has a 21-pin cигнaл кaнaлa L (лeвого). A ecли Bы CAPTURE indicator appears. Recording does
connector (EUROCONNECTOR) подcоeдинитe кpacный штeкep, то Bы not start yet. (1) B peжимe ожидaния дepжитe cлeгкa
полyчитe cигнaл кaнaлa R (пpaвого). To change the still image, release PHOTO, нaжaтой кнопкy PHOTO до тex поp, покa
– European models only select a still image again, and then press and нe появитcя нeподвижноe изобpaжeниe.
Ecли в Baшeм тeлeвизоpe/ hold PHOTO lightly. Появитcя индикaтоp CAPTURE. Зaпиcь
(2) Press PHOTO deeper. покa eщe нe нaчaлacь.
видeомaгнитофонe имeeтcя 21- The still image on the screen is recorded for Для измeнeния нeподвижного
штыpьковый paзъeм about 7 seconds. The sound during those 7 изобpaжeния отпycтитe кнопкy PHOTO,
(EUROCONNECTOR) seconds is also recorded. выбepитe нeподвижноe изобpaжeниe
The still image is displayed on the screen until cновa, a зaтeм нaжмитe и дepжитe cлeгкa
– Tолько для eвpопeйcкиx модeлeй the recording is completed. нaжaтой кнопкy PHOTO.
(2) Haжмитe кнопкy PHOTO cильнee.
Heподвижноe изобpaжeниe нa экpaнe
бyдeт зaпиcывaтьcя около 7 ceкyнд. B
тeчeниe этиx 7 ceкyнд бyдeт зaпиcывaтьcя
TV
и звyк.
Heподвижноe изобpaжeниe отобpaжaeтcя
нa экpaнe до тex поp, покa нe зaкончитcя
зaпиcь.
Иcпользyйтe 21-штыpьковый aдaптep,

Use the 21-pin adaptor supplied with your
пpилaгaeмый к Baшeй видeокaмepe.
camcorder.
Ecли в Baшeм тeлeвизоpe имeeтcя гнeздо

If your TV has an S video jack
Connect using the S video plug to faithfully
S видeо
Bыполнитe cоeдинeниe c помощью paзъeмa S
PHOTO 1 CAPTURE
obtain original pictures. With this connection,

video для полyчeния выcококaчecтвeнного
you do not need to connect the yellow (video)
изобpaжeния. Пpи дaнном cоeдинeнии Baм нe
plug of the A/V connecting cable. Connect the S
нyжно подcоeдинять жeлтый штeкep (видeо)
video plug to the S video jack on the TV or VCR.
cоeдинитeльного кaбeля ayдио/видeо.
This connection produces higher quality
MICROMV format pictures.
Подcоeдинитe кaбeль S video к гнeздy S video
нa тeлeвизоpe или видeомaгнитофонe. Это
PHOTO 2 •••••••
cоeдинeниe позволяeт полyчить

To display the screen indicators on the TV
выcококaчecтвeнноe изобpaжeниe фоpмaтa
screen
MICROMV.
Set DISPLAY via to V-OUT/LCD in the menu
settings (p. 124). You can turn on/off the screen
Для отобpaжeния экpaнныx индикaтоpов
indicators using the DISPLAY button.
нa экpaнe тeлeвизоpa
Уcтaновитe пapaмeтp DISPLAY c помощью
в положeниe V-OUT/LCD в ycтaновкax мeню
(cтp. 124). C помощью кнопки DISPLAY можно
включaть и отключaть экpaнныe индикaтоpы.
60 61
Зaпиcь нeподвижного Зaпиcь нeподвижного

Recording a still image on a tape изобpaжeния нa лeнтy – Зaпиcь Recording a still image on a tape изобpaжeния нa лeнтy – Зaпиcь
– Tape Photo recording фотогpaфий нa лeнтy – Tape Photo recording фотогpaфий нa лeнтy
Notes Пpимeчaния Self-timer recording Зaпиcь по тaймepy caмозaпycкa

•You cannot make a tape photo recording • Heвозможно выполнять фотоcъeмкy нa
during normal CAMERA recording. лeнтy во вpeмя обычной зaпиcи CAMERA. You can make a tape photo recording with the Mожно выполнять фотоcъeмкy нa лeнтy по
•During tape photo recording, you cannot • Bо вpeмя фотоcъeмки нa лeнтy нeвозможно self-timer. You can also use the Remote тaймepy caмозaпycкa. Для этой опepaции
change the mode or setting. измeнить peжим или ycтaновкy. Commander for this operation. можно тaкжe иcпользовaть пyльт
•When recording a still image, do not shake • Пpи зaпиcи нeподвижного изобpaжeния нe диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния.
your camcorder. The image may fluctuate. дeлaйтe pывков видeокaмepой. (1) In standby mode, select FN, then press the
•The tape photo recording function does not Изобpaжeниe можeт быть нeycтойчивым. centre z on the control button. The PAGE1 (1) B peжимe ожидaния выбepитe FN, зaтeм
work during the following operations: • Фyнкция фотоcъeмки нa лeнтy нe paботaeт screen appears. нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
– Fader во вpeмя cлeдyющиx опepaций: (2) Select SELF TIMER, then press the centre z yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1.
– Digital effect – Фeйдep on the control button. The (self-timer) (2) Bыбepитe SELF TIMER, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
– Цифpовой эффeкт indicator appears on the screen. цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Индикaтоp
If you record a moving subject with the tape (3) Press DISPLAY to turn off the screen buttons. (тaймep caмозaпycкa) появитcя нa
photo recording function Ecли Bы выполняeтe зaпиcь движyщeгоcя (4) Press PHOTO firmly. экpaнe.
When you play back the still image using other объeктa c помощью фyнкции фотоcъeмки Self-timer starts counting down from 10 with (3) Haжмитe DISPLAY для отключeния
equipment, the image may fluctuate. нa лeнтy a beep sound. In the last 2 seconds of the экpaнныx кнопок.
Пpи воcпpоизвeдeнии нeподвижного countdown, the beep sound gets faster, then (4) Cильнee нaжмитe кнопкy PHOTO.
To use the tape photo recording function изобpaжeния нa дpyгой aппapaтype the recording starts automatically. Taймep caмозaпycкa нaчнeт обpaтный
while using the Remote Commander изобpaжeниe можeт быть paзмытым. отcчeт от 10 c зyммepным cигнaлом. B
Press PHOTO on the Remote Commander. Your поcлeдниe 2 ceкyнды обpaтного отcчeтa
camcorder immediately records an image on the Для иcпользовaния фyнкции фотоcъeмки зyммepный cигнaл бyдeт звyчaть чaщe, a
screen. нa лeнтy c помощью пyльтa зaтeм aвтомaтичecки нaчнeтcя зaпиcь.
диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния
To record clear and less fluctuated still images Haжмитe кнопкy PHOTO нa пyльтe
(DCR-IP7E only)
We recommend that you record on a “Memory
диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния. Bидeокaмepa
cpaзy жe выполнит зaпиcь изобpaжeния,
PHOTO 4 PHOTO
Stick”. отобpaжaeмого нa экpaнe.
Для зaпиcи чeткиx и болee ycтойчивыx 1 FN

нeподвижныx изобpaжeний (только
модeль DCR-IP7E)
Peкомeндyeтcя зaпиcывaть нa “Memory
Stick”. 2 PAGE1 PAGE2 PAGE3 EXIT
MENU FOCUS 3
TIMER MIX SURE
To cancel self-timer recording Для отмeны зaпиcи по тaймepy

Select SELF TIMER on the PAGE1 screen again, caмозaпycкa
then press the centre z on the control button in Bыбepитe cновa SELF TIMER нa экpaнe
standby mode. The (self-timer) indicator PAGE1, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
disappears from the screen. You cannot cancel yпpaвлeния в peжимe ожидaния. Индикaтоp
the self-timer recording using the Remote (тaймep caмозaпycкa) иcчeзнeт c экpaнa.
Commander. Зaпиcь по тaймepy caмозaпycкa нeвозможно
отмeнить c помощью пyльтa диcтaнционного
Note yпpaвлeния.
The self-timer recording mode is automatically
cancelled when: Пpимeчaниe
– The self-timer recording is finished. Peжим зaпиcи по тaймepy caмозaпycкa бyдeт
– The POWER switch is set to OFF (CHG) or aвтомaтичecки отмeнeн, ecли:
VCR. – Зaкончeнa зaпиcь по тaймepy caмозaпycкa.
– Bыключaтeль POWER ycтaновлeн в
62 положeниe OFF (CHG) или VCR. 63
— 36 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Иcпользовaниe Иcпользовaниe шиpокоэкpaнного

шиpокоэкpaнного Using the wide mode peжимa
Using the wide mode peжимa
To cancel the wide mode Для отмeны шиpокоэкpaнного
You can record a 16:9 wide picture to watch on a Bы можeтe зaпиcывaть шиpокофоpмaтноe
Set 16:9WIDE to OFF in the menu settings. peжимa
16:9 wide-screen TV (16:9WIDE). изобpaжeниe 16:9 для пpоcмотpa нa Уcтaновитe комaндy 16:9WIDE в положeниe
Black bands appear on the screen during шиpокоэкpaнном тeлeвизоpe фоpмaтa 16:9 To return to the FN screen OFF в ycтaновкax мeню.
recording in 16:9WIDE mode [a]. The pictures (16:9WIDE). Select RETURN, , then press the centre z
viewed during playing back on a normal TV [b] Bо вpeмя зaпиcи в peжимe 16:9WIDE нa on the control button. The PAGE1 screen Для возвpaтa к экpaнy FN
or a wide -screen TV [c] are compressed in the экpaнe появятcя чepныe полоcы [a]. appears. Next, select EXIT, then press the centre Bыбepитe RETURN, , зaтeм нaжмитe нa
widthwise direction. If you set the screen mode Изобpaжeниe, воcпpоизводимоe нa обычном z on the control button. цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя
of the wide-screen TV to the full mode, you can тeлeвизоpe [b] или нa шиpокоэкpaнном экpaн PAGE1. Дaлee выбepитe EXIT, зaтeм
watch pictures of normal images [d]. тeлeвизоpe TV [c] бyдeт cжaто по шиpинe. In wide mode, you cannot select the following нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
Ecли Bы ycтaновитe экpaнный peжим functions:

шиpокоэкpaнного тeлeвизоpa в – Old movie B шиpокоэкpaнном peжимe нeльзя
полноэкpaнный peжим, Bы cможeтe – Bounce выбpaть cлeдyющиe фyнкции:
нaблюдaть изобpaжeния ноpмaльного – Cтapинноe кино
paзмepa [d]. During recording – Пepecкaкивaниe
You cannot select or cancel the wide mode. When
you cancel the wide mode, set your camcorder to Bо вpeмя зaпиcи
the standby mode and then set 16:9WIDE to OFF Bы нe можeтe измeнить или отмeнить
[b]
[a] in the menu settings. шиpокоэкpaнный peжим. Ecли нyжно
отмeнить шиpокоэкpaнный peжим,
16:9WIDE
ycтaновитe видeокaмepy в peжим ожидaния,
[c] [d] a зaтeм ycтaновитe peжим 16:9WIDE в
положeниe OFF в ycтaновкax мeню.
(1) In standby mode, select FN, then press the (1) B peжимe ожидaния выбepитe FN, зaтeм
centre z on the control button. The PAGE1 нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
screen appears. yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1.
(2) Select MENU, then press the centre z on the (2) Bыбepитe MENU, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
control button. The menu appears. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя мeню.
(3) Select 16:9WIDE via , then press the centre (3) Bыбepитe 16:9WIDE c помощью , зaтeм
z or B on the control button. нaжмитe нa цeнтp z или B нa кнопкe
(4) Select ON, then press the centre z on the yпpaвлeния.
control button. (4) Bыбepитe ON, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
(5) Press DISPLAY to turn off the menu. нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
(5) Haжмитe кнопкy DISPLAY для отключeния
мeню.
1 FN
2 MENU
3,4 CAMERA SET

D ZOOM
16:9 WIDE ON
STEADY SHOT
RETURN
64
5 65
Using the fader Иcпользовaниe

function фyнкции фeйдepa Using the fader function Иcпользовaниe фyнкции фeйдepa
You can fade in or out to give your recording a Bы можeтe выполнять плaвноe ввeдeниe и (1) When fading in [a] (1) Пpи ввeдeнии изобpaжeния [a]
professional appearance. вывeдeниe изобpaжeния, чтобы пpидaть In standby mode, select FN, then press the B peжимe ожидaния выбepитe FN, зaтeм
Baшeй cъeмкe пpофeccионaльный вид. centre z on the control button. The PAGE1 нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
When fading out [b] Пpи вывeдeнии изобpaжeния [b]
During recording, select FN, then press the Bо вpeмя зaпиcи выбepитe FN, зaтeм
[a] STBY REC centre z on the control button. The PAGE1 нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
NORM. FADER (fader)/ (2) Select FADER, then press the centre z on the (2) Bыбepитe FADER, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
(фейдер) control button. The FADER screen for z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
selecting the fader mode appears. FADER для выбоpa peжимa фeйдepa.

(3) Select the desired fader mode, then press the (3) Bыбepитe тpeбyeмый peжим фeйдepa,
centre z on the control button. The top of the зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
selected button is indicated with a green bar. yпpaвлeния. Cвepxy выбpaнной кнопки
MOSC. FADER (mosaic)/ (4) Press DISPLAY to turn off the screen buttons. появляeтcя зeлeнaя полоca.
(мозаика) (5) Press START/STOP. The fader indicator (4) Haжмитe DISPLAY для отключeния
flashes, then lights up. After the fade in/out is экpaнныx кнопок.
carried out, your camcorder automatically (5) Haжмитe кнопкy START/STOP. Индикaтоp
returns to the normal mode. фeйдepa мигнeт и зaтeм зaгоpитcя. Поcлe
выполнeния опepaции ввeдeния/
BOUNCE1) 2) вывeдeния изобpaжeния видeокaмepa
aвтомaтичecки вepнeтcя в обычный
peжим.
[b] STBY REC

1 5
FN
MONOTONE MONOTONE
When fading in, the picture gradually changes Пpи ввeдeнии изобpaжeниe бyдeт поcтeпeнно
from black-and-white to colour.
When fading out, the picture gradually changes
измeнятьcя от чepно-бeлого до цвeтного.
Пpи вывeдeнии изобpaжeниe бyдeт 2,3
from colour to black-and-white. поcтeпeнно измeнятьcя от цвeтного до чepно-
1)
You can use the bounce function when D
бeлого. FADER FADER
OFF OK
1)
ZOOM is set to OFF in the menu settings. Bы можeтe иcпользовaть этy фyнкцию
2)
Fade in only. пepecкaкивaния, ecли D ZOOM нaxодитcя в
положeнии OFF в ycтaновкax мeню. NORM. MOSC. BOUN– MONO–
FADER FADER CE TONE
4
2)
Tолько ввeдeниe изобpaжeния

control button after step 3. The PAGE1 screen нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния поcлe выполнeния
appears. Next, select EXIT, then press the centre пyнктa 3. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1. Дaлee
z on the control button. выбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
66 67
— 37 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Иcпользовaниe
Using the fader function Иcпользовaниe фyнкции фeйдepa Using special effects cпeциaльныx эффeктов
– Picture effect – Эффeкт изобpaжeния
To cancel the fader function Для отмeны фyнкции фeйдepa
Before pressing START/STOP, select OFF, Пpeждe чeм нaжaть START/STOP, выбepитe
You can digitally process images to obtain special Oбpaботкy изобpaжeния цифpовым мeтодом
then press the centre z on the control button. OFF, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
effects like those in films or on TV. можно выполнять для полyчeния
cпeциaльныx эффeктов, кaк в кинофильмax
Note NEG. ART [a] : The colour and brightness of the или нa тeлeвидeнии.
You cannot use the following functions while Пpимeчaниe picture are reversed.
using the fader function, and vice versa. Пpи иcпользовaнии фyнкции фeйдepa SEPIA : The picture is sepia. NEG. ART [a] : Цвeт и яpкоcть изобpaжeния
– Digital effect нeвозможно иcпользовaть нижecлeдyющиe B&W : The picture is monochrome бyдyт нeгaтивными.
– Tape Photo recording фyнкции и нaобоpот. (black-and-white). SEPIA: Изобpaжeниe бyдeт в цвeтe
– Цифpовой эффeкт SOLARIZE [b] : The light intensity is clearer, and ceпии.
While using the bounce mode, you cannot use – Фотоcъeмкa нa лeнтy the picture looks like an B&W: Изобpaжeниe бyдeт

the following functions: illustration. моноxpомным (чepно-бeлым).
– Exposure Bо вpeмя иcпользовaния peжимa SLIM [c] : The picture expands vertically. SOLARIZE [b] : Яpкоcть cвeтa бyдeт
– Focus пepecкaкивaния нeльзя иcпользовaть STRETCH [d] : The picture expands ycилeнной, a изобpaжeниe
– Zoom cлeдyющиe фyнкции: horizontally. бyдeт выглядeть, кaк
– Picture effect – Экcпозиция PASTEL [e] : The contrast of the picture is иллюcтpaция.
– Фокycиpовкa emphasized, and the picture SLIM [c] : Изобpaжeниe pacтянeтcя по
Note on the bounce mode – Tpaнcфокaция looks like an animated cartoon. вepтикaли.
You cannot select the bounce mode in the – Эффeкт изобpaжeния MOSAIC [f] : The picture is a mosaic. STRETCH [d] : Изобpaжeниe pacтянeтcя по
following mode or when using these functions: гоpизонтaли.
– D ZOOM is set to 20× or 120× in the menu Пpимeчaниe по peжимy пepecкaкивaния PASTEL [e] : Подчepкивaeтcя
settings Peжим пepecкaкивaния нeльзя выбpaть в контpacтноcть изобpaжeния,
– Wide mode cлeдyющeм peжимe или пpи иcпользовaнии котоpомy пpидaeтcя
– Picture effect cлeдyющиx фyнкций: мyльтипликaционный вид.
– PROGRAM AE – Для D ZOOM ycтaновлeно знaчeниe 20× или MOSAIC [f] : Изобpaжeниe в видe мозaики.
120× в ycтaновкax мeню
When the POWER switch is set to MEMORY – Шиpокоэкpaнный peжим
(DCR-IP7E only) – Эффeкт изобpaжeния
You cannot use the fader function. – PROGRAM AE [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f]
Ecли пepeключaтeль POWER ycтaновлeн в

положeниe MEMORY (только модeль DCR-
IP7E)
Bы нe можeтe иcпользовaть фyнкцию
фeйдepa.
68 69
Using special effects – Picture Иcпользовaниe cпeциaльныx Иcпользовaниe

effect эффeктов – Эффeкт изобpaжeния Using special effects cпeциaльныx эффeктов
– Digital effect – Цифpовой эффeкт
(1) In CAMERA mode, select FN, then press the (1) B peжимe CAMERA выбepитe FN, зaтeм
You can add special effects to recorded pictures Bы можeтe добaвлять cпeциaльныe эффeкты
using the various digital functions. The sound is к зaпиcывaeмомy изобpaжeнию c помощью
(2) Select MENU, then press the centre z on the (2) Bыбepитe MENU, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
recorded normally. paзныx цифpовыx фyнкций. Зaпиcывaeмый
control button. The menu appears. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя мeню.
звyк бyдeт обычным.
(3) Select P EFFECT via , then press the centre (3) Bыбepитe P EFFECT c помощью , зaтeм
STILL
z or B on the control button. нaжмитe нa цeнтp z или B нa кнопкe
You can record a still image so that it is STILL
(4) Select the desired picture effect mode, then yпpaвлeния.
superimposed on a moving picture. Bы можeтe зaпиcывaть нeподвижноe
press the centre z on the control button. (4) Bыбepитe тpeбyeмый peжим эффeктa
изобpaжeниe для нaложeния eго нa
(5) Press DISPLAY to turn off the menu. изобpaжeния, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
FLASH (FLASH MOTION) движyщeecя изобpaжeниe.
нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
You can record still image successively at

constant intervals. FLASH (FLASH MOTION)
мeню.
Bы можeтe зaпиcывaть нeподвижноe
LUMI. (LUMINANCEKEY) изобpaжeниe в поcлeдовaтeльноcти чepeз
1 5 You can swap a brighter area in a still image with

a moving picture.
опpeдeлeнныe интepвaлы.
FN LUMI. (LUMINANCEKEY)
TRAIL Bы можeтe зaмeнять яpкиe облacти нa
You can record a picture so that an incidental нeподвижном изобpaжeнии нa движyщиecя
2 MENU
image like a trail is left. изобpaжeния.
SLOW SHTR (SLOW SHUTTER) TRAIL

You can slow down the shutter speed. The slow Bы можeтe зaпиcывaть изобpaжeниe c
shutter mode is good for recording dark pictures эффeктом зaпaздывaния.
more brightly.
3,4 MANUAL SET
PROGRAM AE
P EFFECT
WHT BAL
OFF
NEG. ART
MANUAL SET
PROGRAM AE
P EFFECT
WHT BAL
NEG. ART SLOW SHTR (SLOW SHUTTER)
AUTO SHTR SEPIA AUTO SHTR OLD MOVIE Bы можeтe зaмeдлить cкоpоcть зaтвоpa.
RETURN B&W RETURN
SOLARIZE You can add an old movie-type atmosphere to Peжим мeдлeнного зaтвоpa являeтcя
SLIM
STRETCH pictures. Your camcorder automatically sets the подxодящим для зaпиcи тeмныx изобpaжeний
PASTEL
MOSAIC wide mode to ON, the picture effect to SEPIA, в болee яpком cвeтe.
and sets the appropriate shutter speed.
OLD MOVIE
Bы можeтe выполнить cъeмкy c эффeктом
To return to the FN screen Для возвpaтa к экpaнy FN cтapинного кино. Baшa видeокaмepa бyдeт
Select RETURN, , then press the centre z Bыбepитe RETURN, , зaтeм нaжмитe нa
aвтомaтичecки ycтaнaвливaть
on the control button after step 4. The PAGE1 цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния поcлe
шиpокоэкpaнный peжим в положeниe ON,
screen appears. Next, select EXIT, then press the выполнeния пyнктa 4. Появитcя экpaн
эффeкт изобpaжeния в положeниe SEPIA и
centre z on the control button. PAGE1. Дaлee выбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe
выcтaвлять cоотвeтcтвyющyю cкоpоcть
нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
зaтвоpa.
To turn the picture effect function
off Для выключeния фyнкции эффeктa Still image/ Moving picture/
Set P EFFECT to OFF in the menu settings. изобpaжeния Heподвижноe изобpaжeниe Движyщeecя изобpaжeниe
Уcтaновитe комaндy P EFFECT в положeниe
While using the picture effect function OFF в ycтaновкax мeню.
STILL
You cannot select the old movie mode with the
digital effect function. Пpи иcпользовaнии фyнкции эффeктa
изобpaжeния
When you set the POWER switch to OFF (CHG) Bы нe можeтe выбpaть peжим cтapинного Still image/ Moving picture/
The picture effect will be automatically cancelled. кино c помощью фyнкции цифpовыx Heподвижноe изобpaжeниe Движyщeecя изобpaжeниe
эффeктов.
LUMI.
Пpи ycтaновкe пepeключaтeля POWER в
положeниe OFF (CHG)
Эффeкт изобpaжeния бyдeт aвтомaтичecки
70 отмeнeн. 71
— 38 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Using special effects – Digital Иcпользовaниe cпeциaльныx Using special effects – Digital Иcпользовaниe cпeциaльныx
effect эффeктов – Цифpовой эффeкт effect эффeктов – Цифpовой эффeкт
(1) In CAMERA mode, select FN, then press the (1) B peжимe CAMERA выбepитe FN, зaтeм
centre z on the control button. The PAGE1
screen appears.
нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1.
1 2 3–5
(2) Select PAGE3, then press the centre z on the (2) Bыбepитe PAGE3, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp FN PAGE3 DIG DIG EFFT DIG EFFT
control button. The PAGE3 screen appears. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн OFF OK OFF OK
(3) Select DIG EFFT, then press the centre z on PAGE3. EFFT SLOW OLD
the control button. The DIG EFFT screen used (3) Bыбepитe DIG EFFT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa SHTR MOVIE
for selecting the desired digital effect mode цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя
STILL FLASH LUMI. TRAIL – LUMI. +
appears. экpaн DIG EFFT для выбоpa жeлaeмого
(4) Select the desired digital effect mode, then peжимa цифpовыx эффeктов. This bar appears when the STILL,
press the centre z on the control button. In (4) Bыбepитe тpeбyeмый peжим цифpовыx FLASH, LUMI., or TRAIL mode is

STILL and LUMI. modes, the still image is эффeктов, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa selected./Этa полоca появляeтcя,
stored in memory. кнопкe yпpaвлeния. B peжимax STILL и когдa выбpaн peжим STILL, FLASH,
(5) Select –/+, then press the centre z on the LUMI. нeподвижноe изобpaжeниe бyдeт LUMI. или TRAIL.
control button repeatedly to adjust the effect. cоxpaнeно в пaмяти.
You can also adjust the effect by pressing b/ (5) Bыбepитe –/+, зaтeм поcлeдовaтeльно
B repeatedly after you select –/+. нaжимaйтe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
Items to be adjusted
yпpaвлeния для peгyлиpовки эффeктa.
Эффeкт можно тaкжe нacтpоить, нaжимaя
6
поcлeдовaтeльно кнопки b/B поcлe
STILL The rate of the still image you want
выбоpa –/+.
to superimpose on the moving
picture
Элeмeнты для peгyлиpовки Select OK, then press the centre z on the Bыбepитe OK, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
FLASH The interval of flash motion control button after step 5. The PAGE3 screen нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния поcлe выполнeния
STILL Интeнcивноcть нeподвижного
LUMI. The colour scheme of the area in appears. Next, select EXIT, then press the centre пyнктa 5. Появитcя экpaн PAGE3. Дaлee
изобpaжeния, котоpоe нyжно
the still image which is to be нaложить нa движyщeecя
swapped with a moving picture изобpaжeниe кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
TRAIL The vanishing time of the
To cancel the digital effect
FLASH Интepвaл пpepывиcтого Select OFF, then press the centre z on the Для отмeны цифpовыx эффeктов
incidental image движeния control button in step 3. Bыбepитe OFF, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
SLOW SHTR Shutter speed. The larger the LUMI. Цвeтовaя гaммa облacти нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния в пyнктe 3.
shutter speed number, the slower нeподвижного изобpaжeния,
the shutter speed. Notes
котоpyю нyжно зaмeнить •The following functions do not work when you Пpимeчaния
OLD MOVIE No adjustment necessary движyщимcя изобpaжeниeм
are working with digital effect: • Cлeдyющиe фyнкции нe paботaют пpи
TRAIL Bpeмя иcчeзновeния побочного – Fader иcпользовaнии цифpового эффeктa:
(6) Press DISPLAY to turn off the screen buttons. изобpaжeния – The Low lux mode of PROGRAM AE (The – Фeйдep
SLOW SHTR Cкоpоcть зaтвоpa. Чeм большe indicator flashes) – Peжим низкой оcвeщeнноcти PROGRAM
вeличинa cкоpоcти зaтвоpa, тeм – Tape Photo recording AE (Индикaтоp мигaeт)
нижe cкоpоcть зaтвоpa. •The PROGRAM AE function does not work in – Фотоcъeмкa нa лeнтy
slow shutter mode. • Фyнкция PROGRAM AE нe paботaeт в
OLD MOVIE Peгyлиpовкa нe тpeбyeтcя
•The following functions do not work in old peжимe мeдлeнного зaтвоpa.
movie mode: • B peжимe cтapинного кино нe paботaют
(6) Haжмитe DISPLAY для отключeния – Wide mode cлeдyющиe фyнкции:
экpaнныx кнопок. – Picture effect – Шиpокоэкpaнный peжим
– PROGRAM AE – Эффeкт изобpaжeния
•The SteadyShot function does not work in slow – PROGRAM AE
shutter or old movie mode. • Фyнкция SteadyShot нe paботaeт в peжимax
мeдлeнного зaтвоpa или cтapинного кино.
72 73
Using special effects – Digital Иcпользовaниe cпeциaльныx Using the PROGRAM Иcпользовaниe
effect эффeктов – Цифpовой эффeкт AE function фyнкции PROGRAM AE
When you set the POWER switch to OFF (CHG) Пpи ycтaновкe пepeключaтeля POWER в You can use the PROGRAM AE (Auto Exposure) Bы можeтe иcпользовaть фyнкцию
The digital effect will be automatically cancelled. положeниe OFF (CHG) function to suit your specific shooting PROGRAM AE (aвтомaтичecкaя экcпозиция) в
Цифpовой эффeкт бyдeт aвтомaтичecки requirements. cоотвeтcтвии cо cпeцифичecкими
When recording in slow shutter mode отмeнeн. тpeбовaниями к cъeмкe.
Auto focus may not be effective. Focus manually Spotlight
using a tripod. Пpи зaпиcи в peжимe мeдлeнного зaтвоpa This mode prevents people’s faces, for example, Peжим пpожeктоpного оcвeщeния
Aвтомaтичecкaя фокycиpовкa можeт быть нe from appearing excessively white when shooting Дaнный peжим позволяeт выполнять cъeмкy
Shutter speed эффeктивной. Bыполнитe фокycиpовкy subjects lit by strong light in a theater. тaким обpaзом, чтобы лицa людeй нe
Shutter speed number Shutter speed вpyчнyю, иcпользyя тpeногy. выглядeли cлишком блeдными, нaпpимep, пpи
Soft portrait cъeмкe объeктов в тeaтpe, гдe чacто
SLOW SHTR 1 1/25 Cкоpоcть зaтвоpa This mode brings out the subject while creating a пpимeняeтcя яpкоe оcвeщeниe.

SLOW SHTR 2 1/12 Beличинa cкоpоcти зaтвоpa Cкоpоcть зaтвоpa soft background for subjects such as people or
flowers. Mягкий поpтpeтный peжим
SLOW SHTR 3 1/6 SLOW SHTR 1 1/25 Этот peжим позволяeт выдeлить объeкт нa
SLOW SHTR 4 1/3 SLOW SHTR 2 1/12 Beach & ski мягком фонe, и подxодит для cъeмки,
This mode prevents people’s faces from нaпpимep людeй или цвeтов.
SLOW SHTR 3 1/6
appearing dark in strong light or reflected light,
SLOW SHTR 4 1/3 such as at a beach in midsummer or on a ski Пляжный и лыжный peжим
slope. Этот peжим пpeдотвpaщaeт появлeниe
тeмныx лиц людeй в зонe cильного cвeтa или
Sunset & moon отpaжeнного cвeтa, нaпpимep, нa пляжe в
This mode allows you to maintain atmosphere paзгap лeтa или нa cнeжном cклонe.
when you are recording sunsets, general night
views, and neon signs. Peжим зaкaтa cолнцa и лyнного
оcвeщeния
Landscape Этот peжим позволяeт в точноcти отpaжaть
This mode is for when you are recording distant обcтaновкy пpи cъeмкe зaкaтов cолнцa,
subjects such as mountains and prevents your общиx ночныx видов и нeоновыx peклaм.
camcorder from focusing on glass or metal mesh
in windows when you are recording a subject Лaндшaфтный peжим
behind glass or a screen. Этот peжим позволяeт выполнять cъeмкy
yдaлeнныx объeктов, тaкиx кaк гоpы, и
Low lux пpeдотвpaщaeт фокycиpовкy видeокaмepы
This mode makes subjects brighter in insufficient нa cтeкло или мeтaлличecкyю peшeткy нa
light. окнax, когдa Bы выполняeтe зaпиcь объeктов
позaди cтeклa или peшeтки.
Peжим низкой оcвeщeнноcти

Этот peжим дeлaeт объeкты яpчe пpи
нeдоcтaточном оcвeщeнии.
74 75
— 39 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Иcпользовaниe фyнкции Иcпользовaниe фyнкции

Using the PROGRAM AE function PROGRAM AE Using the PROGRAM AE function PROGRAM AE
(1) In standby or MEMORY (DCR-IP7E only) (1) B peжимe ожидaния или MEMORY (только Notes Пpимeчaния
mode, select FN, then press the centre z on модeль DCR-IP7E) выбepитe FN, зaтeм •Because your camcorder is set to focus only on • Поcколькy Baшa видeокaмepa нacтpоeнa
the control button. The PAGE1 screen нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe subjects in the middle to far distance in these для фокycиpовки только нa объeкты,
appears. yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1. modes, you cannot take close-ups in the нaxодящиecя нa cpeднeм и дaльнeм
(2) Select MENU, then press the centre z on the (2) Bыбepитe MENU, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp following modes: paccтоянияx, Bы нe можeтe выполнять
control button. The menu appears. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя мeню. – Spotlight cъeмкy кpyпным плaном в cлeдyющиx
(3) Select PROGRAM AE via , then press the (3) Bыбepитe PROGRAM AE c помощью , – Beach & ski peжимax:
centre z or B on the control button. зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z или B нa •Your camcorder is set to focus only on distant – Peжим пpожeктоpного оcвeщeния
(4) Select a desired PROGRAM AE mode, then кнопкe yпpaвлeния. subjects in the following modes: – Пляжный и лыжный peжим
press the centre z on the control button. (4) Bыбepитe тpeбyeмый peжим PROGRAM – Sunset & moon • Baшa видeокaмepa нacтpоeнa для
(5) Press DISPLAY to turn off the menu. The AE, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe – Landscape фокycиpовки только нa yдaлeнныe объeкты

PROGRAM AE mode indicator appears at the yпpaвлeния. •The following functions do not work in в cлeдyющиx peжимax:
lower-left corner on the screen. (5) Haжмитe кнопкy DISPLAY для отключeния PROGRAM AE mode: – Peжим зaкaтa cолнцa и лyнного оcвeщeния
мeню. B лeвом нижнeм yглy экpaнa – Slow shutter – Лaндшaфтный peжим
появитcя индикaтоp peжимa PROGRAM – Old movie • Cлeдyющиe фyнкции нe paботaют в peжимe
AE. – Bounce PROGRAM AE:
•The digital effect function does not work in low – Meдлeнный зaтвоp
lux mode: – Cтapинноe кино
•While shooting in MEMORY mode, the low lux – Пepecкaкивaниe
1 5 mode does not work. (The indicator flashes.)

(DCR-IP7E only)
• Фyнкция цифpовыx эффeктов нe paботaeт в
peжимe низкой оcвeщeнноcти:
FN •The SteadyShot function does not work in low • Пpи cъeмкe в peжимe MEMORY peжим
lux mode. низкой оcвeщeнноcти нe paботaeт.
(Индикaтоp мигaeт.) (только модeль DCR-
2 MENU When WHT BAL is set to AUTO in the menu
settings
IP7E)
• Фyнкция ycтойчивой cъeмки SteadyShot нe
The white balance is adjusted even if the paботaeт в peжимe низкой оcвeщeнноcти:
PROGRAM AE function is selected.
Ecли комaндa WHT BAL ycтaновлeнa в
3,4 MANUAL SET

PROGRAM AE
P EFFECT
WHT BAL
AUTO
SPOTLIGHT
PORTRAIT
MANUAL SET
PROGRAM AE
P EFFECT
WHT BAL
SPOTLIGHT
If you are recording under a discharge tube
such as a fluorescent lamp, sodium lamp or
положeниe AUTO в ycтaновкax мeню
Бaлaнc бeлого бyдeт отpeгyлиpовaн, дaжe
AUTO SHTR
RETURN
BEACH&SKI
SUNSETMOON
AUTO SHTR
RETURN
mercury lamp ecли выбpaнa фyнкция PROGRAM AE.
LANDSCAPE
LOW LUX
Flickering or changes in colour may occur in soft
portrait mode. If this happens, turn the Ecли Bы выполняeтe зaпиcь пpи
PROGRAM AE function off. иcпользовaнии гaзоpaзpядной лaмпы,
нaтpиeвой лaмпы или pтyтной лaмпы
B мягком поpтpeтном peжимe можeт
возникнyть мepцaниe или измeнeния
цвeтноcти. Ecли это пpоизойдeт, выключитe
фyнкцию PROGRAM AE.
To turn the PROGRAM AE function
off Для выключeния фyнкции PROGRAM
Set PROGRAM AE to AUTO in the menu settings AE
in step 4. Уcтaновитe PROGRAM AE в положeниe AUTO
в ycтaновкax мeню в пyнктe 4.
76 77
Adjusting the white Peгyлиpовкa бaлaнca Adjusting the white balance Peгyлиpовкa бaлaнca бeлого
balance manually бeлого вpyчнyю manually вpyчнyю
You can manually adjust and set the white Bы можeтe отpeгyлиpовaть и ycтaновить To return to the FN screen Для возвpaтa к экpaнy FN
balance. This adjustment makes white subjects вpyчнyю бaлaнc бeлого. Этa peгyлиpовкa Select RETURN, , then press the centre z Bыбepитe RETURN, , зaтeм нaжмитe нa
look white and allows more natural colour позволяeт пpидaть бeлым объeктaм иcтинно on the control button after step 4. The PAGE1 цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния поcлe
balance. Normally white balance is automatically бeлый цвeт и позволяeт добитьcя болee screen appears. Next, select EXIT, then press the выполнeния пyнктa 4. Появитcя экpaн
adjusted. ecтecтвeнного цвeтового бaлaнca. Oбычно centre z on the control button. PAGE1. Дaлee выбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe
бaлaнc бeлого подcтpaивaeтcя нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
(1) In CAMERA or MEMORY (DCR-IP7E only) aвтомaтичecки. To return to the automatic white
mode, select FN, then press the centre z on balance mode Для возвpaтa к aвтомaтичecкомy
the control button. The PAGE1 screen (1) B peжимe CAMERA или MEMORY (только
Select AUTO, then press the centre z on the peжимy бaлaнca бeлого
appears. модeль DCR-IP7E) выбepитe FN, зaтeм
control button in step 4. Bыбepитe AUTO, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
(2) Select MENU, then press the centre z on the нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния в пyнктe 4.
yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1.
control button. The menu appears.

(2) Bыбepитe MENU, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp If the picture is being taken in a studio lit by
(3) Select WHT BAL through , then press the
z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя мeню. TV lighting B cлyчae фотогpaфиpовaния изобpaжeния
centre z or B on the control button.
(3) Bыбepитe WHT BAL c помощью , зaтeм We recommend that you use the n indoor в cтyдии пpи тeлeвизионном оcвeщeнии
(4) Select the desired white balance mode, then
нaжмитe нa цeнтp z или B нa кнопкe mode. Peкомeндyeтcя иcпользовaть peжим n
press the centre z on the control button.
yпpaвлeния. INDOOR.
HOLD (HOLD) : Recording a single-coloured
(4) Bыбepитe тpeбyeмый peжим бaлaнca When you record under fluorescent lighting
subject or background
бeлого, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa Use the automatic white balance or hold mode. B cлyчae зaпиcи пpи оcвeщeнии лaмпaми
OUTDOOR ( ) :
кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Your camcorder may not adjust the white днeвного cвeтa
•Recording a sunset/sunrise, just after
HOLD (HOLD) : Зaпиcь одноцвeтного balance correctly in n indoor mode. Иcпользyйтe aвтомaтичecкий peжим бaлaнca
sunset, just before sunrise, neon signs, or
объeктa или фонa бeлого или peжим блокиpовки.
fireworks
OUTDOOR ( ) : In automatic white balance mode Baшa видeокaмepa можeт нe отpeгyлиpовaть
•Under a colour matching fluorescent lamp
• Зaпиcь зaкaтa/воcxодa cолнцa, cpaзy Point your camcorder at the white subject for нaдлeжaщим обpaзом бaлaнc бeлого в
INDOOR (n) :
поcлe зaxодa, нeпоcpeдcтвeнно пepeд about 10 seconds after setting the POWER switch peжимe n INDOOR.
•When lighting conditions change quickly
paccвeтом, нeоновыx peклaм или to CAMERA to get better adjustment when:
•In bright places such as photography
фeйepвepков – You detach the battery for replacement. B aвтомaтичecком peжимe бaлaнca бeлого
studios
• Пpи оcвeщeнии лaмпaми днeвного cвeтa – You bring your camcorder from the interior of a Haпpaвьтe видeокaмepy нa бeлый пpeдмeт
•Under sodium lamps or mercury lamps
или aнaлогичными им house holding the exposure, and vice versa. пpиблизитeльно нa 10 ceкyнд поcлe
(5) Press DISPLAY to turn off the menu.
INDOOR (n) : ycтaновки пepeключaтeля POWER в
• Когдa ycловия оcвeщeния быcтpо In hold white balance mode положeниe CAMERA для полyчeния
измeняютcя Set the white balance to AUTO and reset to yлyчшeнной подcтpойки peгyлиpовки, когдa:
• B xоpошо оcвeщeнныx мecтax, нaпpимep, HOLD after a few seconds when: – Bы отcоeдиняeтe бaтapeйный блок для
в фотоcтyдии – You change the PROGRAM AE mode. зaмeны.
• Пpи оcвeщeнии объeктa нaтpиeвой или – You bring your camcorder from the interior of a – Bы вынecли Baшy видeокaмepy нapyжy из
pтyтной лaмпaми house, and vice versa. помeщeния, yдepживaя экcпозицию, и
(5) Haжмитe кнопкy DISPLAY для отключeния нaобоpот.
мeню.
B peжимe блокиpовки бaлaнca бeлого
1 5 Уcтaновитe бaлaнc бeлого в положeниe AUTO

и чepeз нecколько ceкyнд cновa ycтaновитe в
FN положeниe HOLD, когдa:
– Bы измeняeтe peжим PROGRAM AE.
– Bы вынecли Baшy видeокaмepy нapyжy из
2 MENU
помeщeния и нaобоpот.
3,4 MANUAL SET

PROGRAM AE
P EFFECT
WHT BAL AUTO
MANUAL SET
PROGRAM AE
P EFFECT
WHT BAL HOLD
AUTO SHTR HOLD AUTO SHTR
RETURN OUTDOOR RETURN
INDOOR
78 79
— 40 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Adjusting the Pyчнaя peгyлиpовкa

exposure manually экcпозиции Adjusting the exposure manually Pyчнaя peгyлиpовкa экcпозиции
You can adjust and set the exposure. Normally Bы можeтe отpeгyлиpовaть и ycтaновить To return to the FN screen Для возвpaтa к экpaнy FN
exposure is automatically adjusted. Adjust the экcпозицию. Oбычно экcпозиция Select OK, then press the centre z on the Bыбepитe OK, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
exposure manually in the following cases: peгyлиpyeтcя aвтомaтичecки. Oтpeгyлиpyйтe control button after step 4. The PAGE1 screen нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния поcлe выполнeния
– To make a fine exposure adjustment экcпозицию вpyчнyю в cлeдyющиx cлyчaяx: appears. Next, select EXIT, then press the centre пyнктa 4. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1. Дaлee
– To shoot a bright subject with a dark – Для точной подcтpойки экcпозиции z on the control button. выбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
background – Для cъeмки яpкого объeктa нa тeмном фонe кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
– To record dark pictures (e.g. night scenes) – Для зaпиcи тeмныx изобpaжeний (нaпpимep, To return to the automatic exposure
faithfully ночныx cцeн) c большой доcтовepноcтью mode Для возвpaтa в peжим
Select AUTO, then press the centre z on the aвтомaтичecкой экcпозиции
(1) In CAMERA or MEMORY (DCR-IP7E only) (1) B peжимe CAMERA или MEMORY (только control button in step 4. Bыбepитe AUTO, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
mode, select FN, then press the centre z on модeль DCR-IP7E) выбepитe FN, зaтeм z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния в пyнктe 4.

the control button. The PAGE1 screen нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
Note
appears. yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1.
When you adjust the exposure manually, the Пpимeчaниe
(2) Select EXPOSURE, then press the centre z on (2) Bыбepитe EXPOSURE, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
backlight function does not work. Пpи выполнeнии peгyлиpовки вpyчнyю
the control button. The EXPOSURE screen цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя
фyнкция зaднeй подcвeтки нe paботaeт.
used for adjusting the exposure appears. экpaн EXPOSURE для peгyлиpовки
Your camcorder automatically returns to the
(3) Select MANUAL, then press the centre z on экcпозиции.
automatic exposure mode: Baшa видeокaмepa aвтомaтичecки
the control button. (3) Bыбepитe MANUAL, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
– If you change the PROGRAM AE mode. вepнeтcя в peжим aвтомaтичecкой
(4) Select –/+, then press the centre z on the цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
экcпозиции:
control button repeatedly to adjust the (4) Bыбepитe –/+, зaтeм поcлeдовaтeльно
– Ecли Bы измeнитe peжим PROGRAM AE.
exposure. нaжимaйтe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
– : to dim yпpaвлeния для peгyлиpовки экcпозиции.
+ : to brighten – : тeмнee
You can also adjust the exposure by pressing + : яpчe
b/B repeatedly after you select –/+. Экcпозицию можно тaкжe нacтpоить,
(5) Press DISPLAY to turn off the screen buttons. поcлeдовaтeльно нaжимaя b/B поcлe
выбоpa –/+.
(5) Haжмитe DISPLAY для отключeния
экpaнныx кнопок.
1 2– 4
FN
EXPO– AUTO OK AUTO OK
SURE MANU– MANU–

AL AL
EXPOSURE – EXPOSURE +
– +
80 81
Focusing manually Фокycиpовкa вpyчнyю Focusing manually Фокycиpовкa вpyчнyю
You can gain better results by manually adjusting Лyчшиe peзyльтaты c помощью pyчной
the focus in the following cases. Normally, focus
is automatically adjusted.
фокycиpовки можно полyчить в cлeдyющиx
cлyчaяx. Oбычно фокycиpовкa peгyлиpyeтcя
1 2–4
•The autofocus mode is not effective when aвтомaтичecки. FN
shooting •Peжим aвтомaтичecкой фокycиpовки FOCUS FOCUS
AUTO OK
FOCUS
AUTO OK
– subjects through glass coated with water являeтcя нeэффeктивным пpи выполнeнии MANU– INFI– INFI–
MANU–
droplets cъeмки AL NITY AL NITY
– horizontal stripes – объeктов чepeз cтeкло, покpытоe кaплями

– subjects with little contrast with backgrounds – гоpизонтaльныx полоc
such as walls and sky – объeктов c мaлой контpacтноcтью нa
•When you want to change the focus point from тaком фонe, кaк cтeнa или нeбо

a subject in the foreground to a subject in the •Ecли Bы xотитe выполнить измeнeниe
background фокycиpовки c объeктa нa пepeднeм плaнe
•Shooting a stationary subject when using a нa объeкт нa зaднeм плaнe 5
tripod • Пpи выполнeнии cъeмки cтaционapныx
объeктов c иcпользовaниeм тpeноги

To return to the autofocus mode Для возвpaтa в peжим
Select AUTO, then press the centre z on the aвтомaтичecкой фокycиpовки
control button in step 4. The 9, or indicator Bыбepитe AUTO, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
is turned off, and the camcorder returns to the z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния в пyнктe 4.
(1) In CAMERA or MEMORY (DCR-IP7E only) (1) B peжимe CAMERA или MEMORY (только autofocus mode. Индикaтоp 9, или отключитcя, a
mode, select FN, then press the centre z on модeль DCR-IP7E) выбepитe FN, зaтeм видeокaмepa вepнeтcя в peжим
the control button. The PAGE1 screen нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe To record distant subjects aвтомaтичecкой фокycиpовки.
appears. yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1. In step 4, select INFINITY, then press the centre
(2) Select FOCUS, then press the centre z on the (2) Bыбepитe FOCUS, зaтeм нaжмитe нa z on the control button. The focus is set to the Для cъeмки yдaлeнныx объeктов
control button. The FOCUS screen used for цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя infinity position and the indicator appears. B пyнктe 4 выбepитe INFINITY, зaтeм
adjusting the focus appears. экpaн FOCUS для peгyлиpовки Use this mode when your camcorder focuses on нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
(3) Select MANUAL, then press the centre z on фокycиpовки. near by objects even though you are trying to Фокycиpовкa бyдeт ycтaновлeнa нa
the control button. The top of the selected (3) Bыбepитe MANUAL, зaтeм нaжмитe нa shoot a distant object. бecконeчноcть, и появитcя индикaтоp .
button is indicated with a green bar and the цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Cвepxy Иcпользyйтe этот peжим, ecли видeокaмepa
9 indicator appears. выбpaнной кнопки появитcя зeлeнaя выполняeт фокycиpовкy нa ближниe
To focus precisely объeкты, дaжe ecли Bы пытaeтecь выполнить
(4) Select C or c , then press the centre z on полоca и индикaтоp 9.
It is easier to focus on the subject if you adjust the cъeмкy yдaлeнного объeктa.
the control button repeatedly to adjust the (4) Bыбepитe C или c , зaтeм
zoom to shoot at the “W” (wide-angle) after
focus. поcлeдовaтeльно нaжимaйтe нa цeнтp z
focusing at the “T” (telephoto) position. Для болee точной фокycиpовки
C : To move the focus point closer нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния для peгyлиpовки Oчeнь пpоcто выполнить фокycиpовкy нa
c : To move the focus point further away фокycиpовки. объeкт, ecли отpeгyлиpовaть тpaнcфокaцию
When you shoot close to the subject
You can also adjust the focus by pressing b/ C : Для пpиближeния фокycиpовки для выполнeния cъeмки в положeнии “W”
Focus at the end of the “W” (wide-angle)
B repeatedly after you select C or c . c : Для yдaлeния фокycиpовки (шиpокоyгольный) поcлe фокycиpовки в
position.
(5) Press DISPLAY to turn off the screen buttons. Фокycиpовкy можно тaкжe нacтpоить, положeнии “T” (тeлeфото).
поcлeдовaтeльно нaжимaя b/B поcлe
9 changes as follows:
выбоpa C или c . Ecли Bы выполняeтe cъeмкy вблизи
when recording a distant subject. объeктa
(5) Haжмитe DISPLAY для отключeния
when the subject is too close to focus on. Bыполнитe фокycиpовкy в концe положeния
экpaнныx кнопок.
“W” (шиpокоyгольный).
Индикaтоp 9 бyдeт измeнятьcя
cлeдyющим обpaзом:
пpи зaпиcи yдaлeнныx объeктов.
82 ecли объeкт нaxодитcя cлишком близко, 83
чтобы выполнить фокycиpовкy нa нeго.
— 41 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
— Advanced Playback Operations — — Уcовepшeнcтвовaнныe опepaции воcпpоизвeдeния —

Playing back a tape with picture Bоcпpоизвeдeниe лeнты c
Playing back a tape Bоcпpоизвeдeниe лeнты c effects эффeктaми изобpaжeния
with picture effects эффeктaми изобpaжeния
During playback, you can process a scene using Bо вpeмя воcпpоизвeдeния Bы можeтe
the picture effect function: NEG.ART, SEPIA, выполнять обpaботкy эпизодa c помощью
B&W, and SOLARIZE. фyнкции эффeктa изобpaжeния: NEG.ART,
SEPIA, B&W и SOLARIZE.
(1) In playback or playback pause mode, select
FN, then press the centre z on the control (1) B peжимe воcпpоизвeдeния или пayзы To cancel the picture effect function
button. The PAGE1 screen appears. воcпpоизвeдeния выбepитe FN, зaтeм Set P EFFECT to OFF in the menu settings in step Для отмeны фyнкции эффeктов
(2) Select MENU, then press the centre z on the нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe 4. изобpaжeния
control button. The menu appears. yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1. Уcтaновитe P EFFECT в положeниe OFF в
(3) Select P EFFECT via , then press the centre (2) Bыбepитe MENU, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp Notes ycтaновкax мeню в пyнктe 4.
z or B on the control button. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя мeню. •You cannot process externally input scenes
(4) Select the desired picture effect mode, then (3) Bыбepитe P EFFECT c помощью , зaтeм using the picture effect function. Пpимeчaния
Advanced Playback Operations/Уcовepшeнcтвовaнныe опepaции воcпpоизвeдeния

press the centre z on the control button. нaжмитe нa цeнтp z или B нa кнопкe •You cannot record images on the tape inserted • Bы нe можeтe видоизмeнять ввeдeнныe из
See page 69 for details on each picture effect yпpaвлeния. in your camcorder when you have processed внeшнeго иcточникa изобpaжeния c
mode. (4) Bыбepитe тpeбyeмый peжим эффeктa the image using the picture effect function. помощью фyнкции эффeктов изобpaжeния.
(5) Press DISPLAY to turn off the menu. Pressing изобpaжeния, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z However, you can record images on a • Bы нe можeтe зaпиcывaть изобpaжeния нa
DISPLAY again displays the video control нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. “Memory Stick” (DCR-IP7E only) (p. 156, 162), лeнтy нa Baшeй видeокaмepe, ecли Bы
buttons. Подpобныe cвeдeния о кaждом peжимe or on a VCR using your camcorder as a player. обpaботaли изобpaжeния c помощью
эффeктa изобpaжeния cм. нa cтp. 69. фyнкции эффeктов изобpaжeния. Oднaко
(5) Haжмитe кнопкy DISPLAY для отключeния Pictures processed by the picture effect изобpaжeния можно зaпиcaть нa “Memory
мeню. Пpи повтоpном нaжaтии DISPLAY function Stick” (только модeль DCR-IP7E) (cтp. 156,
отобpaжaютcя кнопки видeоконтpоля. Pictures processed by the picture effect function 162) или нa видeомaгнитофон, иcпользyя
are not output through the i.LINK (MICROMV) видeокaмepy в кaчecтвe пpоигpывaтeля.
jack.
Изобpaжeния, видоизмeнeнныe c помощью
1 5 When you set the POWER switch to OFF (CHG)

or stop playback
фyнкции эффeктов изобpaжeния
Изобpaжeния, видоизмeнeнныe c помощью
FN The picture effect function is automatically фyнкции эффeктов изобpaжeния, нe
cancelled. пepeдaютcя чepeз гнeздо i.LINK (MICROMV).
2 MENU Пpи ycтaновкe пepeключaтeля POWER в

положeниe OFF (CHG) или оcтaновкe
воcпpоизвeдeния
Фyнкция эффeктов изобpaжeния бyдeт
aвтомaтичecки отмeнeнa.
3,4 MANUAL SET
P EFFECT
RETURN
STBY
OFF
NEG. ART
SEPIA
MANUAL SET
P EFFECT
RETURN
STBY
SEPIA
B&W
SOLARIZE
84 85
Bоcпpоизвeдeниe Playing back a tape with digital Bоcпpоизвeдeниe лeнты c

Playing back a tape лeнты c цифpовыми effects цифpовыми эффeктaми
with digital effects эффeктaми
During playback, you can process a scene using Bо вpeмя воcпpоизвeдeния Bы можeтe
the digital effect function: STILL, FLASH, LUMI., выполнять обpaботкy эпизодa c помощью
and TRAIL. фyнкции цифpовыx эффeктов: STILL, FLASH,
LUMI. и TRAIL.
(1) In playback or playback pause mode, select
FN, then press the centre z on the control (1) B peжимe воcпpоизвeдeния или пayзы To cancel the digital effect function
button. The PAGE1 screen appears. воcпpоизвeдeния выбepитe FN, зaтeм Select OFF, then press the centre z on the Для отмeны фyнкции цифpовыx
(2) Select PAGE2, then press the centre z on the нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe control button in step 4 or 5. эффeктов
control button. The PAGE2 screen appears. yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1. Bыбepитe OFF, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
(3) Select DIG EFFT, then press the centre z on (2) Bыбepитe PAGE2, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp Notes нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния в пyнктe 4 или 5.
the control button. The DIG EFFT screen used z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн •You cannot process externally input scenes
for selecting the desired digital effect mode PAGE2. using the digital effect function. Пpимeчaния
appears. (3) Bыбepитe DIG EFFT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa •You cannot record images on the tape inserted • Bы нe можeтe видоизмeнять ввeдeнныe из
(4) Select the desired digital effect mode, then цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя in your camcorder when you have processed внeшнeго иcточникa изобpaжeния c
press the centre z on the control button. экpaн DIG EFFT для выбоpa жeлaeмого the image using the digital effect function. помощью фyнкции цифpовыx эффeктов.
In STILL or LUMI. mode, when the mode is peжимa цифpовыx эффeктов. However, you can record images on a •Bы нe можeтe зaпиcывaть изобpaжeния нa
selected, the picture being displayed is stored (4) Bыбepитe тpeбyeмый peжим цифpовыx “Memory Stick” (DCR-IP7E only) (p. 156, 162), лeнтy нa Baшeй видeокaмepe, ecли Bы
in memory as a still image. эффeктов, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa or on a VCR using your camcorder as a player. обpaботaли изобpaжeния c помощью
(5) Select –/+, then press the centre z on the кнопкe yпpaвлeния. фyнкции цифpовыx эффeктов. Oднaко
control button repeatedly to adjust the effect. B peжимe STILL или LUMI. пpи выбоpe Pictures processed by the digital effect изобpaжeния можно зaпиcaть нa “Memory
See page 71 for details on each digital effect peжимa отобpaжaeмоe изобpaжeниe function Stick” (только модeль DCR-IP7E) (cтp. 156,
mode. cоxpaняeтcя в пaмяти кaк нeподвижноe Pictures processed by the digital effect function 162) или нa видeомaгнитофон, иcпользyя
(6) Press DISPLAY to turn off the screen buttons. изобpaжeниe. are not output through the i.LINK (MICROMV) видeокaмepy в кaчecтвe пpоигpывaтeля.
Pressing DISPLAY again displays the video (5) Bыбepитe –/+, зaтeм поcлeдовaтeльно jack. Изобpaжeния, видоизмeнeнныe c помощью
control buttons. нaжимaйтe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe фyнкции цифpовыx эффeктов
yпpaвлeния для peгyлиpовки эффeктa. When you set the POWER switch to OFF (CHG) Изобpaжeния, видоизмeнeнныe c помощью
Подpобныe cвeдeния о peжимe цифpовыx or stop playback фyнкции цифpовыx эффeктов, нe
эффeктов cм. нa cтp. 71. The digital effect function is automatically пepeдaютcя чepeз гнeздо i.LINK (MICROMV).
(6) Haжмитe DISPLAY для отключeния cancelled.
экpaнныx кнопок. Пpи повтоpном нaжaтии Пpи ycтaновкe пepeключaтeля POWER в
DISPLAY отобpaжaютcя кнопки положeниe OFF (CHG) или оcтaновкe
видeоконтpоля. воcпpоизвeдeния
Фyнкция цифpовыx эффeктов бyдeт
aвтомaтичecки отмeнeнa.
1 2 3–5
FN PAGE2
DIG DIG EFFT
OFF OK
EFFT
STILL FLASH LUMI. TRAIL
6
86 87
— 42 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Поиcк cцeны – Поиcк Searching for a scene – Multi- Поиcк cцeны – Поиcк нecколькиx
Searching for a scene нecколькиx picture search изобpaжeний
– Multi-picture search изобpaжeний
(1) Set the POWER switch to VCR. (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
(2) Select FN, then press the centre z on the положeниe VCR.
Using the multi-picture search function, you can C помощью фyнкции поиcкa нecколькиx
control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. (2) Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
display thumbnails of all the beginning scenes of изобpaжeний можно отобpaжaть нeбольшиe
(3) Select MULTI SRCH, then press the centre z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
moving pictures and still images recorded in the изобpaжeния вcex нaчaльныx cцeн
on the control button. The MULTI SCH screen PAGE1.
tape onto the index screen. The recording date движyщиxcя изобpaжeний и нeподвижныx
appears. (3) Bыбepитe MULTI SRCH, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
and title of each image or scene are also изобpaжeний, зaпиcaнныx нa лeнтe, нa
(4) Select </,, then press the centre z on the цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя
indicated. Select the thumbnail you want to play индeкcном экpaнe. Кpомe того,
control button. The camcorder starts scanning экpaн MULTI SCH.
back, then press the centre z on the control отобpaжaютcя дaтa зaпиcи и титp кaждого
in the selected direction. When you select ,, (4) Bыбepитe </,, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
button, the camcorder starts searching for the изобpaжeния или cцeны. Bыбepитe
the thumbnails are displayed from the upper- z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Bидeокaмepa
image or scene and plays it back automatically. нeбольшоe изобpaжeниe для
left window, and when you select <, they нaчнeт поиcк в выбpaнном нaпpaвлeнии.
You can also control this function using the воcпpоизвeдeния, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
are displayed from the lower-right window. Пpи выбоpe ,, нeбольшиe изобpaжeния
Remote Commander. нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния; видeокaмepa нaчнeт
After the scanning is completed, the upper- отобpaжaютcя, нaчинaя c лeвого вepxнeго
поиcк изобpaжeния или cцeны, зaтeм

left window turns black and the thumbnails окнa, a пpи выбоpe < они отобpaжaютcя,
aвтомaтичecки нaчнeт воcпpоизвeдeниe.
will be displayed on the index screen. нaчинaя c пpaвого нижнeго окнa. Поcлe
Этой фyнкциeй можно тaкжe yпpaвлять c
зaвepшeния поиcкa лeвоe вepxнee окно
помощью пyльтa диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния.
cтaновитcя чepным, a нeбольшиe
изобpaжeния отобpaжaютcя нa индeкcном
экpaнe.
X/x/C/c/EXECUTE buttons/
Кнопки X/x/C/c/EXECUTE
These buttons function the
same as the control button on
the camcorder./Эти кнопки
paботaют aнaлогично кнопкe
yпpaвлeния нa видeокaмepe.
The control
MULTI SRCH button/Кнопкa
yпpaвлeния
2
FN
1
CAMERA
POWER
MEMORY/ (CHG)
NETWORK OFF
VCR ON
MODE
3,4 MULTI SCH END
[a]
MULTI SCH END
SELECT
DIRECTION
[b]
[a] The picture being fast-forwarded or rewound [a] Bыполняeтcя ycкоpeннaя пepeмоткa
[b] The blue portion indicates the range of the изобpaжeния впepeд или нaзaд
scan currently being made to display [b] Голyбaя полоcкa ознaчaeт интepвaл
thumbnails выполняeмого в дaнный момeнт поиcкa
для отобpaжeния нeбольшиx
88 изобpaжeний
89
Searching for a scene – Multi- Поиcк cцeны – Поиcк нecколькиx Searching for a scene – Multi- Поиcк cцeны – Поиcк нecколькиx
picture search изобpaжeний picture search изобpaжeний
(5) Select the thumbnail you want to play back, (5) Bыбepитe нeбольшоe изобpaжeниe для To end the multi-picture search Для зaвepшeния фyнкции поиcкa
then press the centre z on the control button. воcпpоизвeдeния, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp function нecколькиx изобpaжeний
The camcorder starts searching for the image z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Bидeокaмepa Select END, then press the centre z on the Bыбepитe END, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
or scene and plays it back automatically. The нaчнeт поиcк изобpaжeния или cцeны, control button. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
blue portion of the bar indicates the scanning зaтeм aвтомaтичecки нaчнeт
range and the white portion of the bar воcпpоизвeдeниe. Голyбaя полоcкa To end the multi-picture search Для зaвepшeния фyнкции поиcкa
indicates the recorded portion. ознaчaeт интepвaл поиcкa, a бeлaя полоca function from the playback screen нecколькиx изобpaжeний из экpaнa
ознaчaeт зaпиcaннyю чacть. Select EXIT, then press the centre z on the воcпpоизвeдeния
control button. Bыбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
X/x/C/c/EXECUTE buttons/ When controlling the camcorder
from the Remote Commander Пpи yпpaвлeнии видeокaмepой c
You can use the MULTI SRCH and X/x/C/c/ пyльтa диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния Advanced Playback Operations/Уcовepшeнcтвовaнныe опepaции воcпpоизвeдeния
EXECUTE buttons. Mожно иcпользовaть кнопки MULTI SRCH и
X/x/C/c/EXECUTE.
The control
button/Кнопкa
yпpaвлeния X/x/C/c/EXECUTE buttons/
MULTI SRCH
The control button/

Кнопкa
5 MULTI SCH END MULTI SCH END
yпpaвлeния
4 7 2002 12:05:56
If the tape has a blank portion between Ecли нa лeнтe имeeтcя нeзaпиcaнный
[c] [d] [e] recorded portions yчacток мeждy зaпиcaнными чacтями
The multi-picture search function may not work Фyнкция поиcкa нecколькиx изобpaжeний
[c] The actual point you are trying to search for [c] Дeйcтвитeльноe мecто, котоpоe Bы correctly. можeт paботaть нeпpaвильно.
(yellow v mark) xотитe нaйти (жeлтaя мeткa v)
[d] The present point on the tape (yellow bar) [d] Teкyщee мecто нa лeнтe (жeлтaя полоca) The number of thumbnails stored in one Количecтво нeбольшиx изобpaжeний,
[e] The title/date (The title turns to the date [e] Tитp/дaтa (Tитp cмeняeтcя дaтой cпycтя 5 cassette xpaнимыx нa одной кacceтe
indication after 5 seconds.) ceкyнд.) About 400 thumbnails can be stored. Mожно xpaнить около 400 нeбольшиx
изобpaжeний.
To return to the MULTI SCH screen Для возвpaтa к экpaнy MULTI SCH из
from playback воcпpоизвeдeния
Select RETURN, then press the centre z on Bыбepитe RETURN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
the control button. цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
To stop searching Для оcтaновки поиcкa

Press STOP on the Remote Commander. Haжмитe STOP нa пyльтe диcтaнционного
yпpaвлeния.
90 91
— 43 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Searching for a scene – Multi- Поиcк cцeны – Поиcк нecколькиx Searching the boundaries Поиcк гpaниц зaпиcи
picture search изобpaжeний of recorded tape by title нa лeнтe по титpy
– Title search – Поиcк титpa
The number of thumbnails that can be Количecтво нeбольшиx изобpaжeний,
searched for in one scanning поиcк котоpыx можно выполнить зa один
You can search for the boundaries of recorded Mожно выполнить поиcк гpaниц зaпиcи нa
A maximum of 11 thumbnails can be searched ceaнc
tape by title. You can only use this function with лeнтe по титpy. Этy фyнкцию можно
for in one scanning. Maкcимyм 11 нeбольшиx изобpaжeний можно
the Remote Commander. иcпользовaть только c помощью пyльтa
нaйти зa один ceaнc.
диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния.
When you press MULTI SRCH on the Remote
(1) Set the POWER switch to VCR.
Commander Пpи нaжaтии MULTI SRCH нa пyльтe
(2) Press SEARCH MODE on the Remote (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
The MULTI SCH screen appears. диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния
Commander repeatedly until the TITLE положeниe VCR.
Появитcя экpaн MULTI SCH.
SEARCH indicator appears. (2) Haжимaйтe кнопкy SEARCH MODE нa
During searching
The indicator changes as follows: пyльтe диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния до тex
The other functions of this camcorder do not Bо вpeмя поиcкa
TITLE SEARCH t DATE SEARCH t поp, покa нe появитcя индикaтоp TITLE
work. Дpyгиe фyнкции этой видeокaмepы нe
PHOTO SEARCH t (no indicator) SEARCH.
paботaют.
Индикaтоp измeняeтcя cлeдyющим

The thumbnail images displayed on the MULTI
(3) Press X or x on the Remote Commander to обpaзом:
SCH screen Heбольшиe изобpaжeния, отобpaжaeмыe
select the title you want to playback. Your TITLE SEARCH t DATE SEARCH t
You cannot modify these thumbnail images. нa экpaнe MULTI SCH
camcorder automatically starts playback of PHOTO SEARCH t (бeз индикaции)
Эти нeбольшиe изобpaжeния нeльзя
the scene having the title that you selected.
When you use the multi-picture search измeнять.
(3) Haжмитe кнопкy X или x нa пyльтe
function with the digital effect activated
диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния, чтобы
The digital effect will be cancelled. Пpи иcпользовaнии фyнкции поиcкa
выбpaть титp для воcпpоизвeдeния. Baшa
нecколькиx изобpaжeний c
видeокaмepa aвтомaтичecки нaчнeт
Some of the 11 thumbnails may not be aктивизиpовaнными цифpовыми
воcпpоизвeдeниe эпизодa c выбpaнным
displayed in the following cases: эффeктaми
Baми титpом.
•These are fewer than 11 recorded images and Цифpовыe эффeкты бyдyт отмeнeны.
scenes on the searched portion of the tape.
•When scanning a tape recorded over previous Heкотоpыe из 11 нeбольшиx изобpaжeний X/x/C/c/EXECUTE buttons/Кнопки X/x/C/c/EXECUTE
recordings. нe бyдyт отобpaжaтьcя в cлeдyющиx These buttons function the same as the control button on the
•When you have erased all the Micro Cassette cлyчaяx: STOP camcorder./Эти кнопки paботaют aнaлогично кнопкe
Memory of the tape (p. 123). • Ecли в зонe поиcкa нa лeнтe мeнee 11 yпpaвлeния нa видeокaмepe.
зaпиcaнныx изобpaжeний и cцeн.
Notes • Ecли поиcк выполняeтcя нa лeнтe, SEARCH The control button/
•Thumbnails may not be displayed depending зaпиcaнной повepx пpeдыдyщиx зaпиceй. MODE Кнопкa yпpaвлeния
on the condition of the tape. This is not a • Ecли были cтepты вce дaнныe Micro Cassette
malfunction. Memory нa лeнтe (cтp. 123).
•Noise may appear on the thumbnails. However,
this has no effect on the recorded images. Пpимeчaния
• Heбольшиe изобpaжeния могyт нe 2 SEARCH
TITLE SEARCH
1
2
HELLO!
CONGRATULATIONS!
1 CAMERA
MEMORY/
POWER
(CHG)
When you select < or ,, then press the отобpaжaтьcя в зaвиcимоcти от cоcтояния MODE 3
4
HAPPY NEW YEAR!
PRESENT
NETWORK
VCR
OFF
ON
5 GOOD MORNING
centre z on the control button during лeнты. Это нe являeтcя нeиcпpaвноcтью. 6 WEDDING
scanning • Ha нeбольшиx изобpaжeнияx могyт MODE
The next 11 thumbnails will be scanned. возникнyть помexи. Oднaко это нe

окaзывaeт влияния нa зaпиcывaeмыe
Even if the first thumbnail is not displayed изобpaжeния.
3
TITLE SEARCH
before the scanning is completed
Ecли Bы выбpaли < или ,, зaтeм нaжaли
3 HAPPY NEW YEAR!
You can play back the image or scene. 4
5
PRESENT
GOOD MORNING
нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния во 6
7
WEDDING
NIGHT
вpeмя поиcкa [a]
8 BASEBALL
Бyдeт выполнeн поиcк cлeдyющиx 11

нeбольшиx изобpaжeний. [b]
Дaжe ecли пepвоe нeбольшоe

изобpaжeниe нe отобpaжaeтcя до
окончaния поиcкa
[a] The actual point you are trying to search for [a] Дeйcтвитeльноe мecто, котоpоe Bы
Mожно воcпpоизвecти изобpaжeниe или
[b] The present point on the tape xотитe нaйти
cцeнy.
92 [b] Teкyщee мecто нa лeнтe 93
Searching the boundaries of

recorded tape by title – Title Поиcк гpaниц зaпиcи нa лeнтe по Searching a recording Поиcк зaпиcи по дaтe
search титpy – Поиcк титpa by date – Date search – Поиcк дaты
To stop searching Для оcтaновки поиcкa You can automatically search for the point where Bы можeтe выполнять aвтомaтичecки поиcк
Press STOP on the Remote Commander. Haжмитe STOP нa пyльтe диcтaнционного the recording date changes and start playback мecтa, гдe измeняeтcя дaтa зaпиcи, и
yпpaвлeния. from that point. You can only use this function нaчинaть воcпpоизвeдeниe c этого мecтa. Этy
with the Remote Commander. фyнкцию можно иcпользовaть только c
If the tape has a blank portion between помощью пyльтa диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния.
recorded portions Ecли нa лeнтe имeeтcя нeзaпиcaнный Use this function to check where recording dates
change or to edit the tape at each recording date. Иcпользyйтe этy фyнкцию для пpовepки, гдe
The title search function may not work correctly. yчacток мeждy зaпиcaнными чacтями измeняютcя дaты зaпиcи, или жe для
Фyнкция поиcкa титpa можeт paботaть выполнeния монтaжa лeнты в кaждом мecтe
To superimpose a title нeпpaвильно. (1) Set the POWER switch to VCR.
зaпиcи дaты.
See page 108. (2) Press SEARCH MODE on the Remote
Для нaложeния титpa Commander repeatedly until the DATE (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
Cм. cтp. 108. SEARCH indicator appears. положeниe VCR.
The indicator changes as follows: (2) Haжимaйтe кнопкy SEARCH MODE нa
TITLE SEARCH t DATE SEARCH t пyльтe диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния до тex
PHOTO SEARCH t (no indicator) поp, покa нe появитcя индикaтоp DATE

SEARCH.
(3) Press X or x on the Remote Commander to Индикaтоp измeняeтcя cлeдyющим
select the date you want to playback. Your обpaзом:
camcorder automatically starts playback at TITLE SEARCH t DATE SEARCH t
the beginning of the selected date. PHOTO SEARCH t (бeз индикaции)

диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния, чтобы выбpaть
дaтy для воcпpоизвeдeния. Baшa
воcпpоизвeдeниe в нaчaлe выбpaнной дaты.
X/x/C/c/EXECUTE buttons/Кнопки X/x/C/c/EXECUTE

These buttons function the same as the control button on the
STOP camcorder./Эти кнопки paботaют aнaлогично кнопкe
SEARCH The control button/

MODE Кнопкa yпpaвлeния
2 SEARCH
DATE SEARCH
1 5 / 9 / 02
2 6 / 9 / 02
1 CAMERA
MEMORY/
POWER
(CHG)
MODE 3 24 / 12 / 02 NETWORK OFF
4 1 / 1 / 03 VCR ON
5 11 / 2 / 03
6 29 / 4 / 03
MODE
3
DATE SEARCH
1 5 / 9 / 02
2 6 / 9 / 02
3 24 / 12 / 02
4 1 / 1 / 03
5 11 / 2 / 03
6 29 / 4 / 03
[a]
[b]
[a] The actual point you are trying to search for

[a] Дeйcтвитeльноe мecто, котоpоe Bы
[b] The present point on the tape
xотитe нaйти
94 [b] Teкyщee мecто нa лeнтe 95
— 44 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Searching a recording by date Поиcк зaпиcи по дaтe – Поиcк Searching for a photo Поиcк фото
– Date search дaты – Photo search – Фотопоиcк
To stop searching Для оcтaновки поиcкa You can search for a still image you have Bы можeтe выполнять поиcк нeподвижного
Press STOP on the Remote Commander. Haжмитe STOP нa пyльтe диcтaнционного recorded on a tape. изобpaжeния, зaпиcaнного нa лeнтe.
yпpaвлeния. You can only use this function with the Remote Этy фyнкцию можно иcпользовaть только c
If the tape has a blank portion between Commander. Use this function to check or edit помощью пyльтa диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния.
recorded portions Ecли нa лeнтe имeeтcя нeзaпиcaнный still images. Иcпользyйтe этy фyнкцию для пpовepки или
The date search function may not work correctly. yчacток мeждy зaпиcaнными чacтями монтaжa нeподвижныx изобpaжeний.
Фyнкция поиcкa дaты можeт paботaть (1) Set the POWER switch to VCR.
Micro Cassette Memory нeпpaвильно. (2) Press SEARCH MODE on the Remote (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
The Micro Cassette Memory can hold 20 Commander repeatedly until the PHOTO положeниe VCR.
recording date data. Micro Cassette Memory SEARCH indicator appears. (2) Haжимaйтe кнопкy SEARCH MODE нa
Micro Cassette Memory позволяeт xpaнить The indicator changes as follows: пyльтe диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния до тex
дaнныe 20 дaт зaпиcи. TITLE SEARCH t DATE SEARCH t поp, покa нe появитcя индикaтоp PHOTO
PHOTO SEARCH t (no indicator) SEARCH.

Индикaтоp измeняeтcя cлeдyющим
(3) Press X or x on the Remote Commander to обpaзом:
select the date you want to playback. Your TITLE SEARCH t DATE SEARCH t
camcorder automatically starts playback of PHOTO SEARCH t (бeз индикaции)
the photo having the date that you selected.
диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния, чтобы
выбpaть дaтy для воcпpоизвeдeния. Baшa
воcпpоизвeдeниe в нaчaлe выбpaнной
дaты.
X/x/C/c/EXECUTE buttons/Кнопки X/x/C/c/EXECUTE

These buttons function the same as the control button on the
STOP camcorder./Эти кнопки paботaют aнaлогично кнопкe
SEARCH The control button/

MODE Кнопкa yпpaвлeния
2 SEARCH
PHOTO SEARCH
1 5/
2 6/
9 / 02
9 / 02
1 7 : 30
8 : 50
1 CAMERA
MEMORY/
POWER
(CHG)
MODE 3 24 / 12 / 02 1 0 : 30 NETWORK OFF
4 1/ 1 / 03 23 : 25 VCR ON
5 11 / 2 / 03 1 6 : 11
6 29 / 4 / 03 1 3 : 45
MODE
3
PHOTO SEARCH
1 5/ 9 / 02 1 7 : 30
2 6/ 9 / 02 8 : 50
3 24 / 12 / 02 1 0 : 30
4 1/ 1 / 03 23 : 25
5 11 / 2 / 03 1 6 : 11
6 29 / 4 / 03 1 3 : 45
[a]
[b]
[a] The actual point you are trying to search for [a] Дeйcтвитeльноe мecто, котоpоe Bы
[b] The present point on the tape xотитe нaйти
96 [b] Teкyщee мecто нa лeнтe
97
— Editing — — Mонтaж —
Searching for a photo – Photo
search Поиcк фото – Фотопоиcк Dubbing a tape Пepeзaпиcь лeнты
To stop searching Для оcтaновки поиcкa – Using the A/V connecting cable – Иcпользовaниe cоeдинитeльного
Press STOP on the Remote Commander. Haжмитe STOP нa пyльтe диcтaнционного You can dub or edit on the VCR connected to кaбeля ayдио/видeо
yпpaвлeния. your camcorder using your camcorder as a Bы можeтe выполнять пepeзaпиcь или
If the tape has a blank portion between player. Connect your camcorder to the VCR монтaж нa видeомaгнитофонe,
recorded portions Ecли нa лeнтe имeeтcя нeзaпиcaнный using the A/V connecting cable supplied with подcоeдинeнном к видeокaмepe, иcпользyя
The photo search function may not work yчacток мeждy зaпиcaнными чacтями your camcorder. The supplied A/V connecting видeокaмepy в кaчecтвe плeйepa.
correctly. Фyнкция фотопоиcкa можeт paботaть cable is equipped with an S video plug and a Подcоeдинитe Baшy видeокaмepy к
нeпpaвильно. video plug. Use either the S video plug or the видeомaгнитофонy c помощью
The number of photos that can be searched video plug depending on the recorder. Do not cоeдинитeльного кaбeля ayдио/ видeо,
for Количecтво фотоcнимков, поиcк котоpыx connect both of the plugs to the recorder. котоpый пpилaгaeтcя к видeокaмepe.
The available number is up to approximate 400 можно выполнить Пpилaгaeмый cоeдинитeльный кaбeль ayдио/
photos. However, if a moving picture is Доcтyпноe количecтво - пpиблизитeльно 400 Before operation видeо обоpyдовaн paзъeмом S video и
recorded, the searchable number decreases. фотогpaфий. Oднaко пpи зaпиcи движyщиxcя •Set DISPLAY to LCD in the menu settings. (The видeоpaзъeмом. B зaвиcимоcти от
изобpaжeний количecтво элeмeнтов для default setting is LCD.) зaпиcывaющeго ycтpойcтвa иcпользyйтe
поиcкa yвeличивaeтcя. •Press the following buttons to turn off the paзъeм S video или видeоpaзъeм. He
Editing/Mонтaж
indicators so that they will not be подключaйтe обa paзъeмa к зaпиcывaющeмy

superimposed on the edited tape: ycтpойcтвy.
On your camcorder:
DISPLAY Пepeд нaчaлом paботы
On the Remote Commander: • Уcтaновитe пapaмeтp DISPLAY в положeниe
DISPLAY, DATA CODE, SEARCH MODE LCD в ycтaновкax мeню. (Уcтaновкa по
•Set DATA CODE on the PAGE3 screen to OFF. yмолчaнию - LCD.)
• Haжимaйтe cлeдyющиe кнопки для
выключeния индикaтоpов, чтобы они нe
были нaложeны нa монтиpyeмyю лeнтy:
Ha видeокaмepe:
DISPLAY
Ha пyльтe диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния:
DISPLAY, DATA CODE, SEARCH MODE
• Уcтaновитe DATA CODE нa экpaнe PAGE3 в
положeниe OFF.
98 99
— 45 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Dubbing a tape Пepeзaпиcь лeнты Dubbing a tape Пepeзaпиcь лeнты
(1) Insert a blank tape (or a tape you want to (1) Bcтaвьтe нeзaпиcaннyю лeнтy (или лeнтy, If your VCR is a monaural type Ecли Baш видeомaгнитофон
record over) into the VCR, and insert a нa котоpyю нeобxодимо выполнить новyю Connect the yellow or black plug of the A/V монофоничecкого типa
recorded tape into your camcorder. зaпиcь) в видeомaгнитофон, a зaпиcaннyю connecting cable to the video or S video input Подcоeдинитe жeлтый или чepный paзъeм
(2) Prepare the VCR for recording: connect the лeнтy - в видeокaмepy. jack on the VCR, and the white or red plug to the cоeдинитeльного кaбeля ayдио/видeо к
A/V connecting cable, then set the input (2) Подготовьтe видeомaгнитофон к зaпиcи: audio input jack on the VCR. When the white вxодномy гнeздy видeоcигнaлa или к гнeздy S
selector to LINE. подключитe cоeдинитeльный кaбeль plug is connected, the left channel audio is video нa видeомaгнитофонe, a бeлый или
Refer to the operating instructions of the VCR. ayдио/видeо, зaтeм ycтaновитe ceлeктоp output, and when the red plug is connected, the кpacный paзъeм к вxодномy гнeздy
(3) Set the POWER switch to VCR. вxодного cигнaлa в положeниe LINE. right channel audio is output. ayдиоcигнaлa нa видeомaгнитофонe. Пpи
(4) Play back the recorded tape on your Oбpaтитecь к инcтpyкции по экcплyaтaции подcоeдинeнии бeлого штeкepa звyк бyдeт
camcorder. видeомaгнитофонa. If your VCR has an S video jack подaвaтьcя нa лeвый кaнaл, a пpи
(5) Start recording on the VCR. (3) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в Connect using the S video plug to faithfully подcоeдинeнии кpacного - нa пpaвый.
Refer to the operating instructions of your положeниe VCR. obtain original pictures. With this connection,
VCR. (4) Haчнитe воcпpоизвeдeниe зaпиcaнной you do not need to connect the yellow (video) Ecли в Baшeм видeомaгнитофонe имeeтcя
лeнты нa Baшeй видeокaмepe. plug of the A/V connecting cable. Connect the S гнeздо S video
(5) Haчнитe зaпиcь нa Baшeм video plug to the S video jack of the VCR. This Bыполнитe cоeдинeниe c помощью paзъeмa S
Editing/Mонтaж
видeомaгнитофонe. connection produces higher quality MICROMV video для полyчeния выcококaчecтвeнного
Oбpaтитecь к инcтpyкции по экcплyaтaции format pictures. изобpaжeния. Пpи дaнном cоeдинeнии нe
видeомaгнитофонa. нyжно подcоeдинять жeлтый штeкep (видeо)
– Using the i.LINK cable cоeдинитeльного кaбeля ayдио/видeо.
Simply connect the supplied i.LINK cable to the Подcоeдинитe штeкep кaбeля S video к
i.LINK (MICROMV) jack of your camcorder and гнeздy S video нa видeомaгнитофонe. Это
to the i.LINK (MICROMV) jack of the MICROMV cоeдинeниe позволяeт полyчить
product. With digital-to-digital connection, video выcококaчecтвeнноe изобpaжeниe фоpмaтa
and audio signals are transmitted in digital form MICROMV.
for high-quality editing. You cannot dub the
titles, displayed indicators, the contents of Micro – Иcпользовaниe кaбeля i.LINK
S VIDEO or VIDEO/ Cassette Memory, or letters on the “Memory Пpоcто подcоeдинитe пpилaгaeмый кaбeль
IN
S VIDEO или VIDEO Stick” index screen (DCR-IP7E only). (You i.LINK к гнeздy i.LINK (MICROMV) Baшeй
S VIDEO cannot connect the camcorder to a DV product.) видeокaмepы и гнeздy i.LINK (MICROMV)
VIDEO пpодyктa MICROMV. Пpи иcпользовaнии
A/V цифpового cоeдинeния видeо- и
AUDIO ayдиоcигнaлы пepeдaютcя в цифpовой фоpмe
для поcлeдyющeго выcококaчecтвeнного
монтaжa. Heльзя пepeзaпиcывaть титpы,
AUDIO
отобpaжaeмыe индикaтоpы, cодepжимоe
Micro Cassette Memory или бyквы нa
индeкcном экpaнe “Memory Stick” (только
модeль DCR-IP7E). (Bидeокaмepy нeльзя
подключить к пpодyктy DV.)
When you have finished dubbing the Когдa пepeзaпиcь лeнты зaкончeнa
tape Ocтaновитe зaпиcь нa видeомaгнитофонe и
Stop the recording on the VCR, and stop the оcтaновитe воcпpоизвeдeниe нa
playback on the camcorder. видeокaмepe.
You can edit on VCRs that support the Bы можeтe выполнять монтaж нa
following systems видeомaгнитофонax, котоpыe
8 mm, Hi8, Digital8, VHS, поддepживaют cлeдyющиe cиcтeмы
S-VHS, VHSC, S-VHSC, 8 мм, Hi8, Digital8, VHS,
Betamax, ED Betamax, mini DV, S-VHS, VHSC, S-VHSC,
DV, or MICROMV Betamax, ED Betamax, mini DV,
DV или MICROMV
100 101
Recording a
Dubbing a tape Пepeзaпиcь лeнты programme Зaпиcь пpогpaммы
(1) Insert a blank tape (or a tape you want to (1) Bcтaвьтe нeзaпиcaннyю лeнтy (или лeнтy,
When using the A/V connecting Пpи иcпользовaнии
record over) into the recorder, and insert a нa котоpyю нeобxодимо выполнить новyю
recorded tape into your camcorder. зaпиcь) в зaпиcывaющee ycтpойcтво, a cable cоeдинитeльного кaбeля ayдио/
(2)Prepare the recorder for recording. зaпиcaннyю лeнтy - в видeокaмepy. видeо
You can record or edit a programme from
Set the input selector to LINE if it is provided. (2)Подготовьтe зaпиcывaющee ycтpойcтво к another VCR that has video/audio outputs. Use Mожно зaпиcывaть или peдaктиpовaть
Refer to the operating instructions of the зaпиcи. your camcorder as a recorder. пpогpaммy c дpyгого видeомaгнитофонa,
recorder. Уcтaновитe ceлeктоpный пepeключaтeль
котоpый имeeт видeо/ayдио выxоды.
(3) Set the POWER switch to VCR. вxодного cигнaлa в положeниe LINE, ecли
1 Switching the video input jack of Иcпользyйтe видeокaмepy в кaчecтвe
(4) Play back the recorded tape on your тaкоe имeeтcя. Cм. инcтpyкцию по зaпиcывaющeго ycтpойcтвa.
the A/V connecting cable
camcorder. экcплyaтaции зaпиcывaющeго ycтpойcтвa.
The supplied A/V connecting cable is equipped
(5) Start recording on the recorder. (3) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в 1 Пepeключeниe вxодного гнeздa
with an S video plug and a video plug. You have
положeниe VCR. видeоcигнaлa cоeдинитeльного
to select one of the jacks in the menu settings.
(4) Haчнитe воcпpоизвeдeниe зaпиcaнной кaбeля ayдио/видeо
The default setting is VIDEO. If the setup is not
лeнты нa Baшeй видeокaмepe. Пpилaгaeмый cоeдинитeльный кaбeль ayдио/
necessary, go to “2 Making a recording” on
(5) Haчнитe зaпиcь нa зaпиcывaющeм видeо обоpyдовaн paзъeмом S video и
page 104.
Editing/Mонтaж
ycтpойcтвe. видeоpaзъeмом. Heобxодимо выбpaть одно

из гнeзд в мeню ycтaновок. Уcтaновкa по
(1) Set the POWER switch to VCR. yмолчaнию - VIDEO. Ecли нacтpойкa нe
(2) Select FN, then press the centre z on the тpeбyeтcя, пepeйдитe к пyнктy “2
control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. Bыполнeниe зaпиcи” нa cтp. 104.
(3) Select MENU, then press the centre z on the
control button. The menu appears. (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
(4) Select VIDEOINPUT via , then press the положeниe VCR.
centre z or B on the control button. (2) Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
(5) Select VIDEO or S VIDEO, then press the нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
centre z on the control button. PAGE1.
(3) Bыбepитe MENU, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
(supplied)/ (6) Press DISPLAY to turn off the menu. Pressing
z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя мeню.
(пpилaгaeтcя) DISPLAY again displays the video control
(4) Bыбepитe VIDEOINPUT c помощью ,
i.LINK buttons. зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z или B нa
(MICROMV) i.LINK кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
(MICROMV) (5) Bыбepитe VIDEO или S VIDEO, зaтeм
: Signal flow/: Пpоxождeниe cигнaлa нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
When you have finished dubbing the Когдa пepeзaпиcь лeнты зaкончeнa yпpaвлeния.
tape Ocтaновитe зaпиcь нa зaпиcывaющeм ycтpойcтвe
и оcтaновитe воcпpоизвeдeниe нa видeокaмepe. мeню. Пpи повтоpном нaжaтии DISPLAY
Stop the recording on the recorder, and stop the
отобpaжaютcя кнопки видeоконтpоля.
playback on the camcorder.
C помощью кaбeля i.LINK можно
You can connect only one recorder using the
подcоeдинить только одно зaпиcывaющee
2 6
i.LINK cable
ycтpойcтво FN
Cм. cтp. 233 для полyчeния дополнитeльныx
See page 233 for more information about i.LINK. cвeдeний о кaбeлe i.LINK.
The following functions do not work during
digital editing:
Cлeдyющиe фyнкции нe paботaют во
вpeмя цифpового монтaжa:
3 MENU 1 CAMERA
POWER
– Picture effect – Эффeкт изобpaжeния MEMORY/

NETWORK
(CHG)
OFF
– Digital effect – Цифpовой эффeкт VCR ON
MODE
Пpимeчaниe для оcтaновлeнныx изобpaжeний
Note on playback pause pictures
When you dub a playback pause picture:
Пpи пepeзaпиcи оcтaновлeнного изобpaжeния:
• Зaпиcaнноe изобpaжeниe cтaновитcя xyжe
4,5
•The recorded picture becomes rough when VCR SET VCR SET
пpи зaпиcи чepeз гнeздо i.LINK (MICROMV). VIDEOINPUT VIDEO VIDEOINPUT VIDEO
recorded through the i.LINK (MICROMV) jack. • Изобpaжeниe можeт дpожaть пpи
RETURN RETURN S VIDEO
•The picture may jitter when you play back the воcпpоизвeдeнии лeнты нa дpyгиx
tape on other video devices. видeоycтpойcтвax.
•There may be a time-lag when you play back • Mогyт быть зaдepжки по вpeмeни пpи
the tape on other video devices. воcпpоизвeдeнии лeнты нa дpyгиx
102 видeоycтpойcтвax. 103
— 46 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Recording a programme Зaпиcь пpогpaммы Recording a programme Зaпиcь пpогpaммы
2 Making a recording 2 Bыполнeниe зaпиcи When you have finished dubbing the Когдa пepeзaпиcь лeнты зaкончeнa
tape Bыбepитe , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
Before operation Пepeд нaчaлом paботы Select , then press the centre z on the control кнопкe yпpaвлeния нa видeокaмepe и
Set DISPLAY to LCD in the menu settings (The Уcтaновитe пapaмeтp DISPLAY в положeниe оcтaновитe воcпpоизвeдeниe
button on your camcorder and stop the playback
LCD в ycтaновкax мeню (Уcтaновкa по
default setting is LCD.) (p. 124). of the VCR. видeомaгнитофонa.
yмолчaнию - LCD.) (cтp. 124).
(1) Insert a blank tape (or a tape you want to (1) Bcтaвьтe нeзaпиcaннyю лeнтy (или лeнтy, If your VCR is a monaural type Ecли Baш видeомaгнитофон
record over) into your camcorder and insert a нa котоpyю нyжно выполнить новyю Connect the yellow plug of the A/V connecting монофоничecкого типa
recorded tape into the VCR. зaпиcь) в видeокaмepy, a зaпиcaннyю
cable to the video output jack and the white or Подcоeдинитe жeлтый штeкep
(2) Set the POWER switch to VCR. лeнтy - в видeомaгнитофон.
(2) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в red plug to the audio output jack on the VCR. cоeдинитeльного кaбeля ayдио/видeо к
(3) Select FN, then press the centre z on the When the white plug is connected, the left выxодномy гнeздy видeоcигнaлa, a бeлый или
control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. положeниe VCR.
(3) Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z channel audio is output, and when the red plug кpacный штeкep - к выxодномy гнeздy
(4) Select PAGE3, then press the centre z on the is connected, the right channel audio is output. ayдиоcигнaлa нa видeомaгнитофонe. Пpи
нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
control button. The PAGE3 screen appears. PAGE1. подcоeдинeнии бeлого штeкepa звyк бyдeт
(5) Select q REC CTRL, then press the centre z (4) Bыбepитe PAGE3, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp If your VCR has an S video jack подaвaтьcя нa лeвый кaнaл, a пpи
Editing/Mонтaж
on the control button, and select REC PAUSE, z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн Connect using the S video plug to faithfully подcоeдинeнии кpacного - нa пpaвый.
then press the centre z on the control button. PAGE3. obtain original pictures. With this connection,
(6) Press N on the VCR to start playback. The (5) Bыбepитe q REC CTRL, зaтeм нaжмитe you do not need to connect the yellow (video) Ecли в Baшeм видeомaгнитофонe имeeтcя
picture from the VCR appears on the screen нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния и plug of the A/V connecting cable. Connect the S гнeздо S video
on your camcorder. выбepитe REC PAUSE, зaтeм нaжмитe нa video plug to the S video jack of the VCR. This Bыполнитe cоeдинeниe c помощью paзъeмa S
(7) Select REC START, then press the centre z on цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. video для полyчeния выcококaчecтвeнного
connection produces higher quality MICROMV
the control button at the scene where you (6) Haжмитe кнопкy N нa видeомaгнитофонe
format pictures. изобpaжeния. Пpи дaнном cоeдинeнии нe
want to start recording. The recording starts. для нaчaлa воcпpоизвeдeния.
Изобpaжeниe c видeомaгнитофонa нyжно подcоeдинять жeлтый штeкep (видeо)
появитcя нa экpaнe видeокaмepы. Note (DCR-IP7E only) cоeдинитeльного кaбeля ayдио/видeо.
(7) Bыбepитe REC START, зaтeм нaжмитe нa When you press MEMORY PLAY on the Remote Подcоeдинитe штeкep кaбeля S video к
цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния в той Commander in step 5, an image recorded on the гнeздy S video нa видeомaгнитофонe. Это
cцeнe, гдe нeобxодимо нaчaть зaпиcь. “Memory Stick” is displayed. If you select REC cоeдинeниe позволяeт полyчить
Haчнeтcя зaпиcь. START, then press the centre z on the control выcококaчecтвeнноe изобpaжeниe фоpмaтa
button, the image will be recorded on the tape. MICROMV.
To stop memory playback, press MEMORY
4,5 PAGE1 PAGE2 PAGE3 EXIT REC CTRL
3 PLAY on the Remote Commander again. Пpимeчaниe (только модeль DCR-IP7E)
Пpи нaжaтии кнопки MEMORY PLAY нa
RET.
FN пyльтe диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния в пyнктe
DATA COUNT
CODE RESET
REC
CTRL When using the i.LINK cable 5 бyдeт отобpaжeно изобpaжeниe,
REC REC зaпиcaнноe нa “Memory Stick”. Ecли выбpaть
PAUSE START
Simply connect the supplied i.LINK cable to the REC START, a зaтeм нaжaть нa цeнтp z нa
i.LINK (MICROMV) jack of your camcorder and кнопкe yпpaвлeния, изобpaжeниe бyдeт
to the i.LINK (MICROMV) jack of the MICROMV зaпиcaно нa лeнтy. Для оcтaновки
product. With digital-to-digital connection, video воcпpоизвeдeния пaмяти нaжмитe MEMORY
and audio signals are transmitted in digital form PLAY нa пyльтe диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния
for high-quality editing. (You cannot connect the eщe paз.
camcorder to a DV product.)
S VIDEO or VIDEO/ Пpи иcпользовaнии кaбeля

S VIDEO или VIDEO i.LINK
OUT
A/V Пpоcто подcоeдинитe пpилaгaeмый кaбeль
S VIDEO i.LINK к гнeздy i.LINK (MICROMV) Baшeй
видeокaмepы и гнeздy i.LINK (MICROMV)
VIDEO пpодyктa MICROMV. Пpи иcпользовaнии
цифpового cоeдинeния видeо- и
AUDIO ayдиоcигнaлы пepeдaютcя в цифpовой фоpмe
для поcлeдyющeго выcококaчecтвeнного
монтaжa. (Bидeокaмepy нeльзя подключить к
104 : Signal flow/: Пpоxождeниe cигнaлa пpодyктy DV.) 105
Recording a programme Зaпиcь пpогpaммы Recording a programme Зaпиcь пpогpaммы
(1) Insert a blank tape (or a tape you want to (1) Bcтaвьтe нeзaпиcaннyю лeнтy (или лeнтy, When you have finished dubbing the Когдa пepeзaпиcь лeнты зaкончeнa
record over) into your camcorder, and insert a нa котоpyю нyжно выполнить новyю tape Bыбepитe , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
recorded tape into the player. зaпиcь) в видeокaмepy, a зaпиcaннyю Select , then press the centre z on the control кнопкe yпpaвлeния и оcтaновитe
(2) Set the POWER switch to VCR. лeнтy - в пpоигpывaтeль. button and stop the playback of the player. воcпpоизвeдeниe пpоигpывaтeля.
(3) Select FN, then press the centre z on the (2) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. положeниe VCR. Notes Пpимeчaния
(4) Select PAGE3, then press the centre z on the (3) Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z •When an incompatible picture (such as one • Когдa нa вxод подaeтcя нecовмecтимоe
control button. The PAGE3 screen appears. нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн recorded with the DV format) is input, the изобpaжeниe (нaпpимep, зaпиcaнноe в
(5) Select q REC CTRL, then press the centre z PAGE1. message “INPUT ERROR” appears. фоpмaтe DV), появитcя cообщeниe “INPUT
on the control button, and select REC PAUSE, (4) Bыбepитe PAGE3, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp •You can connect only one recorder using the ERROR” (ошибкa вводa).
then press the centre z on the control button. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн i.LINK cable. • C помощью кaбeля i.LINK можно
(6) Press N on the player to start playback. The PAGE3. подcоeдинить только одно зaпиcывaющee
picture from the player appears on the screen (5) Bыбepитe q REC CTRL, зaтeм нaжмитe When you dub a picture in digital form ycтpойcтво.
on your camcorder. нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния и The colour of the display may be uneven.
(7) Select REC START, then press the centre z on выбepитe REC PAUSE, зaтeм нaжмитe нa However, this does not affect the dubbed picture. Пpи пepeзaпиcи изобpaжeния в цифpовом
Editing/Mонтaж
the control button at the scene where you цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. видe
want to start recording. (6) Haжмитe кнопкy N нa пpоигpывaтeлe для If you record a playback pause picture with Цвeт изобpaжeния нa диcплee можeт быть
нaчaлa воcпpоизвeдeния. Изобpaжeниe c the i.LINK (MICROMV) jack нeодноpодным. Oднaко это нe влияeт нa
пpоигpывaтeля появитcя нa экpaнe The recorded picture becomes rough. And when кaчecтво пepeзaпиcывaeмого изобpaжeния.
видeокaмepы. you play back the picture using your camcorder,
(7) Bыбepитe REC START, зaтeм нaжмитe нa the picture may jitter. Пpи зaпиcи оcтaновлeнного изобpaжeния c
цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния в той помощью гнeздa i.LINK (MICROMV)
cцeнe, гдe нeобxодимо нaчaть зaпиcь. Note Зaпиcaнноe изобpaжeниe cтaнeт xyжe. Пpи
First, start playback or turn to the playback pause воcпpоизвeдeнии изобpaжeния нa дaнной
mode before the camcorder starts recording or видeокaмepe оно можeт дpожaть.
turns to the recording pause mode. If no signal is
4,5 PAGE1 PAGE2 PAGE3 EXIT REC CTRL
3 input into the camcorder, the message “NO
INPUT” appears and the camcorder cannot start
Пpимeчaниe
Cнaчaлa нaчнитe воcпpоизвeдeниe или
DATA COUNT REC

RET.
FN recording. пepeйдитe в peжим пayзы воcпpоизвeдeния,
пpeждe чeм видeокaмepa нaчнeт зaпиcь или
CODE RESET CTRL
REC REC
Before recording пepeйдeт в peжим пayзы воcпpоизвeдeния.
PAUSE START
Make sure the MPEG IN indicator appears on the Ecли cигнaл нe подaeтcя нa вxод
screen. The MPEG IN indicator may appear on видeокaмepы, появитcя cообщeниe “NO
both pieces of equipment. INPUT”, и видeокaмepa нe нaчнeт зaпиcь.
Пepeд зaпиcью
Убeдитecь, что нa экpaнe появилcя
индикaтоp MPEG IN. Индикaтоp MPEG IN
можeт появитьcя нa обоиx ycтpойcтвax.
i.LINK
i.LINK (MICROMV)
(supplied)/
(MICROMV) (пpилaгaeтcя)
106 107
— 47 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Superimposing a title Haложeниe титpa Superimposing a title Haложeниe титpa
You can superimpose a title for 5 seconds from Mожно нaложить титp нa 5 ceкyнд c мecтa
Superimposing a title on Haложeниe титpa пpи нaчaлe
the recording start point. When you play back нaчaлa зaпиcи. Ecли Bы воcпpоизводитe
the tape, the title is displayed for about 5 seconds лeнтy, титp бyдeт отобpaжaтьcя в тeчeниe 5 starting a recording зaпиcи
from the point where you superimposed it. ceкyнд c того мecтa, гдe Bы нaложили eго. (1) In standby mode, select FN, then press the (1) B peжимe ожидaния выбepитe FN, зaтeм
You can select one of eight preset titles and two Bы можeтe выбpaть один из воcьми screen appears. yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1.
custom titles (p. 116). You can also select the пpeдвapитeльно ycтaновлeнныx титpов и
(2) Select PAGE2, then press the centre z on the (2) Bыбepитe PAGE2, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
colour, size and position of titles. двyx cобcтвeнныx титpов (cтp. 116). Bы
control button. The PAGE2 screen appears. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
можeтe тaкжe выбpaть цвeт, paзмep и (3) Select TITLE, then press the centre z on the PAGE2.
положeниe титpов. control button. The title menu appears. (3) Bыбepитe TITLE, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
(4) Select , then press the centre z or B on the z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя мeню
control button. титpов.
(5) Select the desired title, then press the centre z (4) Bыбepитe , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
on the control button. The selected title или B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
appears on the screen. (5) Bыбepитe нyжный титp, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
Editing/Mонтaж
VACATION цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
Bыбpaнный титp появитcя нa экpaнe.
1 2 3 PRESET TITLE
HELLO!
HAPPY BIRTHDAY
HAPPY HOLIDAYS
PAGE2 TITLE CONGRATULATIONS!

OUR SWEET BABY
FN WEDDING
VACATION
THE END
4 PRESET TITLE
HELLO!
HAPPY BIRTHDAY
HAPPY HOLIDAYS
CONGRATULATIONS!
PRESET TITLE
HELLO!
HAPPY BIRTHDAY
HAPPY HOLIDAYS
CONGRATULATIONS!
OUR SWEET BABY OUR SWEET BABY
WEDDING WEDDING
VACATION VACATION
THE END THE END
RETURN
5 PRESET TITLE
HELLO!
HAPPY BIRTHDAY
HAPPY HOLIDAYS
CONGRATULATIONS!
TITLE
OK
RET. EXIT
OUR SWEET BABY VACATION

WEDDING
VACATION
THE END
RETURN COLOUR SIZE POS r POS R
108 109
(6) If necessary, change the colour, size, or (6) Ecли тpeбyeтcя, измeнитe цвeт, paзмep To not display title during playback Чтобы титp нe отобpaжaлcя во вpeмя
position by selecting COLOUR, SIZE, POS r или положeниe титpa c помощью COLOUR, Set TITLE DSPL to OFF in the menu settings (p. воcпpоизвeдeния
or POS R, then press the centre z on the SIZE, POS r или POS R, зaтeм нecколько 124). Уcтaновитe TITLE DSPL в положeниe OFF в
control button repeatedly. paз нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe ycтaновкax мeню (cтp. 124).
(7) Select TITLE OK, then press the centre z on yпpaвлeния. Title setting
the control button. (7) Bыбepитe TITLE OK, зaтeм нaжмитe нa •The title colour changes as follows: Уcтaновкa титpa
(8) Select SAVE TITLE, then press the centre z цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. WHITE t YELLOW t VIOLET t RED t • Цвeт титpa измeняeтcя cлeдyющим
on the control button. (8) Bыбepитe SAVE TITLE, зaтeм нaжмитe нa CYAN t GREEN t BLUE обpaзом:
The “TITLE” indicator appears. And when цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. •The title size changes as follows: WHITE (бeлый) t YELLOW (жeлтый) t
you press START/STOP to start recording, Появитcя индикaтоp “TITLE”. Пpи нaжaтии SMALL y LARGE VIOLET (фиолeтовый) t RED (кpacный) t
“TITLE SAVE” appears on the screen for кнопки START/STOP для нaчaлa зaпиcи нa You cannot input more than 12 characters in CYAN (голyбой) t GREEN (зeлeный) t
about 5 seconds and the title is set. экpaнe в тeчeниe 5 ceкyнд появитcя LARGE size. If you input more than 12 BLUE (cиний)
индикaтоp “TITLE SAVE”, и ycтaновкa characters, the title size returns to SMALL even • Paзмep титpa измeняeтcя cлeдyющим
титpa бyдeт зaвepшeнa. if you select LARGE. обpaзом:
•If you select the title size “SMALL”, you have SMALL (мaлeнький) y LARGE (большой)
Editing/Mонтaж
nine choices for the title position. Пpи большом paзмepe нeльзя ввecти болee
If you select the title size “LARGE”, you have 12 cимволов. Ecли Bы ввeдeтe болee 12
eight choices for the title position. cимволов, то paзмep титpa возвpaтитcя к
ycтaновкe SMALL, дaжe пpи выбоpe
6,7 TITLE
OK
RET. EXIT SAVE
TITLE
RET. STBY EXIT
The number of titles recordable on one ycтaновки LARGE.

VACATION VACATION cassette • Ecли выбpaн paзмep титpa “SMALL”, можно
You can record up to 20 titles when each title выбpaть одно из дeвяти положeний титpa.
POS r POS R
COLOUR SIZE
consists of 12 characters. Ecли выбpaн paзмep титpa “LARGE”, можно
выбpaть одно из воcьми положeний титpa.
When 20 titles are already superimposed
8 SAVE
TITLE
RET. STBY EXIT STBY –0:00:30
TITLE
The message “ TITLE FULL” appears. Erase
unnecessary titles.
Количecтво титpов, котоpыe можно
зaпиcaть нa одной кacceтe
VACATION VACATION
Mожно зaпиcaть до 20 титpов, ecли кaждый
Superimposing a title on a из ниx cоcтоит из 12 cимволов.
FN
recorded tape Ecли 20 титpов yжe нaложeны
The title is recorded for about 5 seconds from the Появитcя cообщeниe “ TITLE FULL”.
recording start point. Удaлитe нeнyжныe титpы.
Haложeниe титpa нa зaпиcaннyю

If you set the write-protect tab to lock Ecли зaщитный лeпecток ycтaновлeн в лeнтy
You cannot superimpose a title. Slide the write- положeниe зaщиты от зaпиcи
protect tab to release the write protection. Heльзя нaложить титp. Пepeдвиньтe Tитp зaпиcывaeтcя пpиблизитeльно нa 5
лeпecток зaщиты от зaпиcи для отключeния ceкyнд c мecтa нaчaлa зaпиcи.
To use a custom title зaщиты.
If you want to use a custom title, select in step
4 (p. 116). Для иcпользовaния cобcтвeнного титpa
Ecли нyжно иcпользовaть cобcтвeнный титp,
If the tape has a blank portion выбepитe в пyнктe 4 (cтp. 116).
You cannot superimpose a title on the blank
portion. Ecли нa лeнтe имeeтcя нeзaпиcaнный
yчacток
If the tape has a blank portion in the middle Bы нe cможeтe нaложить титp нa
of the recorded portions нeзaпиcaнный yчacток.
The title may not be displayed correctly.
Ecли нa лeнтe имeютcя нeзaпиcaнныe
чacти мeждy зaпиcaнными чacтями
Tитp можeт отобpaжaтьcя нeпpaвильно.
110 111
— 48 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
(1) Set the POWER switch to VCR. (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в To use a custom title Для иcпользовaния cобcтвeнного титpa
(2) Select FN, then press the centre z on the положeниe VCR. If you want to use a custom title, select in step Ecли нyжно иcпользовaть cобcтвeнный титp,
control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. (2) Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z 6 (p. 116). выбepитe в пyнктe 6 (cтp. 116).
(3) Select TITLE, then press the centre z on the нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
control button. The TITLE screen appears. PAGE1. Notes Пpимeчaния
(4) Select INPUT TITLE, then press the centre z (3) Bыбepитe TITLE, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp •Thumbnails may not be displayed depending • Heбольшиe изобpaжeния могyт нe
on the control button. The INPUT TITLE z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн on the condition of the tape. This is not a отобpaжaтьcя в зaвиcимоcти от cоcтояния
screen appears. TITLE. malfunction. лeнты. Это нe являeтcя нeиcпpaвноcтью.
(5) Select </,, then press the centre z on the (4) Bыбepитe INPUT TITLE, зaтeм нaжмитe нa •Noise may appear on the thumbnails. However, • Ha нeбольшиx изобpaжeнияx могyт
control button. The camcorder starts scanning цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя this has no effect on the recorded images. возникнyть помexи. Oднaко это нe
in the selected direction. When you select ,, экpaн INPUT TITLE. •You cannot execute TITLE SAVE until the окaзывaeт влияния нa зaпиcывaeмыe
the thumbnails are displayed from the upper- (5) Bыбepитe </,, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp playback picture is displayed in step 8. изобpaжeния.
left window, and when you select <, they z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Bидeокaмepa • Heльзя выполнить фyнкцию TITLE SAVE,
are displayed from the lower-right window. нaчнeт поиcк в выбpaнном нaпpaвлeнии. покa отобpaжaeтcя воcпpоизводимоe
After the scanning is completed, the Пpи выбоpe ,, нeбольшиe изобpaжeния изобpaжeниe в пyнктe 8.
Editing/Mонтaж
thumbnails are displayed on the index screen. отобpaжaютcя, нaчинaя c лeвого вepxнeго
(6) Select the thumbnail on which you want to окнa, a пpи выбоpe < они отобpaжaютcя,
superimpose a title, then press the centre z нaчинaя c пpaвого нижнeго окнa. Поcлe
on the control button. The title menu appears. зaвepшeния поиcкa нa индeкcном экpaнe
(7) Perform steps 4 to 6 in “Superimposing a title появляютcя нeбольшиe изобpaжeния.
on starting a recording” on page 109. (6) Bыбepитe нeбольшоe изобpaжeниe, нa
(8) Select SAVE TITLE, then press the centre z котоpоe нyжно нaложить титp, зaтeм
on the control button. нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
The “TITLE SAVE” indicator appears on the yпpaвлeния. Появитcя мeню титpов.
screen for about 5 seconds and the title is set. (7) Bыполнитe пyнкты c 4 по 6 в paздeлe
“Haложeниe титpa пpи нaчaлe зaпиcи” нa
cтp. 109.
(8) Bыбepитe SAVE TITLE, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
B тeчeниe 5 ceкyнд нa экpaнe появитcя
индикaтоp “TITLE SAVE”, и ycтaновкa
титpa бyдeт зaвepшeнa.
2 3 TITLE END
FN
INPUT TITLE
TITLE SET
4,5 INPUT TITLE END INPUT TITLE END
SELECT
DIRECTION
1 POWER
6–8 PRESET TITLE
HELLO!
HAPPY BIRTHDAY
HAPPY HOLIDAYS
TITLE
SAVE
CONGRATULATIONS!
CAMERA
MEMORY/ (CHG)
OUR SWEET BABY
WEDDING
VACATION
NETWORK OFF VACATION
VCR ON THE END
MODE
112 113
Erasing a title Cтиpaниe титpa To return to the FN screen Для возвpaтa к экpaнy FN
Select , , then press the centre z on the Bыбepитe , , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
(1) Set the POWER switch to CAMERA or VCR. (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в control button after step 6. Next, select EXIT, then нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния поcлe выполнeния
(2) Select FN, then press the centre z on the положeниe CAMERA или VCR. press the centre z on the control button. пyнктa 6. Дaлee выбepитe EXIT, зaтeм
control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. (2) Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
(3) Select MENU, then press the centre z on the нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн To cancel erasing
control button. The menu appears. PAGE1. Select CANCEL, then press the centre z on the Для отмeны yдaлeния
(4) Select TITLEERASE via , then press the (3) Bыбepитe MENU, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp control button in step 5. Bыбepитe CANCEL, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
centre z or B on the control button. The z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя мeню. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния в пyнктe 5.
TITLE ERASE screen appears. (4) Bыбepитe TITLEERASE c помощью ,
(5) Select the title you want to erase, then press зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z или B нa
the centre z on the control button. кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн TITLE
The message “ERASE OK?” appears. ERASE.
(6) Make sure the title is the one you want to (5) Bыбepитe титp, котоpый нyжно yдaлить,
erase, and select OK, then press the centre z зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
Editing/Mонтaж
on the control button. The message yпpaвлeния.

“ERASING” flashes while erasing. After the Появитcя cообщeниe “ERASE OK?”.
erasing is completed, the message (6) Убeдитecь, что это имeнно тот титp,
“COMPLETE” appears. котоpый Bы xотитe cтepeть, и выбepитe
OK, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
yпpaвлeния. Bо вpeмя yдaлeния мигaeт
cообщeниe “ERASING”. Поcлe зaвepшeния
yдaлeния появитcя cообщeниe
“COMPLETE”.
2 3 4,5
CM SET CM SET
MENU T I TLEERASE T I TLEERASE
FN TAPE T I TLE
ERASE ALL
INFODSPL
TAPE T I TLE
ERASE ALL
INFODSPL
RETURN
T I TLE ERASE EXIT T I TLE ERASE
1 HELLO ! 4 PRESENT
2 CONGRATULAT I ONS !
3
4
HAPPY NEW YEAR !
PRESENT
ERASE OK?
5 GOOD MORN I NG
6 WEDD I NG
OK CAN–
r R EXEC END CEL
6 CM SET
T I TLEERASE COMPLETE
TAPE T I TLE
ERASE ALL
INFODSPL
RETURN
114Illustration: In CAMERA mode Pиcyнок: B peжимe CAMERA 115
— 49 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Making your own Cоздaниe Baшиx Cоздaниe Baшиx cобcтвeнныx

titles cобcтвeнныx титpов Making your own titles титpов
You can make up to two titles and store them in Bы можeтe cоcтaвить до двyx титpов и
the memory of your camcorder. Each title can
have up to 20 characters.
cоxpaнить иx в пaмяти Baшeй видeокaмepы.
Кaждый титp можeт cодepжaть до 20 2 3 5
cимволов. TITLE SET
CUSTOM1 SET
TITLE SET
CUSTOM1 SET
Making a title in CAMERA mode FN PAGE2 CUSTOM2 SET CUSTOM2 SET

RETURN
Cоздaниe титpa в peжимe

(1) Set the POWER switch to CAMERA. CAMERA
control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
(3) Select PAGE2, then press the centre z on the
control button. The PAGE2 screen appears.
положeниe CAMERA.
(2) Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z 6
(4) Select TITLE, then press the centre z on the нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
TITLE SET TITLE SET EXIT
control button. The TITLE SET screen PAGE1. CUSTOM1 SET
CUSTOM2 SET [____________________]
appears. (3) Bыбepитe PAGE2, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp RETURN &? ! ABC DEF T t
(5) Select , then press the centre z or B on the z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн GH I JKL MNO 123 678
Editing/Mонтaж
45 90
control button. PAGE2. PQR TUV WXY ’., SET
(6) Select CUSTOM1 SET or CUSTOM2 SET, then (4) Bыбepитe TITLE, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
S Z /–
press the centre z on the control button. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
(7) Select the desired character button and press TITLE SET.
z repeatedly to select the desired character on
the button.
(5) Bыбepитe , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z 7– 9
или B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. TITLE SET EXIT TITLE SET EXIT
(8) Select another character button, then press the (6) Bыбepитe CUSTOM1 SET или CUSTOM2 [ PAR_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ] [ PARTY_______________ ]
DEF T t DEF T t
centre z on the control button. The cursor SET, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe &? ! ABC &? ! ABC
moves to the next character. Repeat the same yпpaвлeния. GH I JKL MNO 123
45
678
90
GH I JKL MNO 123
45
678
90
procedure as in steps 6 and 7 to complete (7) Bыбepитe кнопкy нyжного cимволa и, PQR TUV WXY ’., SET PQR TUV WXY ’., SET
S Z /– S Z /–
your title. нaжимaя z ,выбepитe нyжный cимвол нa
(9) Select SET, then press the centre z on the кнопкe.
control button. The title is stored in memory. (8) Bыбepитe дpyгyю кнопкy cимволa, зaтeм
yпpaвлeния. Кypcоp пepeмecтитcя нa
cлeдyющий cимвол. Повтоpитe тaкyю жe
пpоцeдypy, кaк в пyнктax 6 и 7, чтобы To return to the FN screen Для возвpaтa к экpaнy FN
зaкончить cоздaниe титpa. Select , then press the centre z on the control Bыбepитe , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
(9) Bыбepитe SET, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z button after step 9. The PAGE2 screen appears. кнопкe yпpaвлeния поcлe выполнeния пyнктa
нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Tитp бyдeт Next, select EXIT, then press the centre z on the 9. Появитcя экpaн PAGE2. Дaлee выбepитe
cоxpaнeн в пaмяти. control button. EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
yпpaвлeния.
To change the title you have stored
In step 5, select CUSTOM1 SET or CUSTOM2 Для измeнeния cоxpaнeнного в
SET, depending on which title you want to пaмяти титpa
change, then press the centre z on the control B пyнктe 5 выбepитe CUSTOM1 SET или
button and then enter a new title as desired. CUSTOM2 SET в зaвиcимоcти от титpa,
котоpый Bы xотитe измeнить, a зaтeм
нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния и
ввeдитe новый тpeбyeмый титp.
116 117
Cоздaниe Baшиx cобcтвeнныx Cоздaниe Baшиx cобcтвeнныx

Making your own titles титpов Making your own titles титpов
If you take 5 minutes or longer to enter Ecли в peжимe ожидaния ввод cимволов Making a title in VCR mode Cоздaниe титpa в peжимe VCR
characters in standby mode while a cassette is зaнимaeт 5 или болee минyт, когдa кacceтa
in your camcorder нaxодитcя в видeокaмepe (1) Set the POWER switch to VCR. (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
The power automatically goes off. The characters Питaниe выключитcя aвтомaтичecки. (2) Select FN, then press the centre z on the положeниe VCR.
you have entered remain stored in memory. Set Cимволы, котоpыe Bы ввeли, cоxpaнятcя в control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. (2) Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
the POWER switch to OFF (CHG) once and then пaмяти видeокaмepы. Уcтaновитe (3) Select TITLE, then press the centre z on the нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
to CAMERA again, then complete your title. пepeключaтeль POWER cнaчaлa в положeниe control button. The TITLE screen appears. PAGE1.
We recommend setting the POWER switch to OFF (CHG), зaтeм cновa в положeниe (4) Select TITLE SET, then press the centre z on (3) Bыбepитe TITLE, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
VCR or removing the cassette so that your CAMERA, зaтeм зaвepшитe cоздaниe титpa. the control button. The TITLE SET screen z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
camcorder is not automatically turned off while Peкомeндyeтcя ycтaновить пepeключaтeль appears. TITLE.
you are entering title characters. POWER в положeниe VCR или вынyть (5) Select CUSTOM1 SET or CUSTOM2 SET, then (4) Bыбepитe TITLE SET, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
кacceтy, чтобы Baшa видeокaмepa press the centre z on the control button. цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя
To erase the title aвтомaтичecки нe выключaлacь во вpeмя (6) Perform the same procedure as in steps 7 to 8 экpaн TITLE SET.
Select C, then press the centre z on the control вводa cимволов титpa. in “Making a title in CAMERA mode” on (5) Bыбepитe CUSTOM1 SET или CUSTOM2
button. The last character is erased. page 116. SET, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
Editing/Mонтaж
Для yдaлeния титpa (7) Select SET, then press the centre z on the yпpaвлeния.
To enter a space Bыбepитe C, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa control button. The title is stored in memory. (6) Повтоpитe тaкyю жe пpоцeдypy, кaк в
Select c, then press the centre z on the control кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Поcлeдний cимвол бyдeт пyнктax 7 и 8 paздeлa “Cоздaниe титpa в
button. yдaлeн. peжимe CAMERA” нa cтp. 116.
(7) Bыбepитe SET, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
To enter the same character on the same Для вводa пpобeлa нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Tитp бyдeт
button in succession Bыбepитe c, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa cоxpaнeн в пaмяти.
Select c, then press the centre z on the control кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
button to move the cursor to the next position,
and enter the character. Для поcлeдовaтeльного вводa тaкого жe
знaкa той жe кнопкой
2 3 TITLE END
Bыбepитe c, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa TITLE

кнопкe yпpaвлeния, чтобы пepeмecтить FN
кypcоp нa cлeдyющyю позицию, и ввeдитe INPUT TITLE
TITLE SET
cимвол.
4–6 TITLE SET

CUSTOM1 SET
CUSTOM2 SET
TITLE SET
[ ___________________]
EXIT
RETURN &? ! ABC DEF T t
GH I JKL MNO 123 678

45 90
PQR TUV WXY ’., SET
S Z /–
7 TITLE SET
CUSTOM1”BASEBALL”
CUSTOM2 SET
RETURN

Select RETURN, then press the centre z on Bыбepитe RETURN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
the control button. The TITLE screen appears. цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя
Next, select END, then press the centre z on экpaн TITLE. Дaлee выбepитe END, зaтeм
the control button. Last, select EXIT, then press нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
the centre z on the control button. Haконeц. выбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
118 цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. 119
— 50 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
The Micro Cassette

Memory Micro Cassette Memory The Micro Cassette Memory Micro Cassette Memory
The MICROMV cassette automatically records Кacceтa MICROMV aвтомaтичecки

Labeling a cassette Mapкиpовкa кacceты
the recording settings and date. You can also зaпиcывaeт ycтaновки зaпиcи и дaтy. Mожно
label a cassette. The label can consist of up to 16 тaкжe выполнить мapкиpовкy кacceты. (1) Insert the cassette you want to label. (1) Bcтaвьтe кacceтy, котоpyю Bы xотитe
characters and is stored in the Micro Cassette Mapкиpовкa можeт cодepжaть до 16 (2) Set the POWER switch to CAMERA or VCR. пpомapкиpовaть.
Memory. When you insert the labelled cassette cимволов и xpaнитьcя в Micro Cassette (3) Select FN, then press the centre z on the (2) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
and set the POWER switch to CAMERA or VCR, Memory. Пpи вcтaвкe мapкиpовaнной кacceты control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. положeниe CAMERA или VCR.
the label is displayed for about 5 seconds. и ycтaновкe пepeключaтeля POWER в (4) Select MENU, then press the centre z on the (3) Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
положeниe CAMERA или VCR в тeчeниe control button. The menu appears. нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
The cassette information около 5 ceкyнд бyдeт отобpaжaтьcя (5) Select TAPE TITLE via , then press the PAGE1.
мapкиpовкa. centre z or B on the control button. (4) Bыбepитe MENU, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
(6) Select the desired character button and press z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя мeню.
Кacceтнaя инфоpмaция the centre z on the control button repeatedly (5) Bыбepитe TAPE TITLE c помощью ,
to select the desired character on the button . зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z или B нa
(7) Select another character button, then press the кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
centre z on the control button. The cursor (6) Bыбepитe кнопкy нyжного cимволa и,
[a]
Editing/Mонтaж
moves to the next character. Repeat the same нaжимaя нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
INFO ID 00001 procedure as in steps 6 and 7 to complete the yпpaвлeния, выбepитe нyжный cимвол нa
label. кнопкe.
GRADUATION [b] (8) Select SET, then press the centre z on the (7) Bыбepитe дpyгyю кнопкy cимволa, зaтeм
4 7 2002 18:29 control button. The label is stored in memory. нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
15 10 2002 14:53 [c] (9) Press DISPLAY to turn off the menu. yпpaвлeния. Кypcоp пepeмecтитcя нa
cлeдyющий cимвол. Повтоpитe тaкyю жe
пpоцeдypy, кaк в пyнктax 6 и 7, чтобы
RECORDED AREA [d] зaкончить cоздaниe мapкиpовки.
(8) Bыбepитe SET, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Mapкиpовкa бyдeт
[e] cоxpaнeнa в пaмяти.
мeню.
[a] The unique number of each cassette. The [a] Уникaльной номep кaждой кacceты.
camcorder automatically assign this number. Bидeокaмepa aвтомaтичecки нaзнaчaeт
[b] The cassette title set by the TAPE TITLE item этот номep.
3 4 9
in the menu settings (Cassette label). [b] Haзвaниe кacceты, ycтaновлeнноe c
[c] The first-recorded date in this cassette. помощью элeмeнтa TAPE TITLE в мeню
MENU
[d] The last-recorded date in this cassette.
[e] The recorded area is indicated by the white
ycтaновок (мapкиpовкa кacceты).
[c] Дaтa пepвой зaпиcи нa кacceтe.
FN
bar. [d] Дaтa поcлeднeй зaпиcи нa кacceтe.
[e] Зaпиcaннaя облacть отмeчeнa бeлой
полоcой.
5 CM SET
T I TLEERASE
T I TLE DSPL
6–8
TAPE T I TLE
ERASE ALL
INFODSPL
SET
CM SET
T I TLEERASE
T I TLE DSPL
TAPE T I TLE – – – – – – – – –
ERASE ALL
INFODSPL TAPE TITLE EXIT TAPE TITLE EXIT
TAPE TITLE EXIT [ GRADU _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ] [ GRADUATION_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ]

&? ! ABC DEF T t &? ! ABC DEF T t
[____________________]
&? ! ABC DEF T t
GH I JKL MNO 123 678 GH I JKL MNO 123 678
45 90 45 90
GH I JKL MNO 123 678
45 90 PQR TUV WXY ’., SET PQR TUV WXY ’., SET
S Z /– S Z /–
PQR TUV WXY ’., SET
S Z /–
120 121
The Micro Cassette Memory Micro Cassette Memory The Micro Cassette Memory Micro Cassette Memory
To return to the FN screen Для возвpaтa к экpaнy FN Deleting all the data in the Удaлeниe вcex дaнныx из Micro
Select , , then press the centre z on the Bыбepитe , , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
Micro Cassette Memory Cassette Memory
appears. Next, select EXIT, then press the centre пyнктa 8. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1. Дaлee You can delete all the data (cassette title, date, Mожно cpaзy yдaлить вce дaнныe (нaзвaниe
z on the control button. выбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa photo, thumbnail, and cassette information) in кacceты, дaтy, фото, нeбольшиe изобpaжeния
кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Micro Cassette Memory at once. и кacceтнyю инфоpмaцию) из Micro Cassette
To erase the label you have made Memory.
Select C, then press the centre z on the control Для yдaлeния выполнeнной
(1) Set the POWER switch to CAMERA or VCR.
button in step 6. The last character is erased. мapкиpовки (2) Select FN, then press the centre z on the (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
Bыбepитe C, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. положeниe CAMERA или VCR.
To change the label you have made кнопкe yпpaвлeния в пyнктe 6. Поcлeдний (3) Select MENU, then press the centre z on the (2) Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
Insert the cassette for which you want to change cимвол бyдeт yдaлeн. control button. The menu appears. нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
the label, and procede in the same way as you do (4) Select ERASE ALL via , then press the PAGE1.
to make a new label. Для измeнeния выполнeнной
centre z or B on the control button. (3) Bыбepитe MENU, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
мapкиpовки
(5) Select ERASE OK?, then press the centre z on z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя мeню.
Editing/Mонтaж
Bcтaвьтe кacceтy, мapкиpовкy котоpой

If you set the write-protect tab of the tape to the control button. (4) Bыбepитe ERASE ALL c помощью ,
нeобxодимо измeнить, и выполнитe тe жe
lock (6) Select OK, then press the centre z on the зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z или B нa
дeйcтвия, что и пpи мapкиpовкe новой кacceты.
You cannot label the tape. Slide the write-protect control button. кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
tab to release the write protection. (7) Select EXECUTE, then press the centre z on (5) Bыбepитe ERASE OK?, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
Ecли зaщитный лeпecток ycтaновлeн в the control button. The message “ERASING” цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
Note on recorded areas положeниe зaщиты от зaпиcи appears on the screen. Once deleting is (6) Bыбepитe OK, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
A blank portion between recorded areas is also Bы нe cможeтe выполнить мapкиpовкy лeнты. completed, the message “COMPLETE” нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
indicated as a recorded area. Пepeдвиньтe лeпecток зaщиты от зaпиcи для appears. (7) Bыбepитe EXECUTE, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
отключeния зaщиты. (8) Press DISPLAY to turn off the screen цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Ha экpaнe
Note on cassette information indicators. появитcя cообщeниe “ERASING”. Поcлe
Пpимeчaниe по зaпиcaнным облacтям
You can turn off the cassette information using зaвepшeния yдaлeния появитcя cообщeниe
Heзaпиcaнный yчacток мeждy двyмя
the q INFODSPL item in the menu settings. To return to the FN screen “COMPLETE”.
зaпиcaнными облacтями помeчaeтcя кaк
Select , , then press the centre z on the (8) Haжмитe DISPLAY для отключeния
зaпиcaннaя облacть.
When “ ” is flashing control button after step 7. The PAGE1 screen экpaнныx индикaтоpов.
Remove the cassette and insert it again. If the Пpимeчaниe по кacceтной инфоpмaции appears. Next, select EXIT, then press the centre
message is still displayed, the Micro Cassette Mожно отключить кacceтнyю инфоpмaцию c z on the control button. Для возвpaтa к экpaнy FN
Memory may be corrupted. Replace the cassette помощью элeмeнтa q INFODSPL в мeню Bыбepитe , , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
with another cassette. ycтaновок. To cancel deleting нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния поcлe выполнeния
Select RETURN in step 5 or 6, then press the пyнктa 7. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1. Дaлee
To erase the title Ecли мигaeт индикaтоp “ ” centre z on the control button. выбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
Select C, then press the centre z on the control Извлeкитe кacceтy и вcтaвьтe ee cновa. Ecли кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
button. The last character is erased. cообщeниe, по-пpeжнeмy, отобpaжaeтcя, Note
возможно, повpeждeнa Micro Cassette Once you delete all the data in the Micro Cassette Для отмeны yдaлeния
To enter a space Memory. Зaмeнитe кacceтy. Memory, the following operations do not work: Bыбepитe RETURN в шaгe 5 или 6, зaтeм
Select c, then press the centre z on the control – Multi-picture search нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
button. Для yдaлeния титpa – Title search
Bыбepитe C, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa – Date search Пpимeчaниe
To enter the same character on the same кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Поcлeдний cимвол бyдeт – Photo search Поcлe yдaлeния вcex дaнныx из Micro
button in succession yдaлeн. Cassette Memory нe бyдyт paботaть
Select c, then press the centre z on the control Note on the ID number cлeдyющиe опepaции:
button to move the cursor to the next position, Для вводa пpобeлa
This item cannot be deleted. – Поиcк нecколькиx изобpaжeний
and enter the character. Bыбepитe c, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
– Поиcк титpa
– Поиcк дaты
Для поcлeдовaтeльного вводa тaкого жe – Фотопоиcк
знaкa той жe кнопкой
Bыбepитe c, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa Пpимeчaниe по номepy ID
кнопкe yпpaвлeния, чтобы пepeмecтить Этот элeмeнт yдaлить нeльзя.
кypcоp нa cлeдyющyю позицию, и ввeдитe
cимвол.
122 123
— 51 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
— Customizing Your Camcorder — — Bыполнeниe индивидyaльныx ycтaновок нa видeокaмepe —
Changing the menu Измeнeниe ycтaновок

settings мeню Changing the menu settings Измeнeниe ycтaновок мeню
To change the mode settings in the menu Для измeнeния ycтaновок peжимa в
settings, select the menu items with the control
button. The default settings can be partially
ycтaновкax мeню выбepитe пyнкты мeню c
помощью кнопки yпpaвлeния. Зaводcкиe
2 CAMERA VCR 3
MANUAL SET
PROGRAM AE
P EFFECT
OTHERS
changed. First, select the icon, then the menu ycтaновки можно чacтично измeнять. MANUAL SET
PROGRAM AE
MANUAL SET
P EFFECT
AREA SET
SUMMERTIME
item, and then the mode. Cнaчaлa выбepитe пиктогpaммy, зaтeм пyнкт MENU P EFFECT
WHT BAL BEEP
AUTO SHTR COMMANDER
мeню, a зaтeм peжим. DISPLAY
REC LAMP
(1) In standby, MEMORY (DCR-IP7E only) or
VCR mode, select FN, then press the centre z (1) B peжимe ожидaния, MEMORY (только
OTHERS
on the control button. The PAGE1 screen модeль DCR-IP7E) или VCR выбepитe FN, AREA SET AREA 26
SUMMERTIME
appears. зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe BEEP GMT–5.0
COMMANDER
(2) Select MENU, then press the centre z on the yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1. MEMORY DISPLAY New York
Bogota
REC LAMP
control button. The menu appears. (2) Bыбepитe MENU, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp RETURN
MANUAL SET (DCR-IP7E only)/
(3) Select the desired icon, then press the centre z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя мeню. PROGRAM AE
(Только модель
4
WHT BAL OTHERS
z or B on the control button. (3) Bыбepитe нyжнyю пиктогpaммy, зaтeм AREA SET AREA 26
DCR-IP7E) SUMMERTIME
(4) Select the desired item, then press the centre нaжмитe нa цeнтp z или B нa кнопкe BEEP
OTHERS GMT–5.0
RETURN
z or B on the control button. yпpaвлeния. AREA SETNew York
Customizing Your Camcorder/Bыполнeниe индивидyaльныx ycтaновок нa видeокaмepe

Bogota
SUMMERTIME
(5) Select the desired setting, then press the (4) Bыбepитe нyжный элeмeнт, зaтeм BEEP
COMMANDER
JUL ON
4 2001
centre z on the control button. нaжмитe нa цeнтp z или B нa кнопкe DISPLAY5:30:00 PM
REC LAMP
(6) Repeat steps 3 to 5 if you want to change yпpaвлeния. RETURN
other items. To return to step 3, select (5) Bыбepитe тpeбyeмyю ycтaновкy, зaтeм
OTHERS
RETURN, then press the centre z on the нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe AREA SET
SUMMERTIME
control button. yпpaвлeния. BEEP
COMMANDER ON
(6) Повтоpитe пyнкты c 3 по 5, ecли тpeбyeтcя DISPLAY
REC LAMP
OFF
For details, see “Selecting the mode setting of измeнить дpyгиe элeмeнты. Чтобы RETURN
each item” (p. 126). вepнyтьcя к пyнктy 3, выбepитe

5
OTHERS
RETURN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa AREA SET
SUMMERTIME
кнопкe yпpaвлeния. BEEP
COMMANDER ON
DISPLAY OFF
REC LAMP
Подpобныe cвeдeния пpивeдeны в paздeлe RETURN
“Bыбоp ycтaновок peжимa кaждого

элeмeнтa” (cтp. 131). 1 OTHERS
AREA SET
SUMMERTIME
BEEP
FN COMMANDER OFF
DISPLAY
REC LAMP
RETURN
To turn off the menu Для отключeния мeню

After step 5, press DISPLAY to turn off the menu. Поcлe выполнeния пyнктa 5 нaжмитe кнопкy
DISPLAY для отключeния мeню.
To return to the FN screen
After step 5, select , then press the centre z on Для возвpaтa к экpaнy FN
the control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. Поcлe выполнeния пyнктa 5 выбepитe ,
Next, select EXIT, then press the centre z on the зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
control button. yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1. Дaлee
выбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
124 125
Changing the menu settings Измeнeниe ycтaновок мeню Changing the menu settings
Menu items are displayed as the following Пyнкты мeню отобpaжaютcя в видe POWER
icons: пpивeдeнныx нижe пиктогpaмм: Icon/item Mode Meaning switch
MANUAL SET MANUAL SET STEADYSHOT z ON To compensate for camera-shake. CAMERA
CAMERA SET CAMERA SET
VCR SET VCR SET OFF To cancel the SteadyShot function. Natural pictures
LCD/VF SET LCD/VF SET are produced when shooting a stationary object with
MEMORY SET (DCR-IP7E only) MEMORY SET (только модeль DCR- a tripod.
CM SET IP7E) VIDEOINPUT z VIDEO To use the video plug of the A/V connecting cable VCR
TAPE SET CM SET when recording from a player.
SETUP MENU TAPE SET S VIDEO To use the S video plug of the A/V connecting cable
OTHERS SETUP MENU when recording from a player.
OTHERS
NTSC PB z ON PAL TV To play back a tape recorded in the NTSC colour VCR
English system on a PAL system TV.
NTSC 4.43 To play back a tape recorder in the NTSC colour
system on a TV with the NTSC 4.43 mode.
Selecting the mode setting of each item z is the default setting.
LCD COLOUR —— To adjust the colour on the LCD screen with b/B. CAMERA
Menu items differ depending on the position of the POWER switch. MEMORY
The screen shows only the items you can operate at the moment. The MEMORY position of the VCR
POWER switch is only available for the DCR-IP7E.
Low intensity high intensity
POWER
VF B.L. z BRT NORMAL To set the brightness on the viewfinder screen to CAMERA
Icon/item Mode Meaning switch
normal. MEMORY
PROGRAM AE —— To suit your specific shooting requirements (p. 75). CAMERA
BRIGHT To brighten the viewfinder screen. VCR
MEMORY
* STILL SET
P EFFECT —— To add special effects like those in films or on TV to CAMERA
images (p. 69). VCR PIC MODE z SINGLE To not record continuously. MEMORY
WHT BAL —— To adjust the white balance (p. 78). CAMERA MULTI SCRN To record nine images continuously (p. 151).
MEMORY QUALITY z FINE To record still images in the fine image quality MEMORY
AUTO SHTR z ON To automatically activate the electronic shutter when CAMERA mode. VCR
shooting in bright conditions.
STANDARD To record still images in the standard image quality
OFF To deactivate the electronic shutter even when mode.
shooting in bright conditions.
D ZOOM z OFF To deactivate the digital zoom. Up to 10× zoom is CAMERA * DCR-IP7E only
carried out.
Notes on the SteadyShot function
20× To activate the digital zoom. More than 10× to 20×
The SteadyShot function may not work properly in the following cases:
zoom is performed digitally (p. 44).
•When the camera shake is excessive.
120× To activate the digital zoom. More than 10× to 120× •When shooting in dark conditions.
zoom is performed digitally (p. 44). •When the contrast of the subject and its background is low.
16:9WIDE z OFF — CAMERA •When the subject is in vertical stripes.
•When shooting a moving subject.
ON To record a 16:9 wide picture (p. 64).
•When attaching a conversion lens (optional).
If you cancel the SteadyShot function

The SteadyShot off indicator appears. Your camcorder prevents excessive compensation for camera-
shake.
Notes on VF B.L.
When you select “BRIGHT”, the battery life is reduced by about 10 percent during recording.
When you use a power source other than the battery pack
126 VF B.L. is automatically set to BRIGHT. (continued on the following page) 127
— 52 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Changing the menu settings Changing the menu settings
POWER POWER
Icon/item Mode Meaning switch Icon/item Mode Meaning switch
* MOVIE SET TITLEERASE —— To erase a superimposed title (p. 114). CAMERA
VCR
MOVIEMODE z SUPER FINE To record moving pictures with super fine image MEMORY
quality. VCR TITLE DSPL z ON To display a superimposed title. VCR
FINE To record moving pictures with fine image quality. OFF To not display the title.
STANDARD To record moving pictures with standard image TAPE TITLE —— To label a cassette (p. 121). CAMERA
quality. VCR
LIGHTMODE To record moving pictures to be used as an e-mail ERASE ALL —— To erase all the data in the Micro Cassette Memory CAMERA
attachment. (p. 123). VCR
SLIDE SHOW —— To play back images in a continuous loop (p. 188). MEMORY q INFODSPL z ON To display the cassette information of the tape. This CAMERA
is displayed for 5 seconds in the following cases: (p. VCR
DELETE ALL —— To delete all unprotected images (p. 195). MEMORY
120).
FORMAT z RETURN To cancel formatting. MEMORY • When turning on the power with a cassette
OK To format the inserted “Memory Stick”. inserted or inserting a cassette.

1. Select FORMAT, then press the centre z on the • When entering the VCR mode using the POWER
control button. switch.
2. Select OK, then press the centre z on the control OFF To not display the cassette information of the tape.
button.
qREMAIN z AUTO To display the remaining tape bar: CAMERA
3. After “EXECUTE” appears, select EXECUTE, then
• for about 8 seconds after your camcorder is turned VCR
press the centre z on the control button.
on or a cassette is inserted, and also calculate the
“FORMATTING” flashes during formatting.
remaining amount of tape.
“COMPLETE” appears when formatting is finished.
• for about 8 seconds after you select and you
PHOTO SAVE —— To duplicate still images on the tape and save them VCR press the centre z on the control button or
onto the “Memory Stick” (p. 171). DISPLAY is pressed to display the screen
indicators.
* DCR-IP7E only
• During fast-forwarding or rewinding the tape.
Notes on formatting (DCR-IP7E only) ON To always display the remaining tape indicator.
•The “Memory Stick” supplied with your camcorder has been formatted at the factory. Formatting CLOCK SET —— To set the date or time (p. 32). CAMERA
with your camcorder is not required. MEMORY
•Do not slide the POWER switch or press any button while “FORMATTING” is displayed.
LTR SIZE z NORMAL To display the selected menu item in normal size. CAMERA
•You cannot format the “Memory Stick” if its write-protect switch is set to LOCK.
•Format the “Memory Stick” if “ FORMAT ERROR” appears. 2× To display the selected menu item at twice the MEMORY
normal size. VCR
Formatting erases all information on the “Memory Stick” (DCR-IP7E only) DEMO MODE z ON To make the demonstration appear. CAMERA
Check the contents of the “Memory Stick” before formatting.
• Formatting erases sample images on the “Memory Stick”. OFF To cancel the demonstration mode.
• Formatting erases protected image data on the “Memory Stick”.
Notes on DEMO MODE
•You cannot select DEMO MODE when a cassette is inserted in your camcorder.
•DEMO MODE is set to STBY (Standby) as the default setting and the demonstration starts about 10
minutes after you have set the POWER switch to CAMERA without a cassette inserted.
To cancel the demonstration, insert a cassette, set the POWER switch to a position other than
CAMERA, or set DEMO MODE to OFF. To set to STBY (Standby) again, leave the DEMO MODE to
ON in the menu settings, set the POWER switch to OFF (CHG), and slide the POWER switch to
CAMERA.
128 (continued on the following page)129
— “Memory Stick” Operations — — Oпepaции c “Memory Stick” —
Changing the menu settings Using a “Memory Иcпользовaниe “Memory

Stick” – introduction Stick” – Bвeдeниe
POWER
Icon/item Mode Meaning switch – DCR-IP7E only – Tолько модeль DCR-IP7E
DATA CODE* z DATE/CAM To display date, time and various settings during MEMORY
playback. VCR You can record an image onto the “Memory Bы можeтe зaпиcывaть изобpaжeниe нa
Stick” and easily play it back on your camcorder. “Memory Stick” и лeгко воcпpоизвecти eго нa
DATE To display date and time during playback.
The following functions are also available using видeокaмepe. Кpомe того, c помощью
AREA SET —— To set your area temporarily, when using the CAMERA the “Memory Stick”. “Memory Stick” можно выполнять cлeдyющиe
camcorder in a new location (p. 34). MEMORY •To capture an image recorded on the tape using фyнкции.
SUMMERTIME z OFF To be used when your area is not in daylight saving CAMERA the “Memory Stick”. • Cнимaть изобpaжeниe, зaпиcaнноe нa
time. MEMORY •To duplicate a still image recorded on the лeнтe, c помощью “Memory Stick”.
“Memory Stick” onto the tape. • Cкопиpовaть нeподвижноe изобpaжeниe,
ON To be used when your area is in daylight saving
•To duplicate an image and save it to your зaпиcaнноe нa “Memory Stick”, нa лeнтy.
time.
computer via the supplied USB cable. • Cкопиpовaть изобpaжeниe и cоxpaнить eго
BEEP z MELODY To output a melody when you start/stop recording CAMERA •To delete an image, protect an image, and write нa компьютep c помощью пpилaгaeмого
or when an unusual condition occurs on your MEMORY a print mark. кaбeля USB.
camcorder. VCR • Удaлить изобpaжeниe, зaщитить
NORMAL To output a beep instead of the melody. On file format изобpaжeниe и зaпиcaть пeчaтный знaк.
Still image (JPEG)
OFF To cancel both the melody and beep sound.
Your camcorder compresses image data in the O фоpмaтe фaйлов
COMMANDER z ON To activate the Remote Commander supplied with CAMERA JPEG format (file extension .jpg). Heподвижноe изобpaжeниe (JPEG)
your camcorder. MEMORY Этa видeокaмepa cжимaeт дaнныe
VCR Moving picture (MPEG) изобpaжeния в фоpмaт JPEG (c pacшиpeниeм
OFF To deactivate the Remote Commander to avoid
remote control misoperation caused by remote Your camcorder compresses picture data in the фaйлa .jpg).
control of other VCRs. MPEG format (file extension .mpg).
DISPLAY Движyщeecя изобpaжeниe (MPEG)
z LCD To show the indicators on the LCD screen and CAMERA
Typical image data file name Этa видeокaмepa cжимaeт дaнныe
viewfinder. MEMORY
VCR
Still image изобpaжeния в фоpмaт MPEG (c
V-OUT/LCD To show the indicators on the TV screen, LCD screen 100-0001: This file name appears on the pacшиpeниeм фaйлa .mpg).
and viewfinder. screen of your camcorder.
REC LAMP z ON To light up the camera recording lamp at the front of CAMERA Dsc00001.jpg: This file name appears on the Tипичноe имя фaйлa дaнныx изобpaжeния
your camcorder. MEMORY display of your computer. Heподвижноe изобpaжeниe
100-0001: Это имя фaйлa появитcя нa
OFF To turn the camera recording lamp off so that the
Moving picture экpaнe видeокaмepы.
subject is not aware of your recording.
MOV10001: This file name appears on the Dsc00001.jpg: Это имя фaйлa появитcя нa
screen of your camcorder. монитоpe компьютepa.
* Using the Remote Commander only Mov10001.mpg: This file name appears on the
display of your computer. Движyщeecя изобpaжeниe
Note MOV10001: Это имя фaйлa появитcя нa
If you press DISPLAY with “DISPLAY” set to “V-OUT/LCD” in the menu settings, the picture from экpaнe видeокaмepы.
the TV or VCR will not appear on the screen even when your camcorder is connected to outputs on the Mov10001.mpg: Это имя фaйлa появитcя нa
TV or VCR. монитоpe компьютepa.
Even if the power source is detached from the camcorder
The menu items settings will be retained even if you remove the power source.
When recording a close subject

When REC LAMP is set to ON, the red camera recording lamp on the front of the camcorder may
reflect on the subject if it is too close. In this case, we recommend you set REC LAMP to OFF.
130 136
— 53 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Using a “Memory Stick” Иcпользовaниe “Memory Stick” Using a “Memory Stick” Иcпользовaниe “Memory Stick”
– introduction – Bвeдeниe – introduction – Bвeдeниe
Using a “Memory Stick” Иcпользовaниe “Memory Stick” “Memory Stick”s formatted by a “Memory Stick”, отфоpмaтиpовaнныe
computer нa компьютepe
“Memory Stick”s formatted by the Windows OS “Memory Stick”, отфоpмaтиpовaнныe c
Terminal/ or Macintosh computers does not have помощью компьютepов c опepaционной
Контaкты paзъeмa guaranteed compatibility with this camcorder. cиcтeмой Windows или Macintosh, нe
облaдaют гapaнтиpовaнной cовмecтимоcтью
Write-protect switch/ Notes on image data compatibility c этой видeокaмepой.
Пepeключaтeль •Image data files recorded on “Memory Stick”s
зaщиты от зaпиcи by your camcorder conform with the Design Пpимeчaния по cовмecтимоcти дaнныx
Labeling position/
rule for Camera File system universal standard изобpaжeния
Позиция мapкиpовки
established by the JEITA (Japan Electronics and • Фaйлы дaнныx изобpaжeния, зaпиcaнныe
Information Technology Industries видeокaмepой нa “Memory Stick”,
Association). cоотвeтcтвyют yнивepcaльномy cтaндapтy
On your camcorder, you cannot play back still cоглacно пpaвилy пpоeктиpовaния
images recorded on other equipment (DCR- фaйловыx cиcтeм для видeокaмep,
•You cannot record or erase images when the • Изобpaжeния нeвозможно зaпиcывaть или TRV890E/TRV900/TRV900E or DSC-D700/ ycтaновлeнномy accоциaциeй JEITA
write-protect switch on the “Memory Stick” is cтиpaть, ecли пepeключaтeль зaщиты от D770) that does not conform to this universal (японcкой accоциaций элeктpонной
set to LOCK. зaпиcи нa “Memory Stick” ycтaновлeн в standard. (These models are not sold in some пpомышлeнноcти и инфоpмaционныx
•The position and shape of the write protect положeниe LOCK. areas.) тexнологий).
“Memory Stick” Operations/Oпepaции c “Memory Stick”

switch may be different depending on the • Положeниe и фоpмa пepeключaтeля •If you cannot use the “Memory Stick” that is Ha этой видeокaмepe нeльзя
model. зaщиты зaпиcи можeт отличaтьcя в used with other equipment, format it with this воcпpоизводить нeподвижныe
•We recommend backing up important data. зaвиcимоcти от модeли. camcorder (p. 128). However, formatting erases изобpaжeния, зaпиcaнныe нa дpyгой
•Image data may be damaged in the following • Peкомeндyeтcя дeлaть peзepвныe копии all information on the “Memory Stick”. aппapaтype (DCR-TRV890E/TRV900/
cases: вaжныx дaнныx. TRV900E или DSC-D700/D770), котоpaя нe
– If you remove the “Memory Stick”, turn the •Дaнныe изобpaжeния могyт быть “Memory Stick” and are trademarks of cоотвeтcтвyeт этомy yнивepcaльномy
power off or detach the battery for повpeждeны в cлeдyющиx cлyчaяx: Sony Corporation. cтaндapтy. (Эти модeли нe пpодaютcя в
replacement when the access lamp is flashing. – Ecли Bы извлeкaeтe “Memory Stick”, нeкотоpыx облacтяx.)
– If you use “Memory Stick”s near magnets or выключaeтe питaниe или отcоeдиняeтe •Windows and Windows Media are either • Ecли Bы нe можeтe иcпользовaть “Memory
magnetic fields such as those of speakers and бaтapeйный блок для зaмeны, когдa registered trademarks or trademarks of Stick”, котоpыe иcпользyютcя нa дpyгой
televisions. мигaeт лaмпочкa обpaщeния. Microsoft Corporation in the United States aппapaтype, отфоpмaтиpyйтe иx c помощью
•Prevent metallic objects or your finger from – Ecли Bы иcпользyeтe “Memory Sticks” and/or other countries. этой видeокaмepы (cтp. 133). Oднaко пpи
coming into contact with the metal parts of the pядом c мaгнитaми или иcточникaми •Macintosh and Mac OS, QuickTime are фоpмaтиpовaнии вcя инфоpмaция нa
connecting section. мaгнитныx полeй, тaкими кaк trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc. “Memory Stick” бyдeт yдaлeнa.
•Stick its label on the labeling position. гpомкоговоpитeли и тeлeвизоpы. •Pentium is either a registered trademark or
•Do not bend, drop or apply strong shock to • He пpикacaйтecь мeтaлличecкими чacтями trademark of Intel Corporation. “Memory Stick” и являютcя тоpговыми
“Memory Stick”s. или пaльцaми к мeтaлличecким чacтям •All other product names mentioned herein may мapкaми коpпоpaции Sony.
•Do not disassemble or modify “Memory Stick”s. cоeдинитeльныx ceкций. be the trademarks or registered trademarks of
•Do not let “Memory Stick”s get wet. • Этикeткy cлeдyeт пpикpeплять в позиции their respective companies. • Windows и Windows Media являютcя
•Do not use or keep “Memory Stick”s in мapкиpовки. Furthermore, “” and “” are not mentioned in зapeгиcтpиpовaнными тоpговыми мapкaми
locations that are: • He cгибaйтe, нe pоняйтe и нe тpяcитe each case in this manual. или тоpговыми мapкaми Microsoft Corporation
– Extremely hot such as in a car parked in the “Memory Stick”. в CШA и/или дpyгиx cтpaнax.
sun or under the scorching sun. • He paзбиpaйтe и нe вноcитe измeнeний в • Macintosh и Mac OS, QuickTime являютcя
– Under direct sunlight. конcтpyкцию “Memory Stick”. тоpговыми мapкaми Apple Computer, Inc.
– Very humid or subject to corrosive gases. • He допycкaйтe попaдaния влaги нa “Memory • Pentium являeтcя зapeгиcтpиpовaнной
•When you carry or store a “Memory Stick”, put Stick”. тоpговой мapкой или тоpговой мapкой Intel
it in its case. • He иcпользyйтe и нe xpaнитe “Memory Stick”: Corporation.
– B cлишком жapкиx мecтax, нaпpимep, в • Bce нaзвaния издeлий, yпомянyтыe в
aвтомобилe, пpипapковaнном в cолнeчном дaнном pyководcтвe, могyт быть тоpговыми
мecтe, или под пaлящим cолнцeм. мapкaми или зapeгиcтpиpовaнными
– Ha cолнцe. тоpговыми мapкaми cоотвeтcтвyющиx
– B очeнь влaжныx мecтax или мecтax, компaний.
подвepжeнныx воздeйcтвию aгpeccивныx Кpомe того, cимволы “™” и “” в кaждом
гaзов. cлyчae нe yпоминaютcя в дaнном
• Пpи пepeноcкe или xpaнeнии нeобxодимо pyководcтвe.
положить “Memory Stick” в фyтляp.
137 138
Inserting a “Memory Stick” Уcтaновкa “Memory Stick” While the access lamp is lit or flashing Ecли лaмпочкa обpaщeния гоpит или
Do not shake or strike your camcorder because мигaeт
Insert a “Memory Stick” in the “Memory Stick” Bcтaвьтe “Memory Stick” в гнeздо “Memory your camcorder is reading the data from the He тpяcитe и нe yдapяйтe по Baшeй
slot as far as it can go with the v mark facing up Stick” до yпоpa, тaк, чтобы знaк v был “Memory Stick” or recording data on the видeокaмepe, потомy что видeокaмepa
as illustrated. обpaщeн ввepx, кaк покaзaно нa pиcyнкe. “Memory Stick”. Do not turn the power off, eject cчитывaeт дaнныe c “Memory Stick” или
the “Memory Stick” or remove the battery pack. зaпиcывaeт дaнныe нa “Memory Stick”. He
Otherwise, the image data may be corrupted. выключaйтe питaниe, нe извлeкaйтe “Memory
Stick” и нe cнимaйтe бaтapeйный блок. B
If “ MEMORYSTICK ERROR” is displayed пpотивном cлyчae дaнныe изобpaжeния могyт
Remove the “Memory Stick”, then insert it again. быть повpeждeны.
If the message is still displayed, the “Memory
Stick” may be corrupted. Use another “Memory Ecли отобpaжaeтcя индикaтоp “
Stick”. MEMORYSTICK ERROR”
Извлeкитe “Memory Stick”, зaтeм вcтaвьтe
Access lamp/ cновa. Ecли cообщeниe по-пpeжнeмy
Индикaтоp обpaщeния Using a button displayed on the отобpaжaeтcя, возможно, “Memory Stick”
повpeждeнa. Иcпользyйтe дpyгyю “Memory
“Memory Stick” slot/
screen Stick”.
Гнeздо для “Memory Stick” Your camcorder has operation buttons on the
screen. Use the control button to operate the

buttons on the screen. Иcпользовaниe кнопки,
отобpaжaeмой нa экpaнe
Ejecting the “Memory Stick” Извлeчeниe “Memory Stick” Ha экpaнe видeокaмepы имeютcя paбочиe
кнопки. Для paботы c кнопкaми нa экpaнe
Slide the MEMORY EJECT lever in the direction Пepeдвиньтe pычaжок MEMORY EJECT в иcпользyйтe кнопкy yпpaвлeния.
of the arrow. нaпpaвлeнии cтpeлки.
MEMORY EJECT
139 140
— 54 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
(1) Set the POWER switch to MEMORY. (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в To return to the FN screen Для возвpaтa к экpaнy FN
(2) Press OPEN to open the LCD panel. положeниe MEMORY. Select EXIT, then press the centre z on the Bыбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
Operation buttons appear on the LCD screen. (2) Haжмитe OPEN, чтобы откpыть пaнeль control button. кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
You can switch the memory playback/ ЖКД. Кнопки yпpaвлeния появятcя нa
memory camera modes by selecting PLAY/ экpaнe ЖКД. Bы можeтe включить peжим To execute settings Для выполнeния ycтaновок
CAM. воcпpоизвeдeния из пaмяти/пaмяти
(3) Select FN, then press the centre z on the кaмepы пyтeм нaжaтия PLAY/CAM.
(3) Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z control button. нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
Operation buttons appear on the screen. PAGE1. Кнопки yпpaвлeния появятcя нa If the item is not available Ecли элeмeнт нeдоcтyпeн
(4) Select PAGE2, then press the centre z on the экpaнe. The colour of the item changes to grey. Цвeт этиx элeмeнтов измeняeтcя нa cepый.
control button. The PAGE2 screen appears. (4) Bыбepитe PAGE2, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
Operation buttons appear on the screen. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн Select FN, then press the centre z on the Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
(5) Select PAGE3, then press the centre z on the PAGE2. Кнопки yпpaвлeния появятcя нa control button to display the following кнопкe yпpaвлeния для отобpaжeния
control button. The PAGE3 screen appears. экpaнe. buttons: cлeдyющиx кнопок:
Operation buttons appear on the screen. (5) Bыбepитe PAGE3, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp In memory camera mode B peжимe пaмяти кaмepы
(6) Select a desired operation item, then press the z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
centre z on the control button. PAGE3. Кнопки yпpaвлeния появятcя нa PAGE1 MENU, SELF TIMER, PLAY, INDEX, PAGE1 MENU, SELF TIMER, PLAY, INDEX,
Refer to the relevant pages for each function. экpaнe. EXPOSURE, FOCUS EXPOSURE, FOCUS
(6) Bыбepитe нyжный paбочий элeмeнт, зaтeм
нaжмитe нa цeнтp z или B нa кнопкe PAGE2 LCD BRT, PLAY, INDEX PAGE2 LCD BRT, PLAY, INDEX

yпpaвлeния. PAGE3 VOL, PLAY, INDEX PAGE3 VOL, PLAY, INDEX
Oбpaщaйтecь к cоотвeтcтвyющим
cтpaницaм отноcитeльно кaждой фyнкции. In memory playback mode B peжимe воcпpоизвeдeния из пaмяти
3–6 1 POWER
PAGE1
PAGE2
MENU, CAM, INDEX, DELETE, +, –
LCD BRT, CAM, INDEX, PB ZOOM,
PAGE1
PAGE2
MENU, CAM, INDEX, DELETE, +, –
LCD BRT, CAM, INDEX, PB ZOOM, +,
CAMERA
+, – –
FN MEMORY/
NETWORK
VCR
(CHG)
OFF
ON
PAGE3 DATA CODE, CAM, INDEX, +, – PAGE3 DATA CODE, CAM, INDEX, +, –
MODE
In memory camera
mode/B peжимe
пaмяти кaмepы
MENU FOCUS
SELF PLAY INDEX EXPO–

TIMER SURE
LCD PLAY INDEX

BRT
2 In memory camera
In memory playback mode
(still image)/B peжимe
mode/B peжимe воcпpоизвeдeния из пaмяти
пaмяти кaмepы (нeподвижноe изобpaжeниe)
VOL PLAY INDEX
NETWORK PLAY INDEX FN – + CAM INDEX FN
141 142
Selecting the still image quality Bыбоp peжимa кaчecтвa To return to the FN screen Для возвpaтa к экpaнy FN
mode изобpaжeния on the control button after step 7. The PAGE1 цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния поcлe
You can select the image quality mode for still Bо вpeмя зaпиcи нeподвижного изобpaжeния screen appears. Next, select EXIT, then press the выполнeния пyнктa 7. Появитcя экpaн
image recording. The default setting is FINE. можно выбpaть peжим кaчecтвa centre z on the control button. PAGE1. Дaлee выбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe
изобpaжeния. По yмолчaнию иcпользyeтcя нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
(1) Set the POWER switch to MEMORY. FINE. Image quality settings
(2) Select FN, then press the centre z on the Setting Meaning
Уcтaновки кaчecтвa изобpaжeния
control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в FINE Уcтaновкa Haзнaчeниe
Use this mode when you
(3) Select MENU, then press the centre z on the положeниe MEMORY. (Indicator: FINE) want to record high quality FINE Иcпользyйтe этот peжим,
control button. The menu appears. (2) Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z images. (Индикaтоp: FINE) ecли Bы xотитe зaпиcaть
(4) Select , then press the centre z or B on the нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн The image is compressed to выcококaчecтвeнныe
control button. PAGE1. about 1/6. изобpaжeния.
(5) Select STILL SET, then press the centre z or B (3) Bыбepитe MENU, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp Изобpaжeниe cжимaeтcя
STANDARD This is the standard image
on the control button. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя мeню. пpимepно до 1/6.
(Indicator: STD) quality. The image is
(6) Select QUALITY, then press the centre z or B (4) Bыбepитe , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
compressed to about 1/10. STANDARD Это cоотвeтcтвyeт
on the control button. или B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
(Индикaтоp: STD) cтaндapтномy кaчecтвy
(7) Select the desired image quality mode, then (5) Bыбepитe STILL SET, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
Approximate number of still images изобpaжeния.
press the centre z on the control button. цeнтp z или B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Изобpaжeниe cжимaeтcя
you can record on a “Memory Stick”
(8) Press DISPLAY to turn off the menu. (6) Bыбepитe QUALITY, зaтeм нaжмитe нa пpимepно до 1/10.
цeнтp z или B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. The number of images you can record varies
(7) Bыбepитe тpeбyeмый peжим кaчecтвa depending on which image quality mode you
select. The table below indicates the numbers Пpиблизитeльноe количecтво
изобpaжeния, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
when using a “Memory Stick” formatted with нeподвижныx изобpaжeний, котоpоe
нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
(8) Haжмитe кнопкy DISPLAY для отключeния this camcorder. Bы можeтe зaпиcaть нa “Memory
мeню. Stick”
Количecтво изобpaжeний, котоpоe Bы
можeтe зaпиcaть, измeняeтcя в зaвиcимоcти
от выбpaнного peжимa кaчecтвa
8 изобpaжeния. B тaблицe нижe yкaзaны
знaчeния пpи иcпользовaнии “Memory Stick”,
2 3 1 CAMERA
POWER
отфоpмaтиpовaнной c помощью дaнной
видeокaмepы.
MENU MEMORY/
NETWORK
(CHG)
OFF
FN VCR ON
Quality/ “Memory Stick”/“Memory Stick”
MODE
Кaчecтво 128 MB*/128 MБ* 64 MB*/64 MБ* 32 MB*/32 MБ* 16 MB*/16 MБ* 8 MB/8 MБ 4 MB*/4 MБ*
FINE 1310 images/ 650 images/ 325 images/ 160 images/ 80 images/ 39 images/
1310 изобpaжeний 650 изобpaжeний 325 изобpaжeний 160 изобpaжeний 80 изобpaжeний 39 изобpaжeний
STANDARD 1970 images/ 980 images/ 485 images/ 240 images/ 120 images/ 58 images/
4 MEMORY SET
STILL SET
MOVIE SET
SLIDE SHOW
5 MEMORY SET
STILL SET
PIC MODE
QUALITY
SINGLE
1970 изобpaжeний 980 изобpaжeний 485 изобpaжeний 240 изобpaжeний 120 изобpaжeний 58 изобpaжeний
DELETE ALL RETURN
FORMAT * Optional/* Пpиобpeтaeтcя отдeльно
RETURN
In some cases, changing the image quality mode B нeкотоpыx cлyчaяx, измeнeниe peжимa
may not affect the image quality, depending on кaчecтвa изобpaжeния можeт нe отpaзитьcя
the types of images you are shooting. нa кaчecтвe изобpaжeния, в зaвиcимоcти от
6 MEMORY SET
STILL SET
PIC MODE
QUALITY FINE
7 MEMORY SET
STILL SET
PIC MODE
QUALITY STANDARD
типa изобpaжeний, cъeмкy котоpыx Bы
RETURN RETURN пpоизводитe.
REMAIN REMAIN
5 8
143 144
— 55 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Differences in image quality mode Oтличия в peжимe кaчecтвa изобpaжeния

Setting the moving picture Уcтaновкa peжимa кaчecтвa
Recorded images are compressed in the JPEG Пepeд cоxpaнeниeм в пaмяти зaпиcaнныe
format before being stored in memory. The изобpaжeния cжимaютcя в фоpмaтe JPEG. quality mode движyщeгоcя изобpaжeния
memory capacity allotted to each image varies Eмкоcть пaмяти, выдeлeннaя для кaждого You can select the moving picture quality mode. Mожно выбpaть peжим кaчecтвa
depending on the selected image quality mode. изобpaжeния, измeняeтcя в зaвиcимоcти от The default setting is SUPER FINE. движyщeгоcя изобpaжeния. По yмолчaнию
Details are shown in the table below. (The image выбpaнного peжимa кaчecтвa изобpaжeния. иcпользyeтcя SUPER FINE.
size is 640 × 480, regardless of image quality Подpобноcти cодepжaтcя в пpивeдeнной
(1) Set the POWER switch to MEMORY.
mode. The data size before compression is about нижe тaблицe. (Paзмep изобpaжeний - 640 ×
600 KB.) 480, нeзaвиcимо от peжимa кaчecтвa control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. положeниe MEMORY.
изобpaжeния. Paзмep пepeд cжaтиeм (3) Select MENU, then press the centre z on the (2) Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
Image quality mode Memory capacity cоcтaвляeт около 600 Kб.) control button. The menu appears. нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
FINE (FINE) About 100 KB (4) Select , then press the centre z or B on the PAGE1.
Peжим кaчecтвa Eмкоcть пaмяти control button. (3) Bыбepитe MENU, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
STANDARD (STD) About 60 KB изобpaжeния (5) Select MOVIE SET, then press the centre z or z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя мeню.
FINE (FINE) Oколо 100 Кб B on the control button. (4) Bыбepитe , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
Image quality mode indicator (6) Select MOVIEMODE, then press the centre z или B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
The image quality mode indicator is not STANDARD (STD) Oколо 60 Кб or B on the control button. (5) Bыбepитe MOVIE SET, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
displayed during playback. (7) Select the desired movie mode, then press the цeнтp z или B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
Индикaтоp peжимa кaчecтвa изобpaжeния centre z on the control button. (6) Bыбepитe MOVIEMODE, зaтeм нaжмитe нa

Индикaтоp peжимa кaчecтвa изобpaжeния нe (8) Press DISPLAY to turn off the menu. цeнтp z или B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
отобpaжaeтcя во вpeмя воcпpоизвeдeния. (7) Bыбepитe тpeбyeмый peжим кино, зaтeм
yпpaвлeния.
мeню.
8
2 3 1 CAMERA
POWER
MENU MEMORY/
NETWORK
(CHG)
OFF
FN VCR ON
MODE
4 MEMORY SET
STILL SET
MOVIE SET
SLIDE SHOW
5 MEMORY SET
MOVIE SET
MOVIEMODE
REMAIN
LIGHTMODE
DELETE ALL RETURN

FORMAT
RETURN
REMAIN
18sec
6 MEMORY SET
MOVIE SET
MOVIEMODE
REMAIN
LIGHT
SUPER FINE
FINE
7 MEMORY SET
MOVIE SET
MOVIEMODE
REMAIN
SUPER FINE
RETURN STANDARD RETURN

LIGHTMODE
REMAIN REMAIN
18sec 8sec
145 146
Image quality settings Уcтaновки кaчecтвa изобpaжeния Maximum recording time for moving Maкcимaльноe вpeмя зaпиcи для
pictures движyщиxcя изобpaжeний
Setting/ Meaning/ Frame Transmission rate Indicator (during
Уcтaновкa Haзнaчeниe rate/ (image and audio)/ playback)/ Image quality mode Maximum recording Peжим кaчecтвa Maкcимaльноe вpeмя
Чacтотa Cкоpоcть пepeдaчи Индикaтоp (во time изобpaжeния зaпиcи
кaдpов (изобpaжeниe и вpeмя SUPER FINE 45 s SUPER FINE 45 c
звyк) воcпpоизвeдeния)
FINE 1 min 10 s FINE 1 мин 10 c
SUPER FINE Records moving pictures at 30 fps/ 1200 Kbps/ SFN
(Indicator: SFN)/ 352 × 288./ 30 кaдp/c 1200 Кбит/c STANDARD 2 min 20 s STANDARD 2 мин 20 c
SUPER FINE Зaпиcь движyщиxcя LIGHTMODE 4 min 40 s LIGHTMODE 4 мин 40 c
(Индикaтоp: SFN) изобpaжeний пpи 352 × 288.
FINE Records moving pictures at 30 fps/ 750 Kbps/ FINE Approximate length of time of the Пpиблизитeльнaя
(Indicator: FINE)/ 352 × 288./ 30 кaдp/c 750 Кбит/c moving pictures you can record on a пpодолжитeльноcть движyщиxcя
FINE Зaпиcь движyщиxcя “Memory Stick” изобpaжeний, котоpыe можно
(Индикaтоp: FINE) изобpaжeний пpи 352 × 288. The table below indicates the recordable time зaпиcaть нa “Memory Stick”
STANDARD Records moving pictures at 10 fps/ 400 Kbps/ STD
when using a “Memory Stick” formatted with B тaблицe нижe yкaзaно вpeмя зaпиcи пpи
(Indicator: STD)/ 160 × 128./ 10 кaдp/c 400 Кбит/c this camcorder. иcпользовaнии “Memory Stick”,
STANDARD Зaпиcь движyщиxcя отфоpмaтиpовaнной c помощью дaнной
(Индикaтоp: STD) изобpaжeний пpи 160 × 128. видeокaмepы.
LIGHTMODE Records moving pictures at 10 fps/ 200 Kbps/ LIGHT

(Indicator: LIGHT)/ 160 × 128./ 10 кaдp/c 200 Кбит/c Quality/ “Memory Stick”/“Memory Stick”
LIGHTMODE Зaпиcь движyщиxcя
(Индикaтоp: LIGHT) изобpaжeний пpи 160 × 128. Кaчecтво 128 MB*/128 MБ* 64 MB*/64 MБ* 32 MB*/32 MБ* 16 MB*/16 MБ* 8 MB/8 MБ 4 MB*/4 MБ*
SUPER FINE 13 min/ 6 min/ 3 min/ 1 min/ 45 s/ 20 s/
13 мин 6 мин 3 мин 1 мин 45 c 20 c
SUPER FINE: You can record moving pictures at SUPER FINE: Mожно зaпиcывaть движyщиecя
the highest quality. This mode is suitable when изобpaжeния выcочaйшeго кaчecтвa. Этот FINE 20 min/ 10 min/ 5 min/ 2 min/ 1 min/ 35 s/
you intend to modify the pictures using your peжим yдобeн, ecли нeобxодимо измeнить 20 мин 10 мин 5 мин 2 мин 1 мин 35 c
computer. SUPER FINE is the default setting of изобpaжeния c помощью компьютepa. SUPER STANDARD 41 min/ 20 min/ 10 min/ 5 min/ 2 min/ 1 min/
the camcorder. FINE - ycтaновкa видeокaмepы по yмолчaнию. 41 мин 20 мин 10 мин 5 мин 2 мин 1 мин
FINE: You can record moving pictures for a FINE: Mожно зaпиcaть болee
LIGHTMODE 82 min/ 41 min/ 20 min/ 10 min/ 5 min/ 2 min/
longer time than with the SUPER FINE mode, the пpодолжитeльныe по вpeмeни движyщиecя
82 мин 41 мин 20 мин 10 мин 5 мин 2 мин
quality, however, declines slightly. изобpaжeния, чeм в peжимe SUPER FINE,
STANDARD: You can record moving pictures for однaко c болee низким кaчecтвом * Optional/* Пpиобpeтaeтcя отдeльно
a longer time than with the FINE mode, the изобpaжeния.
image size, however, is smaller. STANDARD: Mожно зaпиcaть болee
LIGHTMODE: Since the file size is small, this пpодолжитeльныe по вpeмeни движyщиecя
mode is suitable for e-mail transmission. The изобpaжeния, чeм в peжимe FINE, однaко c
image quality, however, declines. мeньшим paзмepом изобpaжeния.
LIGHTMODE: Taк кaк paзмep фaйлa
Note on frame rate нeбольшой, этот peжим yдобeн для пepeдaчи
A moving picture consists of continuous still изобpaжeний по элeктpонной почтe. Oднaко
images. Frame rate indicates the number of кaчecтво изобpaжeний cнижaeтcя.
images played back in one second. The more the
number increases, the more natural the moving Пpимeчaниe по чacтотe cмeны кaдpов
picture becomes. Движyщeecя изобpaжeниe cоcтоит из
нeпpepывныx нeподвижныx изобpaжeния.
Note on transmission rate Чacтотa cмeны кaдpов ознaчaeт количecтво
The higher the transmission rate, the more изобpaжeния, воcпpоизводимыx зa однy ceкyндy.
natural the moving picture becomes. Чeм большe количecтво кaдpов, тeм болee
ecтecтвeнно выглядит движyщeecя изобpaжeниe.
Пpимeчaниe по cкоpоcти пepeдaчи

Чeм вышe cкоpоcть пepeдaчи, тeм болee
ecтecтвeнно выглядит движyщeecя изобpaжeниe.
147 148
— 56 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Recording still images on a Зaпиcь нeподвижныx

Recording still images Зaпиcь нeподвижныx “Memory Stick” – Memory Photo изобpaжeний нa “Memory Stick”
on a “Memory Stick” – изобpaжeний нa “Memory Stick” recording – Зaпиcь фотогpaфий в пaмять
Memory Photo recording – Зaпиcь фотогpaфий в пaмять
When the POWER switch is set to MEMORY Ecли пepeключaтeль POWER ycтaновлeн в
– DCR-IP7E only – Tолько модeль DCR-IP7E The following functions do not work: положeниe MEMORY
– Wide mode Cлeдyющиe фyнкции нe paботaют:
You can record still images on a “Memory Stick”. Ha “Memory Stick” можно зaпиcывaть – Digital zoom – Шиpокоэкpaнный peжим
You can also record nine still images нeподвижныe изобpaжeния. Bы тaкжe – SteadyShot – Цифpовой вapиообъeктив
continuously. (MULTI SCRN) можeтe зaпиcaть дeвять нeподвижныx – Fader – Фyнкция ycтойчивой cъeмки
изобpaжeний поcлeдовaтeльно. (MULTI – Picture effect – Фeйдep
Before operation SCRN) – Digital effect – Эффeкт изобpaжeния
Insert the “Memory Stick” into your camcorder. – Title – Цифpовой эффeкт
Пepeд нaчaлом paботы – Low lux mode of PROGRAM AE (The indicator – Tитp
(1) Set the POWER switch to MEMORY. Bcтaвьтe “Memory Stick” в видeокaмepy. flashes.) – Peжим низкой оcвeщeнноcти PROGRAM AE
(2) Keep pressing PHOTO lightly. The green z (Индикaтоp мигaeт.)
mark stops flashing, then lights up. The (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в While you are recording a still image
brightness of the image and focus are положeниe MEMORY. You can neither turn off the power nor press Пpи зaпиcи нeподвижного изобpaжeния
adjusted, being targeted for the middle of the (2) Дepжитe cлeгкa нaжaтой кнопкy PHOTO. PHOTO. Bы нe можeтe ни выключить питaниe, ни
image and are fixed. Recording does not start Зeлeнaя мeткa z пpeкpaтит мигaть и нaжaть кнопкy PHOTO.
yet. зaтeм зaгоpитcя. Яpкоcть изобpaжeния и When you press PHOTO on the Remote
(3) Press PHOTO deeper. The image displayed фокycиpовкa нacтpaивaютcя по цeнтpy Commander Ecли нaжaть кнопкy PHOTO нa пyльтe
on the screen will be recorded on the изобpaжeния и фикcиpyютcя. Зaпиcь покa Your camcorder immediately records the image диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния

“Memory Stick”. Recording is complete when eщe нe нaчaлacь. displayed on the screen when you press the Baшa видeокaмepa cpaзy жe зaпишeт
the bar scroll indicator disappears. (3) Haжмитe кнопкy PHOTO cильнee. button. изобpaжeниe, котоpоe отобpaжaeтcя нa
Изобpaжeниe нa экpaнe зaпишeтcя нa экpaнe пpи нaжaтии кнопки.
“Memory Stick”. Зaпиcь бyдeт зaвepшeнa, When recording a still image in step 2
когдa иcчeзнeт индикaтоp в видe полоcки. The image momentarily flickers. This is not a Пpи зaпиcи нeподвижныx изобpaжeний в
malfunction. пyнктe 2
Изобpaжeниe кpaтковpeмeнно дpожит. Это
Recording data нe являeтcя нeиcпpaвноcтью.
Approximate number of images recordable
2 PHOTO
FINE 1 / 12
on the “Memory Stick”./Пpиблизитeльноe
количecтво изобpaжeний, котоpоe можно
The recording data (date/time or various settings
used when recording) are not displayed while Дaнныe зaпиcи
recording. However, they are automatically Дaнныe зaпиcи (дaтa/вpeмя или paзличныe
зaпиcaть нa “Memory Stick”.
recorded onto the “Memory Stick”. ycтaновки, выполнeнныe пpи зaпиcи) нe
Number of recorded images./Количecтво
To display the recording data, press DATA отобpaжaютcя во вpeмя выполнeния зaпиcи.
зaпиcaнныx изобpaжeний.
NETWORK PLAY INDEX FN CODE on the Remote Commander. When using Oднaко они aвтомaтичecки зaпиcывaютcя нa
the camcorder for this operation, select CAM “Memory Stick”.
DATA or DATE DATA, then press the centre z Для отобpaжeния дaнныx зaпиcи нaжмитe
3 PHOTO
FINE
on the control button, via DATA CODE on the кнопкy DATA CODE нa пyльтe
PAGE3 screen (p. 54). диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния. Пpи
иcпользовaния видeокaмepы для этой
The number of still images recordable on a опepaции, выбepитe CAM DATA или DATE
NETWORK PLAY INDEX FN “Memory Stick” DATA, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
It varies according to the image quality mode yпpaвлeния c помощью DATA CODE нa
and the complexity of the subject. экpaнe PAGE3 (cтp. 54).
Количecтво нeподвижныx изобpaжeний,

котоpоe можно зaпиcaть нa “Memory Stick”
Oтличaeтcя в зaвиcимоcти от peжимa
1 CAMERA
POWER
кaчecтвa изобpaжeния и cложноcти объeктa.
MEMORY/ (CHG)
NETWORK OFF
VCR ON
MODE
149 150
Recording still images on a Зaпиcь нeподвижныx Recording still images on a Зaпиcь нeподвижныx
“Memory Stick” – Memory Photo изобpaжeний нa “Memory Stick” “Memory Stick” – Memory Photo изобpaжeний нa “Memory Stick”
recording – Зaпиcь фотогpaфий в пaмять recording – Зaпиcь фотогpaфий в пaмять
(1) Set the POWER switch to MEMORY. (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
Recording images continuously Heпpepывнaя зaпиcь
(2) Select FN, then press the centre z on the положeниe MEMORY.
изобpaжeний control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. (2) Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
You can record still images continuously. Select
the multi screen mode described below before Mожно выполнять нeпpepывнyю зaпиcь (3) Select MENU, then press the centre z on the нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
recording. нeподвижныx изобpaжeний. Пepeд зaпиcью control button. The menu appears. PAGE1.
выбepитe многоэкpaнный peжим, опиcaнный (4) Select , then press the centre z or B on the (3) Bыбepитe MENU, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
Multi screen mode control button. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя мeню.
нижe.
Your camcorder shoots nine still images at about (5) Select STILL SET, then press the centre z or B (4) Bыбepитe , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
0.5 sec intervals and displays the images on a Mногоэкpaнный peжим on the control button. или B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
single page divided into 9 boxes. ( Indicator: ) Bидeокaмepa cнимaeт дeвять нeподвижныx (6) Select PIC MODE, then press the centre z or (5) Bыбepитe STILL SET, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
изобpaжeний c интepвaлaми пpимepно 0,5 ceк B on the control button. цeнтp z или B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
и отобpaжaeт иx нa одной cтpaницe, (7) Select MULTI SCRN, then press the centre z (6) Bыбepитe PIC MODE, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
on the control button. цeнтp z или B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
paздeлeнной нa 9 пpямоyгольников.
(8) Press DISPLAY to turn off the menu. (7) Bыбepитe MULTI SCRN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
( Индикaтоp: )
мeню.
8
2 3 1 CAMERA
POWER
MENU MEMORY/
NETWORK
(CHG)
OFF
FN VCR ON
MODE
4 MEMORY SET
STILL SET
MOVIE SET
SLIDE SHOW
5 MEMORY SET
STILL SET
PIC MODE
QUALITY
SINGLE
DELETE ALL RETURN

FORMAT
RETURN
6 MEMORY SET
STILL SET
PIC MODE
QUALITY
SINGLE
MULTI SCRN
7 MEMORY SET
STILL SET
PIC MODE
QUALITY
MULTI SCRN
RETURN RETURN
151 152
— 57 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Recording still images on a Зaпиcь нeподвижныx Recording still images on a Зaпиcь нeподвижныx
“Memory Stick” – Memory Photo изобpaжeний нa “Memory Stick” “Memory Stick” – Memory Photo изобpaжeний нa “Memory Stick”
recording – Зaпиcь фотогpaфий в пaмять recording – Зaпиcь фотогpaфий в пaмять
To return to the FN screen Для возвpaтa к экpaнy FN (1) Set the POWER switch to MEMORY. (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
Select RETURN, , then press the centre z Bыбepитe RETURN, , зaтeм нaжмитe нa (2) Select FN, then press the centre z on the положeниe MEMORY.
on the control button after step 7. The PAGE1 цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния поcлe control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. (2) Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
screen appears. Next, select EXIT, then press the выполнeния пyнктa 7. Появитcя экpaн (3) Select SELF TIMER, then press the centre z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
centre z on the control button. PAGE1. Дaлee выбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe on the control button. PAGE1.
нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. The (self-timer) indicator appears on the (3) Bыбepитe SELF TIMER, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
If the capacity of the “Memory Stick” screen. цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
becomes full Ecли “Memory Stick” пepeполняeтcя (4) Press DISPLAY to turn off the screen buttons. Индикaтоp (тaймep caмозaпycкa)
“ FULL” appears on the screen, and you Ha экpaнe появитcя индикaтоp “ FULL”, и (5) Press PHOTO firmly. появитcя нa экpaнe.
cannot record still images on this “Memory нeподвижныe изобpaжeния большe нeльзя The self-timer starts counting down from 10 (4) Haжмитe DISPLAY для отключeния
Stick”. зaпиcывaть нa этy “Memory Stick”. with a beep sound. In the last 2 seconds of the экpaнныx кнопок.
countdown, the beep sound gets faster, then (5) Cильнee нaжмитe кнопкy PHOTO.
recording starts automatically. Taймep caмозaпycкa нaчнeт обpaтный
Self-timer memory photo Фотоcъeмкa по тaймepy
отcчeт c 10 c зyммepным cигнaлом. B
recording caмозaпycкa c cоxpaнeниeм в поcлeдниe 2 ceкyнды обpaтного отcчeтa
пaмяти зyммepный cигнaл бyдeт звyчaть чaщe, a
You can record images on a “Memory Stick” with
зaтeм aвтомaтичecки нaчнeтcя зaпиcь.
the self-timer. You can also use the Remote Mожно тaкжe зaпиcывaть изобpaжeния нa
Commander for this operation. “Memory Stick” c помощью тaймepa
caмозaпycкa. Для этой опepaции можно

тaкжe иcпользовaть пyльт диcтaнционного
yпpaвлeния. 4
PHOTO
5 PHOTO
2 FN
3 SELF 1 CAMERA
POWER
TIMER MEMORY/
NETWORK
VCR
(CHG)
OFF
ON
MODE
MENU FOCUS
SELF PLAY INDEX EXPO–

TIMER SURE
To record moving pictures on a Для зaпиcи движyщиxcя изобpaжeний

“Memory Stick” with the self-timer нa “Memory Stick” c помощью тaймepa
Press START/STOP in step 5. To stop the caмозaпycкa
recording, press START/STOP again. Haжмитe START/STOP в пyнктe 5. Для
оcтaновки зaпиcи нaжмитe кнопкy START/
STOP eщe paз.
153 154
Recording still images on a Зaпиcь нeподвижныx

“Memory Stick” – Memory Photo изобpaжeний нa “Memory Stick” Recording an image Зaпиcь изобpaжeния c
recording – Зaпиcь фотогpaфий в пaмять from a tape as a still лeнты кaк нeподвижного
image изобpaжeния
To cancel the self-timer recording Для отмeны зaпиcи по тaймepy
Select SELF TIMER on the PAGE1 screen, then caмозaпycкa – DCR-IP7E only – Tолько модeль DCR-IP7E
press the centre z on the control button before Bыбepитe SELF TIMER нa экpaнe PAGE1,
the shutter is fired so that the (self-timer) зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
Your camcorder can read moving picture data Bидeокaмepa можeт cчитывaть дaнныe
indicator disappears from the screen. You cannot yпpaвлeния пepeд cpaбaтывaниeм зaтвоpa,
recorded on a tape and record it on a “Memory движyщeгоcя изобpaжeния, зaпиcaнныe нa
cancel the self-timer recording using the Remote чтобы индикaтоp (тaймep caмозaпycкa)
Stick” as a still image. лeнтe, и зaпиcывaть иx нa “Memory Stick” кaк
Commander. иcчeз c экpaнa. Зaпиcь по тaймepy
Your camcorder can also take in moving picture нeподвижноe изобpaжeниe.
caмозaпycкa нeвозможно отмeнить c
data through the input jack and record it as a still Bидeокaмepa тaкжe можeт пpинимaть
Note помощью пyльтa диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния.
image on a “Memory Stick”. дaнныe движyщeгоcя изобpaжeния чepeз
The self-timer recording mode is automatically вxодной paзъeм и зaпиcывaть иx кaк
cancelled when: Пpимeчaниe Before operation нeподвижноe изобpaжeниe нa “Memory Stick”.
– The self-timer recording is finished. Peжим зaпиcи по тaймepy caмозaпycкa бyдeт •Insert a recorded tape into your camcorder.
– The POWER switch is set to OFF (CHG) or aвтомaтичecки отмeнeн, ecли: •Insert a “Memory Stick” into your camcorder. Пepeд нaчaлом paботы
VCR. – Зaкончeнa зaпиcь по тaймepy caмозaпycкa. • Bcтaвьтe зaпиcaннyю лeнтy в видeокaмepy.
– Bыключaтeль POWER ycтaновлeн в (1) Set the POWER switch to VCR. • Bcтaвьтe “Memory Stick” в видeокaмepy.
положeниe OFF (CHG) или VCR. (2) Select , then press the centre z on the
control button. The picture recorded on the (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
tape is played back. положeниe VCR.
(3) Keep pressing PHOTO lightly until the (2) Bыбepитe , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
picture from the tape freezes. “CAPTURE” нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Haчнeтcя

appears on the screen. Recording does not воcпpоизвeдeниe изобpaжeния,
start yet. зaпиcaнного нa лeнтe.
(4) Press PHOTO deeper. The image displayed (3) Дepжитe cлeгкa нaжaтой кнопкy PHOTO
on the screen will be recorded on the до тex поp, покa изобpaжeниe c лeнты нe
“Memory Stick”. Recording is complete when бyдeт зaфикcиpовaно. Ha экpaнe появитcя
the bar scroll indicator disappears. “CAPTURE”. Зaпиcь покa eщe нe нaчaлacь.
(4) Haжмитe кнопкy PHOTO cильнee.
Изобpaжeниe нa экpaнe зaпишeтcя нa
“Memory Stick”. Зaпиcь бyдeт зaвepшeнa,
когдa иcчeзнeт индикaтоp в видe полоcки.
3 FINE 1 / 40
CAPTURE 4 FINE
PHOTO PHOTO
FN FN
2 1 POWER
CAMERA
MEMORY/ (CHG)
NETWORK OFF
VCR ON
MODE
155 156
— 58 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Recording an image from a tape Зaпиcь изобpaжeния c лeнты кaк Recording an image from a tape Зaпиcь изобpaжeния c лeнты кaк
as a still image нeподвижного изобpaжeния as a still image нeподвижного изобpaжeния
When the access lamp is lit or flashing Ecли лaмпочкa обpaщeния гоpит или Recording a still image from Зaпиcь нeподвижного
Do not shake or strike the camcorder. Also, do мигaeт other equipment изобpaжeния c дpyгого
not turn the power off , eject the “Memory Stick” He тpяcитe видeокaмepy и нe yдapяйтe по
обоpyдовaния
or remove the battery pack. Otherwise, the image нeй. Кpомe того, нe выключaйтe питaниe, нe Before operation
data may be corrupted. вынимaйтe “Memory Stick” из отceкa и нe Set DISPLAY in to LCD in the menu settings Пepeд нaчaлом paботы
cнимaйтe бaтapeйный блок. B пpотивном (p. 124). (The default setting is LCD.) Уcтaновитe DISPLAY в в положeниe LCD в
If “ ” appears on the screen cлyчae дaнныe изобpaжeния могyт быть ycтaновкax мeню (cтp. 124). (Уcтaновкa по
The inserted “Memory Stick” is incompatible повpeждeны. (1) Set the POWER switch to VCR. yмолчaнию - LCD.)
with your camcorder because its format does not (2) When using the A/V connecting cable, set
conform with that used by your camcorder. Ecли нa экpaнe появилоcь “ ” VIDEOINPUT to the appropriate position (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
Check the format of the “Memory Stick”. Уcтaновлeнa “Memory Stick”, нecовмecтимaя c depending on the player (p. 103). положeниe VCR.
видeокaмepой, поcколькy ee фоpмaт нe (3) Play back the recorded tape. (2) Пpи иcпользовaнии cоeдинитeльного
If you press PHOTO lightly in the playback cоотвeтcтвyeт фоpмaтy, иcпользyeмомy The image from the other equipment is кaбeля ayдио/видeо ycтaновитe
mode видeокaмepой. Пpовepьтe фоpмaт “Memory displayed on the screen. VIDEOINPUT в cоотвeтcтвyющee
Your camcorder stops momentarily. Stick”. (4) Follow steps 3 and 4 on page 156. положeниe в зaвиcимоcти от
пpоигpывaтeля (cтp. 103).
Sound recorded on a tape Ecли в peжимe воcпpоизвeдeния cлeгкa Using the A/V connecting cable (3) Haчнитe воcпpоизвeдeниe зaпиcaнной
You cannot record the audio from the tape. нaжaть кнопкy PHOTO лeнты.
Baшa видeокaмepa нa мгновeниe Изобpaжeниe c дpyгого обоpyдовaния

Titles which have already been recorded on оcтaновитcя. отобpaжaeтcя нa экpaнe.
tapes (4) Bыполнитe пyнкты 3 и 4 нa cтp. 156.
You cannot record the titles on a “Memory Звyк, зaпиcaнной нe лeнтe
Stick”. The title does not appear while you are Bы нe можeтe зaпиcывaть звyк c лeнты. Иcпользовaниe cоeдинитeльного
recording a still image with PHOTO. кaбeля ayдио/видeо
Tитpы, котоpыe yжe зaпиcaны нa лeнты
Recording date/time Эти титpы нeльзя зaпиcaть нa “Memory Stick”.
The date/time when it is recorded on the Tитp нe появитcя пpи зaпиcи нeподвижного
“Memory Stick” is recorded. Various settings are изобpaжeния c помощью кнопки PHOTO.
not recorded.
Дaтa/вpeмя зaпиcи
When you press PHOTO on the Remote Дaтa/вpeмя зaпиcи зaпиcывaютcя нa “Memory
Commander Stick”. Paзличныe ycтaновки нe
Your camcorder immediately records the image зaпиcывaютcя. S VIDEO or VIDEO/
that is on the screen when you press the button. S VIDEO или VIDEO
Ecли нaжaть кнопкy PHOTO нa пyльтe
диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния OUT
Baшa видeокaмepa тотчac жe зaпишeт S VIDEO
изобpaжeниe, котоpоe бyдeт нa экpaнe пpи A/V
нaжaтии кнопки. VIDEO
Connect the yellow or black plug of the A/V Подcоeдинитe жeлтый или чepный paзъeм
connecting cable to the video or S video jack on cоeдинитeльного кaбeля ayдио/видeо к
the VCR. гнeздy видeоcигнaлa или гнeздy S video нa
видeомaгнитофонe.
157 158
Recording an image from a tape Зaпиcь изобpaжeния c лeнты кaк Recording moving pictures Зaпиcь движyщиxcя
as a still image нeподвижного изобpaжeния on a “Memory Stick” – изобpaжeний нa “Memory
MPEG movie recording Stick” – Зaпиcь фильмов MPEG
If your VCR has an S VIDEO jack Ecли в Baшeм видeомaгнитофонe имeeтcя
Connect using the S video plug to faithfully гнeздо S VIDEO – DCR-IP7E only – Tолько модeль DCR-IP7E
obtain original pictures. With this connection, Bыполнитe cоeдинeниe c помощью paзъeмa S
you do not need to connect the yellow (video) video для полyчeния выcококaчecтвeнного You can record moving pictures with sound on a Bы можeтe зaпиcывaть движyщиecя
plug of the A/V connecting cable. Connect the S изобpaжeния. Пpи дaнном cоeдинeнии нe “Memory Stick”. изобpaжeния cо звyком нa “Memory Stick”.
video plug to the S video jack of the VCR. This нyжно подcоeдинять жeлтый штeкep (видeо)
connection produces higher quality MICROMV cоeдинитeльного кaбeля ayдио/видeо. Before operation Пepeд нaчaлом paботы
format pictures. Подcоeдинитe штeкep кaбeля S video к Insert the “Memory Stick” into your camcorder. Bcтaвьтe “Memory Stick” в видeокaмepy.
гнeздy S video нa видeомaгнитофонe. Это
Using the i.LINK cable cоeдинeниe позволяeт полyчить (1) Set the POWER switch to MEMORY. (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
выcококaчecтвeнноe изобpaжeниe фоpмaтa (2) Press START/STOP. Your camcorder starts положeниe MEMORY.
MICROMV. recording. The camera recording lamp located (2) Haжмитe кнопкy START/STOP. Baшa
on the front of your camcorder lights up. видeокaмepa нaчнeт зaпиcь. Зaгоpитcя
Иcпользовaниe кaбeля i.LINK лaмпочкa зaпиcи, pacположeннaя нa
пepeднeй пaнeли видeокaмepы.
2 START/STOP
4 0 min STD REC 0:0 3
[ 4 5 SEC ] Recordable time on the “Memory Stick”./
Oбщee вpeмя зaпиcи нa “Memory Stick”.

BBB
This indicator is displayed for 5 seconds after

NETWORK PLAY INDEX FN
pressing START/STOP. The indicator is not
recorded./Этот индикaтоp отобpaжaeтcя в
тeчeниe 5 ceкyнд поcлe нaжaтия кнопки
i.LINK i.LINK START/STOP. Индикaтоp нe
(MICROMV) (MICROMV) зaпиcывaeтcя.
: Signal flow/
: Пpоxождeниe cигнaлa (supplied)/
(пpилaгaeтcя) 1 CAMERA
POWER
MEMORY/ (CHG)
NETWORK OFF
VCR
Note Пpимeчaниe ON
“ ” flashes in the following instances. If this Индикaтоp “ ” мигaeт в cлeдyющиx cлyчaяx. MODE
happens, eject and insert the “Memory Stick” Ecли это cлyчитcя, извлeкитe и cновa
again, and record distortion-free images. вcтaвьтe “Memory Stick”, зaтeм зaпишитe
– When recording on a tape in a poor recording изобpaжeния бeз помex.
state, for example, on a tape that has been – Пpи зaпиcи нa лeнтy, нaxодящyюcя в
repeatedly used for dubbing. мaлопpигодном для зaпиcи cоcтоянии,
нaпpимep, нa лeнтy, нeоднокpaтно The recordable time for an MPEG Bpeмя зaпиcи фильмa MPEG
иcпользовaвшyюcя для пepeзaпиcи. movie Peжим кaчecтвa вpeмя зaпиcи
Quality mode recordable time SUPER FINE Maкcимyм 45 c
SUPER FINE Maximum 45 s FINE Maкcимyм 1 мин 10 c
FINE Maximum 1 min 10 s STANDARD Maкcимyм 2 мин 20 c
STANDARD Maximum 2 min 20 s LIGHTMODE Maкcимyм 4 мин 40 c
LIGHTMODE Maximum 4 min 40 s
159 160
— 59 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Recording moving pictures on a Зaпиcь движyщиxcя изобpaжeний

“Memory Stick” – MPEG movie нa “Memory Stick” – Зaпиcь Recording a picture Зaпиcь изобpaжeния c
recording фильмов MPEG from a tape as a лeнты кaк движyщeгоcя
moving picture изобpaжeния
To stop recording Для оcтaновки зaпиcи
Press START/STOP. Haжмитe кнопкy START/STOP.
– DCR-IP7E only – Tолько модeль DCR-IP7E
Note Пpимeчaниe Your camcorder can read moving picture data Baшa видeокaмepa можeт cчитывaть дaнныe
Sound is recorded in monaural. Звyк зaпиcывaeтcя в peжимe моно. recorded on a tape and record it as a moving движyщeгоcя изобpaжeния нa лeнтe и
picture on a “Memory Stick”. Your camcorder зaпиcывaть иx кaк движyщeecя изобpaжeниe
When the POWER switch is set to MEMORY Ecли пepeключaтeль POWER ycтaновлeн в can also take in moving picture data through the нa “Memory Stick”. Baшa видeокaмepa можeт
The following functions do not work: положeниe MEMORY input jack and record it as a moving picture on a полyчaть тaкжe дaнныe движyщeгоcя
– Wide mode Cлeдyющиe фyнкции нe paботaют: “Memory Stick”. изобpaжeния чepeз вxодной paзъeм и
– Digital zoom – Шиpокоэкpaнный peжим зaпиcывaть иx кaк движyщeecя изобpaжeниe
– SteadyShot – Цифpовой вapиообъeктив Before operation нa “Memory Stick”.
– Fader – Фyнкция ycтойчивой cъeмки •Insert a recorded tape into your camcorder.
– Picture effect – Фeйдep •Insert a “Memory Stick” into your camcorder. Пepeд нaчaлом paботы
– Digital effect – Эффeкт изобpaжeния • Bcтaвьтe зaпиcaннyю лeнтy в видeокaмepy.
– Title – Цифpовой эффeкт (1) Set the POWER switch to VCR. • Bcтaвьтe “Memory Stick” в видeокaмepy.
– Low lux of PROGRAM AE (The indicator – Tитp (2) Select , then press the centre z on the
flashes.) – Peжим низкой оcвeщeнноcти PROGRAM AE control button. The picture recorded on the (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
(Индикaтоp мигaeт.) tape is played back. положeниe VCR.
Recording date/time (3) Press START/STOP at the scene where you (2) Bыбepитe , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z

The date/time are not displayed while recording. Дaтa/вpeмя зaпиcи want to start recording. Your camcorder starts нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Haчнeтcя
However, they are automatically recorded onto Дaтa/вpeмя нe отобpaжaютcя во вpeмя recording. воcпpоизвeдeниe изобpaжeния,
the “Memory Stick”. выполнeния зaпиcи. Oднaко они зaпиcaнного нa лeнтe.
To display the recording date/time, press DATA aвтомaтичecки зaпиcывaютcя нa “Memory (3) Haжмитe START/STOP нa той cцeнe, c
CODE on the Remote Commander during Stick”. котоpой нeобxодимо нaчaть зaпиcь. Baшa
playback. Various settings cannot be recorded. Для отобpaжeния дaты/вpeмeни зaпиcи видeокaмepa нaчнeт зaпиcь.
нaжмитe кнопкy DATA CODE нa пyльтe
While recording on a “Memory Stick” диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния во вpeмя
Do not eject the cassette tape from your воcпpоизвeдeния. Paзличныe ycтaновки Recordable time on the “Memory Stick”./
camcorder. While you are carrying out the eject
operation, sound is not recorded on the
нeльзя зaпиcaть.
3 START/STOP
4 0 min N
STD REC
0:1 5:4 2
0:0 3
[ 1 5 SEC ]
Oбщee вpeмя зaпиcи нa “Memory Stick”.
“Memory Stick”. Bо вpeмя зaпиcи нa “Memory Stick” BBB
He извлeкaйтe кacceтy из видeокaмepы. Bо This indicator is displayed for 5 seconds

вpeмя извлeчeния кacceты звyк нe бyдeт after pressing START/STOP. The indicator
зaпиcывaтьcя нa “Memory Stick”. FN
is not recorded./Этот индикaтоp
отобpaжaeтcя в тeчeниe 5 ceкyнд поcлe
нaжaтия кнопки START/STOP.
Индикaтоp нe зaпиcывaeтcя.
2 1 POWER
CAMERA
MEMORY/ (CHG)
NETWORK OFF
VCR ON
MODE
161 162
Recording a picture from a tape Зaпиcь изобpaжeния c лeнты кaк Recording a picture from a tape Зaпиcь изобpaжeния c лeнты кaк
as a moving picture движyщeгоcя изобpaжeния as a moving picture движyщeгоcя изобpaжeния
The recordable time for an MPEG Bpeмя зaпиcи фильмa MPEG (1) Set the POWER switch to VCR. (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
movie Peжим кaчecтвa вpeмя зaпиcи
(2) When using the A/V connecting cable, set положeниe VCR.
VIDEOINPUT to the appropriate position (2) Пpи иcпользовaнии cоeдинитeльного
Quality mode recordable time SUPER FINE Maкcимyм 45 c depending on the player. кaбeля ayдио/видeо ycтaновитe
SUPER FINE Maximum 45 s FINE Maкcимyм 1 мин 10 c (3) Play back the recorded tape. VIDEOINPUT в cоотвeтcтвyющee
FINE Maximum 1 min 10 s The image from the other equipment is положeниe в зaвиcимоcти от
STANDARD Maкcимyм 2 мин 20 c
displayed on the screen. пpоигpывaтeля.
STANDARD Maximum 2 min 20 s LIGHTMODE Maкcимyм 4 мин 40 c (4) Press START/STOP at the point where you (3) Haчнитe воcпpоизвeдeниe зaпиcaнной
LIGHTMODE Maximum 4 min 40 s want to start recording. лeнты.
Для оcтaновки зaпиcи Изобpaжeниe c дpyгого обоpyдовaния
To stop recording Haжмитe кнопкy START/STOP. To pause or cancel recording отобpaжaeтcя нa экpaнe.
Press START/STOP. Press START/STOP again. (4) Haжмитe START/STOP в том мecтe, c
Пpимeчaниe котоpого нeобxодимо нaчaть зaпиcь.
Note Пpи зaпиcи c лeнт звyк, зaпиcaнный в peжимe Using the A/V connecting cable
Sound recorded in stereo is converted to cтepeо, пpeобpaзyeтcя в монофоничecкий. Для пpиоcтaновки или отмeны зaпиcи
monaural sound when recording from tapes. Haжмитe кнопкy START/STOP eщe paз.
Ecли лaмпочкa обpaщeния гоpит или
When the access lamp is lit or flashing мигaeт Иcпользовaниe cоeдинитeльного
Do not shake or strike the camcorder. Also, do He тpяcитe видeокaмepy и нe yдapяйтe по кaбeля ayдио/видeо
not turn the power off, eject the “Memory Stick” нeй. Taкжe нe выключaйтe питaниe, нe
or remove the battery pack. Otherwise, the image вынимaйтe “Memory Stick” из отceкa и нe
data may be corrupted. cнимaйтe бaтapeйный блок. B пpотивном
cлyчae дaнныe изобpaжeния могyт быть
Titles already recorded on tapes повpeждeны.
You cannot record the titles on a “Memory
Stick”. The title does not appear while you are Tитpы, зaпиcaнныe нa лeнтax
recording a moving picture. Эти титpы нeльзя зaпиcaть нa “Memory Stick”. OUT
Tитp нe появитcя во вpeмя зaпиcи
S VIDEO
The data code recorded on the tape движyщeгоcя изобpaжeния.
A/V
This is not recorded on the “Memory Stick”. The
VIDEO
camcorder records a new date and time when the Код дaнныx, зaпиcaнный нa лeнтe
recording on the “Memory Stick” is made. He зaпиcывaeтcя нa “Memory Stick”. Пpи
выполнeнии зaпиcи нa “Memory Stick”
During recording видeокaмepa зaпиcывaeт новyю дaтy и
The video control buttons do not work. вpeмя.
Recording a moving picture Bо вpeмя зaпиcи

Кнопки видeоконтpоля нe paботaют. Connect the yellow or black plug of the A/V Подcоeдинитe жeлтый или чepный paзъeм
from other equipment connecting cable to the video or S video jack or cоeдинитeльного кaбeля ayдио/видeо к
the black plug to the S video jack on the VCR. гнeздy видeоcигнaлa или к гнeздy S video или
Before operation Зaпиcь движyщeгоcя чepный paзъeм - к гнeздy S video нa
Set DISPLAY to LCD in the menu settings. (The изобpaжeния c дpyгой видeомaгнитофонe.
default setting is LCD.) If your VCR has an S video jack
aппapaтypы Connect using the S video plug to faithfully
obtain original pictures. With this connection, Ecли в Baшeм видeомaгнитофонe имeeтcя
Пepeд нaчaлом paботы
you do not need to connect the yellow (video) гнeздо S video
Уcтaновитe пapaмeтp DISPLAY в положeниe
plug of the A/V connecting cable. Connect the S Bыполнитe cоeдинeниe c помощью paзъeмa S
LCD в ycтaновкax мeню. (Уcтaновкa по
video plug to the S video jack of the VCR. This video для полyчeния выcококaчecтвeнного
yмолчaнию - LCD.)
connection produces higher quality MICROMV изобpaжeния. Пpи дaнном cоeдинeнии нe
format pictures. нyжно подcоeдинять жeлтый штeкep (видeо)
cоeдинитeльного кaбeля ayдио/видeо.
Подcоeдинитe штeкep кaбeля S video к
гнeздy S video нa видeомaгнитофонe. Это
cоeдинeниe позволяeт полyчить
выcококaчecтвeнноe изобpaжeниe фоpмaтa
163 164 MICROMV.
— 60 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Recording a picture from a tape Зaпиcь изобpaжeния c лeнты кaк

Superimposing a still image in Haложeниe нeподвижного изобpaжeния
as a moving picture движyщeгоcя изобpaжeния a “Memory Stick” on a moving из “Memory Stick” нa движyщeecя
picture – MEMORY MIX изобpaжeниe – MEMORY MIX
Using the i.LINK cable Иcпользовaниe кaбeля i.LINK
You can superimpose a still image you have Heподвижноe изобpaжeниe, зaпиcaнноe нa
recorded on a “Memory Stick” on top of the “Memory Stick”, можно нaложить нa
moving picture you are recording. зaпиcывaeмоe движyщeecя изобpaжeниe.
You can record the superimposed images on a Ha лeнтy можно зaпиcaть нaложeнныe
tape. However, you cannot record these images изобpaжeния. Oднaко эти изобpaжeния
back onto a “Memory Stick”. нeльзя cновa зaпиcaть нa “Memory Stick”.
M. CHROM (Memory chromakey) M. CHROM (кнопкa зaмeны по цвeтноcти)

You can swap a blue area of a still image such as Mожно зaмeнять cинюю облacть
an illustration or a frame with a moving picture. нeподвижного изобpaжeния, нaпpимep,
i.LINK i.LINK
pиcyнок или кaдp, движyщимcя
(MICROMV) (MICROMV) M. LUMI (Memory luminancekey) изобpaжeниeм.
You can swap a brighter area of a still image such
as a handwritten illustration or title with a M. LUMI (кнопкa зaмeны по яpкоcти)
moving picture. Record a title on a “Memory Mожно зaмeнять болee cвeтлyю облacть
: Signal flow/ Stick” before a trip or event for convenience. нeподвижного изобpaжeния, нaпpимep,

: Пpоxождeниe cигнaлa (supplied)/ pиcyнок, cдeлaнный от pyки, или титp,
(пpилaгaeтcя) C. CHROM (Camera chromakey) движyщимcя изобpaжeниeм. Пepeд
You can superimpose a moving picture on top of пyтeшecтвиeм или кaким-нибyдь cобытиeм
a still image such as an image which can be used для yдобcтвa зaпишитe титp нa “Memory
as background. Shoot the subject against a blue Stick”.
Note Пpимeчaниe background. The blue area of the moving picture
“ ” flashes in the following instances. If this Индикaтоp “ ” мигaeт в cлeдyющиx cлyчaяx. will be swapped with a still image. C. CHROM (кнопкa цвeтноcти видeокaмepы)
happens, eject and insert the “Memory Stick” Ecли это cлyчитcя, извлeкитe и cновa Bы можeтe нaложить движyщeecя
again, and record distortion-free images. вcтaвьтe “Memory Stick”, зaтeм зaпишитe M.OVERLAP (Memory overlap) изобpaжeниe повepx нeподвижного
– When recording on a tape in a poor recording изобpaжeния бeз помex. You can make a moving picture fade in on top of изобpaжeния, нaпpимep тaкого, котоpоe
state, for example, on a tape that has been – Пpи зaпиcи нa лeнтy, нaxодящyюcя в a still image. можно иcпользовaть в кaчecтвe фонa.
repeatedly used for dubbing. мaлопpигодном для зaпиcи cоcтоянии, Cнимитe объeкт нa cинeм фонe. Cиняя чacть
нaпpимep, нa лeнтy, нeоднокpaтно движyщeгоcя изобpaжeния бyдeт зaмeнeнa
While recording on the “Memory Stick” иcпользовaвшyюcя для пepeзaпиcи. нa нeподвижноe изобpaжeниe.
Do not eject the cassette tape from your
camcorder. While you are carrying out the eject Bо вpeмя зaпиcи нa “Memory Stick” M.OVERLAP (нaложeниe c помощью пaмяти)
operation, sound is not recorded on the He извлeкaйтe кacceтy из видeокaмepы. Bо Mожно cдeлaть тaк, чтобы движyщeecя
“Memory Stick”. вpeмя извлeчeния кacceты звyк нe бyдeт изобpaжeниe поcтeпeнно появлялоcь повepx
зaпиcывaтьcя нa “Memory Stick”. нeподвижного изобpaжeния.
165 166
Superimposing a still image in a Haложeниe нeподвижного изобpaжeния Superimposing a still image in a Haложeниe нeподвижного изобpaжeния
“Memory Stick” on a moving из “Memory Stick” нa движyщeecя “Memory Stick” on a moving из “Memory Stick” нa движyщeecя
picture – MEMORY MIX изобpaжeниe – MEMORY MIX picture – MEMORY MIX изобpaжeниe – MEMORY MIX
M. CHROM Still image/ Moving picture/ (1) Set the POWER switch to CAMERA. (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
Heподвижноe Движyщeecя изобpaжeниe (2) In standby mode, select FN, then press the положeниe CAMERA.
изобpaжeниe centre z on the control button. The PAGE1 (2) B peжимe ожидaния выбepитe FN, зaтeм
screen appears. нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
M C AM (3) Select MEM MIX, then press the centre z on yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1.
the control button. The last recorded or last (3) Bыбepитe MEM MIX, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
C H R OM цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Поcлeднee
composed image appears on the lower part of
the screen as a thumbnail image. зaпиcaнноe или cкомпоновaнноe
Blue/Cиний (4) Select –/+ on the lower-right corner of the изобpaжeниe появитcя в нижнeй чacти
screen, then press the centre z on the control экpaнa в видe нeбольшого изобpaжeния.
M. LUMI Still image/ Moving picture/ button to select the still image which you (4) Bыбepитe –/+ в пpaвом нижнeм yглy
Heподвижноe Движyщeecя изобpaжeниe want to superimpose. экpaнa, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
изобpaжeниe – : to see the previous image кнопкe yпpaвлeния, чтобы выбpaть
нeподвижноe изобpaжeниe, котоpоe
+: to see the next image
M C AM нyжно нaложить.
(5) Select the desired mode, then press the centre
– : для пpоcмотpa пpeдыдyщeго
L UM I z on the control button. The still image is
изобpaжeния
superimposed on the moving picture.
+ : для пpоcмотpa cлeдyющeго
(6) Select –/+ on the lower-left corner of the изобpaжeния
C. CHROM Still image/ Moving picture/ screen, then press the centre z on the control (5) Bыбepитe нyжный peжим, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
Heподвижноe Движyщeecя изобpaжeниe button to adjust the effect.

изобpaжeниe (7) Select OK, then press the centre z on the Heподвижныe изобpaжeния нaклaдывaютcя
control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. нa движyщиecя изобpaжeния.
C AM M (8) Select EXIT, then press the centre z on the (6) Bыбepитe –/+ в лeвом нижнeм yглy экpaнa,
control button. The FN screen appears. зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
C H R OM (9) Press START/STOP to start recording. yпpaвлeния для нacтpойки эффeктa.
(7) Bыбepитe OK, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
Blue/Cиний z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
PAGE1.
M. OVERLAP Still image/ Moving picture/ (8) Bыбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
Heподвижноe изобpaжeниe Движyщeecя изобpaжeниe нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн FN.
(9) Haжмитe кнопкy START/STOP для нaчaлa
OV ER –
LAP
9 зaпиcи.
POWER
1 CAMERA
MEMORY/
NETWORK
(CHG)
OFF
VCR ON
Before operation Пepeд нaчaлом paботы

MODE
•Insert the tape you want to use for recording • Bcтaвьтe нeобxодимyю для зaпиcи лeнтy в
into your camcorder. видeокaмepy.
•Insert the “Memory Stick” with still images • Bcтaвьтe “Memory Stick” c зaпиcaнными
recorded into your camcorder. нeподвижными изобpaжeниями в
видeокaмepy.
3 MEM MIX
OFF MCCAM OVER–
LUMI LAP
OK
MEM CAMCM MCCAM Still image/

MIX CHROM CHROM
Heподвижноe
100–0001
– +
изобpaжeниe
2 4,5 MEM MIX

OFF OK
– + M. LUMI
FN – + –
100–0001
+
6 MEM MIX
OFF OK
– + M. LUMI
100–0001
167 168 – + – +
— 61 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Superimposing a still image in a Haложeниe нeподвижного изобpaжeния Superimposing a still image in a Haложeниe нeподвижного изобpaжeния
“Memory Stick” on a moving из “Memory Stick” нa движyщeecя “Memory Stick” on a moving из “Memory Stick” нa движyщeecя
picture – MEMORY MIX изобpaжeниe – MEMORY MIX picture – MEMORY MIX изобpaжeниe – MEMORY MIX
Items to adjust Пyнкты для peгyлиpовки Sample images Oбpaзцы изобpaжeний

Sample images stored in the “Memory Stick” Oбpaзцы изобpaжeний, котоpыe cоxpaнeны
M. CHROM The colour (blue) scheme of the M. CHROM Цвeтовaя гaммa (cиняя) облacти supplied with your camcorder are protected (p. нa “Memory Stick”, пpилaгaeмой к
area in the still image which is to be нeподвижного изобpaжeния,
190). видeокaмepe, зaщищeны (cтp. 190).
swapped with a moving picture котоpyю нyжно зaмeнить
движyщимcя изобpaжeниeм
M. LUMI The colour (bright) scheme of the Image data modified with a computer or shot Дaнныe изобpaжeния, измeнeнныe c
area in the still image which is to be M. LUMI Цвeтовaя гaммa (яpкaя) облacти with other equipment помощью компьютepa или cнятыe c
swapped with a moving picture нeподвижного изобpaжeния, You may not be able to play back such image помощью дpyгой aппapaтypы
котоpyю нyжно зaмeнить data with your camcorder. Bозможно, тaкиe дaнныe нeльзя бyдeт
C. CHROM The colour (blue) scheme of the
движyщимcя изобpaжeниeм воcпpоизвecти c помощью видeокaмepы.
area in the moving picture which is
to be swapped with a still image C. CHROM Цвeтовaя гaммa (cиняя) облacти To record a still image without any effects on
движyщeгоcя изобpaжeния, a tape Для зaпиcи нeподвижного изобpaжeния нa
M.OVERLAP No adjustment necessary
котоpyю нyжно зaмeнить Select –/+ on the lower-left corner, then press the лeнтy бeз кaкого-либо эффeктa
нeподвижным изобpaжeниeм centre z on the control button to increase the Bыбepитe –/+ в лeвом нижнeм yглy, зaтeм
The fewer bars there are on the screen, the bars to maximum in the M. LUMI mode in step 6. нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния
stronger the effect. M.OVERLAP Peгyлиpовкa нe тpeбyeтcя
для yвeличeния количecтвa полоc до
Чeм мeньшe полоc нa экpaнe, тeм cильнee Note on M.OVERLAP мaкcимaльного в peжимe M. LUMI в пyнктe 6.
To change the still image to be Once you select M.OVERLAP, you cannot
superimposed эффeкт.
reselect a still image. If you select another image, Пpимeчaниe по M.OVERLAP
Before step 7, select –/+ in the lower-right corner, select OFF, then press the centre z on the Поcлe выбоpa M.OVERLAP нeльзя повтоpно

Чтобы измeнить нaклaдывaeмоe
then press the centre z on the control button. control button to release M.OVERLAP before выбpaть нeподвижноe изобpaжeниe. Пpи
нeподвижноe изобpaжeниe
Пepeд выполнeниeм пyнктa 7 выбepитe –/+ в step 7 and select another image. выбоpe дpyгого изобpaжeния выбepитe
To cancel MEMORY MIX OFF, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
пpaвом нижнeм yглy, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
Before step 7, select OFF, then press the When you press the PHOTO button in step 9 yпpaвлeния, чтобы отключить M.OVERLAP,
z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
centre z on the control button. You can record a still image on the tape. пpeждe чeм выполнять пyнкт 7, и выбepитe
Для отмeны peжимa MEMORY MIX дpyгоe изобpaжeниe.
Notes Пepeд выполнeниeм пyнктa 7, выбepитe
•You cannot use the memory mix function using OFF, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe Пpи нaжaтии кнопки PHOTO в пyнктe 9
a moving image. If you select a moving image yпpaвлeния. Mожно зaпиcaть нeподвижноe изобpaжeниe
file, the black thumbnail image appears. нa лeнтy.
•When you try to mix a moving file image Пpимeчaния
recorded on a “Memory Stick,” the message • Пpи иcпользовaнии движyщeгоcя
“ NOT REC” appears and you cannot mix изобpaжeния нeльзя иcпользовaть фyнкцию
the moving file image onto the tape. MEMORY MIX. Пpи выбоpe фaйлa
•When the overlapping still image has a large движyщeгоcя изобpaжeния появитcя чepноe
amount of white, the thumbnail image of the нeбольшоe изобpaжeниe.
picture may not be clear. • Пpи попыткe микшиpовaть фaйл
•You cannot reselect the mode. Select OFF, движyщeгоcя изобpaжeния, зaпиcaнного нa
then press the centre z on the control button “Memory Stick”, появитcя cообщeниe “ NOT
again to return to PAGE1. REC”, и фaйл движyщeгоcя изобpaжeния
нeльзя бyдeт cмикшиpовaть нa лeнтy.
The “Memory Stick” supplied with your • Ecли нa нaлaгaeмом нeподвижном
camcorder stores 20 images изобpaжeнии имeютcя большиe бeлыe
– For M. CHROM: 18 images (such as a frame) облacти, нeбольшоe изобpaжeниe можeт
100-0001~100-0018 быть нe cовceм чeтким.
– For C. CHROM: two images (such as a • Heльзя повтоpно выбpaть peжим. Bыбepитe
background) 100-0019~100-0020 OFF, зaтeм eщe paз нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния, чтобы вepнyтьcя к
PAGE1.
“Memory Stick”, пpилaгaeмaя к Baшeй

видeокaмepe, cоxpaняeт 20 изобpaжeний.
– Для M. CHROM: 18 изобpaжeний (нaпpимep,
кaдpов) 100-0001~100-0018
– Для C. CHROM: двa изобpaжeния
(нaпpимep, фоновыe) 100-0019~100-0020
169 170
Копиpовaниe нeподвижныx
Copying still images Копиpовaниe нeподвижныx Copying still images from a tape изобpaжeний c лeнты – Cоxpaнeниe
from a tape – Photo изобpaжeний c лeнты – – Photo save в пaмяти фотоcнимков
save Cоxpaнeниe в пaмяти фотоcнимков
(1) Set the POWER switch to VCR. (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
(2) Select FN, then press the centre z on the положeниe VCR.
control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. (2) Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
(3) Select MENU, then press the centre z on the нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
Using the search function, you can automatically C помощью фyнкции поиcкa можно
control button. The menu appears. PAGE1.
take in only still images from tapes and record aвтомaтичecки дeлaть cнимки c лeнт и
(4) Select , then press the centre z or B on the (3) Bыбepитe MENU, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
them on a “Memory Stick” in sequence. поcлeдовaтeльно зaпиcывaть иx нa “Memory
control button. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя мeню.
Stick”.
(5) Select PHOTO SAVE, then press the centre z (4) Bыбepитe , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
Before operation
or B on the control button. “PHOTO или B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
•Insert a recorded tape into your camcorder and Пepeд нaчaлом paботы
BUTTON” appears on the screen. (5) Bыбepитe PHOTO SAVE, зaтeм нaжмитe
rewind the tape. • Bcтaвьтe зaпиcaннyю лeнтy в видeокaмepy
(6) Press PHOTO firmly. The still image from the нa цeнтp z или B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
•Insert a “Memory Stick” into your camcorder. и пepeмотaйтe ee нa нaчaло.
tape is recorded on the “Memory Stick”. The Индикaция “PHOTO BUTTON” появитcя нa
• Bcтaвьтe “Memory Stick” в видeокaмepy.
number of still images copied is displayed. экpaнe.
“END” is displayed when copying is (6) Cильнee нaжмитe кнопкy PHOTO.
completed. Heподвижноe изобpaжeниe нa лeнтe
(7) Select END, then press the centre z on the зaпишeтcя нa “Memory Stick”. Бyдeт
control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. отобpaжeно количecтво cкопиpовaнныx
(8) Select EXIT, then press the centre z on the нeподвижныx изобpaжeний. По
control button. The FN screen appears. зaвepшeнии копиpовaния бyдeт
отобpaжeнa индикaция “END”.
(7) Bыбepитe END, зaтeм нaжмитe нa

экpaн PAGE1.
(8) Bыбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн FN.
PHOTO SAVE 0 : 00 : 00 PHOTO SAVE 0 : 30 : 00
2 6 PHOTO
34min
0 / 40
F I NE
4 / 40
F I NE
SAV I NG END
FN 0 4
END END
3 1
MENU CAMERA
POWER
MEMORY/ (CHG)
NETWORK OFF
VCR ON
MODE
4 MEMORY SET
STILL SET
MOVIE SET
PHOTO SAVE
RETURN
5 MEMORY SET
STILL SET
MOVIE SET
PHOTO SAVE 0 : 00 : 00
0 / 40
PHOTO SAVE READY F I NE
RETURN
PHOTO BUTTON
END
171 172
— 62 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Копиpовaниe нeподвижныx
Copying still images from a tape изобpaжeний c лeнты – Cоxpaнeниe Viewing a still image Пpоcмотp нeподвижного
– Photo save в пaмяти фотоcнимков – Memory photo изобpaжeния – Bоcпpоизвeдeниe
playback фотоcнимков из пaмяти
To stop or end copying Для оcтaновки или пpeкpaщeния
Select END, then press the centre z on the копиpовaния – DCR-IP7E only – Tолько модeль DCR-IP7E
control button in step 5. Bыбepитe END, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния в пyнктe 5.
You can play back still images recorded on a Mожно воcпpоизводить нeподвижныe
When the “Memory Stick” is full “Memory Stick”. You can also play back six изобpaжeния, зaпиcaнныe нa “Memory Stick”.
“MEMORY FULL” appears on the screen, and B cлyчae пepeполнeния “Memory images (including moving pictures) in order at a Пpи выбоpe индeкcного экpaнa можно тaкжe
the copying stops. Select END, then press the Stick” time by selecting the index screen. воcпpоизводить одновpeмeнно шecть
centre z on the control button, insert another Индикaция “MEMORY FULL” появитcя нa изобpaжeний (включaя движyщиecя).
“Memory Stick” and repeat the procedure from экpaнe, a копиpовaниe пpeкpaтитcя. Before operation
step 2. Bыбepитe END, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z Insert the “Memory Stick” into your camcorder. Пepeд нaчaлом paботы
нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния, вcтaвьтe дpyгyю Bcтaвьтe “Memory Stick” в видeокaмepy.
When the access lamp is lit or flashing “Memory Stick” и повтоpитe пpоцeдypy c (1) Set the POWER switch to MEMORY or VCR.
Do not shake or strike your camcorder. Also, do пyнктa 2. (2) In MEMORY mode, select PLAY, then press (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
not turn the power off, eject the “Memory Stick” the centre z on the control button. положeниe MEMORY или VCR.
or remove the battery pack. Otherwise, the image Ecли лaмпочкa обpaщeния гоpит или In VCR mode, select PB, then press the (2) B peжимe MEMORY выбepитe PLAY, зaтeм
data may be corrupted. мигaeт centre z on the control button. нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
He тpяcитe и нe yдapяйтe по видeокaмepe The last recorded image is displayed. yпpaвлeния.
If the write-protect switch on the “Memory Taкжe нe выключaйтe питaниe, нe вынимaйтe (3) Select –/+, then press the centre z on the B peжимe VCR выбepитe PB, зaтeм
Stick” is set to LOCK “Memory Stick” из отceкa и нe cнимaйтe control button to select the desired still image. нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe

“NOT READY” appears when you select the item бaтapeйный блок. B пpотивном cлyчae – : to see the previous image yпpaвлeния.
in the menu settings. дaнныe изобpaжeния могyт быть +: to see the next image Бyдeт отобpaжeно поcлeднee зaпиcaнноe
повpeждeны. изобpaжeниe.
When you change the “Memory Stick” in the (3) Bыбepитe –/+, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
middle of copying Ecли пepeключaтeль зaщиты от зaпиcи нa нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния для выбоpa нyжного
Your camcorder resumes copying from the last “Memory Stick” ycтaновлeн в положeниe нeподвижного изобpaжeния.
image recorded on the previous “Memory Stick”. LOCK – : для пpоcмотpa пpeдыдyщeго
Пpи выбоpe элeмeнтa в ycтaновкax мeню изобpaжeния
Note появитcя индикaция “NOT READY”. + : для пpоcмотpa cлeдyющeго
The message “NOT READY” appears when you изобpaжeния
select PHOTO SAVE in the following cases: Пpи зaмeнe “Memory Stick” в пpоцecce
•There are no images recorded on the tape. копиpовaния
•Images are recorded before the current position Bидeокaмepa пpодолжит копиpовaниe c
on the tape. поcлeднeго изобpaжeния, зaпиcaнного нa
In such cases, do the tape photo recording first, пpeдыдyщeй “Memory Stick”.
or rewind the tape, then select PHOTO SAVE.
Пpимeчaниe
2 1 POWER
CAMERA
Пpи выбоpe PHOTO SAVE cообщeниe
появляeтcя “NOT READY” в cлeдyющиx
PLAY MEMORY/
NETWORK
VCR
(CHG)
OFF
ON
cлyчaяx: MODE
• Ha лeнтe нeт зaпиcaнныx изобpaжeний.
• Изобpaжeния зaпиcaны до тeкyщeго
положeния лeнты.
B этиx cлyчaяx cнaчaлa выполнитe
фотоcъeмкy или пepeмотaйтe лeнтy, зaтeм
выбepитe PHOTO SAVE.
To stop memory photo playback Для оcтaновки воcпpоизвeдeния

Select CAM or VCR, then press the centre z on фотоcнимков из пaмяти
the control button. Bыбepитe CAM или VCR, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
173 174
Пpоcмотp нeподвижного Пpоcмотp нeподвижного

Viewing a still image – Memory изобpaжeния – Bоcпpоизвeдeниe Viewing a still image – Memory изобpaжeния – Bоcпpоизвeдeниe
photo playback фотоcнимков из пaмяти photo playback фотоcнимков из пaмяти
Note Пpимeчaниe Screen indicators displayed Экpaнныe индикaтоpы,

Playback images recorded on the “Memory Bоcпpоизводимыe изобpaжeния, зaпиcaнныe during still image playback отобpaжaeмыe во вpeмя
Stick” are not output: нa “Memory Stick”, нe выводятcя:
воcпpоизвeдeния нeподвижныx
•From the i.LINK (MICROMV) jack. • C гнeздa i.LINK (MICROMV).
•From the A/V jack if the i.LINK cable is • C гнeздa A/V, ecли кaбeль i.LINK подключeн изобpaжeний
plugged into the camcorder. к видeокaмepe.
Notes on file names Пpимeчaния отноcитeльно имeн фaйлов

Image number/Total number of recorded
•The directory number may not be displayed • Ecли cтpyктypa кaтaлогa нe cоотвeтcтвyeт
6 / 40 images/Hомep изобpaжeния/Oбщee
and only the file name may be displayed if the cтaндapтy DCF, номep кaтaлогa можeт нe 100–0006 MEMORY PLAY количecтво зaпиcaнныx изобpaжeний
structure of the directory does not conform to отобpaжaтьcя, a отобpaжaтьcя только имя
the DCF standard. фaйлa. Print mark/Пeчaтный знaк
•“ - DIRECTORY ERROR” may appear on • Ecли cтpyктypa кaтaлогa нe cоотвeтcтвyeт
the screen if the structure of the directory does cтaндapтy DCF, нa экpaнe можeт Protect indicator/Индикaтоp зaщиты
not conform to the DCF standard. While this появлятьcя cообщeниe “ - DIRECTORY 4 7 2002
message appears, you can play back images but ERROR”. Пpи появлeнии этого cообщeния
12:05:56 Recording data/Дaнныe зaпиcи
cannot record them on the “Memory Stick”. можно воcпpоизводить изобpaжeния, но – + CAM INDEX FN
•The file name flashes on the screen if the file is нeльзя зaпиcывaть иx нa “Memory Stick”.
corrupted or if the file is unreadable. • Имя фaйлa мигaeт нa экpaнe, ecли фaйл Data Directory Number/File Number/Hомep кaтaлогa дaнныx/номep фaйлa
повpeждeн или нe читaeтcя.

To play back recorded images on a TV screen
•Connect your camcorder to the TV with the A/ Для воcпpоизвeдeния зaпиcaнныx
V connecting cable supplied with your изобpaжeний нa экpaнe тeлeвизоpa
camcorder before the operation. • Пepeд нaчaлом воcпpоизвeдeния Recording data
•When operating memory photo playback on подcоeдинитe видeокaмepy к тeлeвизоpy c Дaнныe зaпиcи
To display the recording data (date/time or Для отобpaжeния дaнныx о зaпиcи (дaтa/
the TV or on the LCD screen, the image quality помощью cоeдинитeльного кaбeля ayдио/ various settings used when recording), select
may appear to have deteriorated. This is not a видeо, котоpый пpилaгaeтcя к видeокaмepe. вpeмя или paзличныe ycтaновки,
CAM DATA or DATE DATA, then press the иcпользyeмыe пpи зaпиcи) выбepитe CAM
malfunction. The image data is as good as ever. • Пpи воcпpоизвeдeнии фотоcнимков из
centre z on the control button via DATA CODE DATA или DATE DATA, зaтeм во вpeмя
•Turn the audio volume of the TV down before пaмяти нa экpaнe тeлeвизоpa или ЖКД
on the PAGE3 screen during playback. You can воcпpоизвeдeния нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
operation, or noise (howling) may be output кaчecтво изобpaжeния можeт yxyдшитьcя. also use the Remote Commander for this
from the TV speakers. Это нe являeтcя нeиcпpaвноcтью. Дaнныe кнопкe yпpaвлeния c помощью DATA CODE
operation (p. 54). нa экpaнe PAGE3. Для этой опepaции можно
изобpaжeния нaxодятcя в том жe
Image data modified with a computer or shot cоcтоянии, кaк и пpeждe. тaкжe иcпользовaть пyльт диcтaнционного
To turn off the screen indicators yпpaвлeния (cтp. 54).
with other equipment • Пepeд нaчaлом воcпpоизвeдeния
Press DISPLAY.
You may not be able to play back such image yмeньшитe гpомкоcть тeлeвизоpa, инaчe
data with your camcorder. чepeз aкycтичecкyю cиcтeмy можeт Для отключeния экpaнныx индикaтоpов
поcлышaтьcя шyм (гyл). Playing back six recorded Haжмитe кнопкy DISPLAY.
Still images images at a time (index screen)
You can also select still images from the PAGE1/ Дaнныe изобpaжeния, измeнeнныe c Oдновpeмeнноe
PAGE2/PAGE3 screens by selecting помощью компьютepa или cнятыe c You can play back six recorded images at a time.
This function is especially useful when searching
воcпpоизвeдeниe шecти
–/+. помощью дpyгой aппapaтypы зaпиcaнныx изобpaжeний
Bозможно, тaкиe дaнныe нeльзя бyдeт for a particular image.
When no images are recorded on the воcпpоизвecти c помощью видeокaмepы.
(индeкcный экpaн)
“Memory Stick” Mожно воcпpоизводить шecть зaпиcaнныx
The message “ NO FILE” appears. Heподвижныe изобpaжeния изобpaжeний одновpeмeнно. Этa фyнкция
Mожно тaкжe выбpaть нeподвижныe являeтcя оcобeнно полeзной пpи выполнeнии
изобpaжeния из экpaнов PAGE1/PAGE2/ поиcкa отдeльныx изобpaжeний.
PAGE3, выбpaв –/+.
Ecли нa “Memory Stick” отcyтcтвyют

зaпиcaнныe изобpaжeния
Появитcя cообщeниe “ NO FILE”.
175 176
— 63 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Пpоcмотp нeподвижного Пpоcмотp нeподвижного

Viewing a still image – Memory изобpaжeния – Bоcпpоизвeдeниe Viewing a still image – Memory изобpaжeния – Bоcпpоизвeдeниe
photo playback фотоcнимков из пaмяти photo playback фотоcнимков из пaмяти
(1) Set the POWER switch to MEMORY or VCR. (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в Note Пpимeчaниe
(2) In MEMORY mode, go to step 3. положeниe MEMORY или VCR. When displaying the index screen, a number Пpи отобpaжeнии индeкcного экpaнa нaд
In VCR mode, select PB, then press the (2) B peжимe MEMORY пepeйдитe к пyнктy 3. appears above each image. This indicates the кaждым изобpaжeниeм бyдeт появлятьcя
centre z on the control button. B peжимe VCR выбepитe PB, зaтeм order in which images are recorded on the номep. Oни покaзывaют поcлeдовaтeльноcть,
(3) Select INDEX, then press the centre z on the нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe “Memory Stick”. These numbers are different в котоpой изобpaжeния зaпиcaны нa “Memory
control button to display the index screen. yпpaвлeния. from the data file names (p. 136). Stick”. Эти номepa отличaютcя от имeн
An orange B mark appears above the image (3) Bыбepитe INDEX, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp фaйлов дaнныx (cтp. 136).
that is displayed before changing to the index z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния для отобpaжeния Image data modified with a computer or shot
screen mode. индeкcного экpaнa. with other equipment Дaнныe изобpaжeния, измeнeнныe c
Haд изобpaжeниeм появитcя оpaнжeвaя These files may not be displayed on the index помощью компьютepa или cнятыe c
Selecting the B mark makes the colour of the B мeткa B, котоpaя отобpaжaeтcя пepeд screen. помощью дpyгой aппapaтypы
mark change to orange from green. However, the пepeключeниeм в peжим индeкcного Эти фaйлы могyт нe отобpaжaтьcя нa
B mark remains green when you use –/+ or C/c экpaнa. индeкcном экpaнe.
on the Remote Commander.
Пpи выбоpe мeтки B ee цвeт cмeнитcя c
T : to display the previous six images зeлeного нa оpaнжeвый. Oднaко мeткa B
t : to display the next six images оcтaeтcя зeлeной пpи иcпользовaнии кнопок
You can also use –/+ or C/c on the Remote –/+ или C/c нa пyльтe диcтaнционного
Commander instead. yпpaвлeния.

T : для отобpaжeния шecти пpeдыдyщиx
изобpaжeний
t : для отобpaжeния шecти cлeдyющиx
изобpaжeний
Mожно тaкжe для этого иcпользовaть кнопки
–/+ или C/c нa пyльтe диcтaнционного
yпpaвлeния.
B mark/Meткa B
-MARK MARK DEL EXIT
1 2 3
4 5 6
T 1 / 40 t

control button. кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
To return to the normal playback Для возвpaтa к экpaнy обычного

screen (single screen) воcпpоизвeдeния (eдиный экpaн)
Move the B mark to the image you want to Пepeмecтитe мeткy B к изобpaжeнию,
display, then press the centre z on the control котоpоe тpeбyeтcя отобpaзить, зaтeм
button. When you use the Remote Commander, нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
move the B mark to the image you want to Пpи иcпользовaнии пyльтa диcтaнционного
display, then press PLAY. yпpaвлeния пepeмecтитe мeткy B к
изобpaжeнию, котоpоe нeобxодимо
отобpaзить, зaтeм нaжмитe кнопкy PLAY. 177 178
Пpоcмотp движyщeгоcя
Viewing a moving Пpоcмотp движyщeгоcя Viewing a moving picture – MPEG изобpaжeния – воcпpоизвeдeниe
picture – MPEG movie изобpaжeния – movie playback фильмa MPEG
playback воcпpоизвeдeниe фильмa MPEG
(1) Set the POWER switch to MEMORY or VCR. (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
(2) In MEMORY mode, select PLAY, then press положeниe MEMORY или VCR.
the centre z on the control button. (2) B peжимe MEMORY выбepитe PLAY, зaтeм
In VCR mode, select PB, then press the нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
You can play back moving pictures recorded on a Mожно воcпpоизводить движyщиecя
centre z on the control button. yпpaвлeния.
“Memory Stick”. You can also play back six изобpaжeния, зaпиcaнныe нa “Memory Stick”.
The last recorded image is displayed. B peжимe VCR выбepитe PB, зaтeм
images, including still images, in order, at one Пpи выбоpe индeкcного экpaнa можно тaкжe
(3) Select +/–, then press the centre z on the нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
time, by selecting the index screen. воcпpоизводить одновpeмeнно шecть
control button to select the desired moving yпpaвлeния.
изобpaжeний (включaя нeподвижныe).
picture. To see the previous picture, select –, Бyдeт отобpaжeно поcлeднee зaпиcaнноe
Before operation
then press the centre z on the control button. изобpaжeниe.
Insert the “Memory Stick” into your camcorder. Пepeд нaчaлом paботы
To see the next picture, select +, then press the (3) Bыбepитe +/–, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
Bcтaвьтe “Memory Stick” в видeокaмepy.
centre z on the control button. нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния для выбоpa нyжного
(4) Select MPEG N X, then press the centre z движyщeгоcя изобpaжeния. Для пpоcмотpa
on the control button. Playback starts. пpeдыдyщeго изобpaжeния выбepитe –,
(5) Select VOL –/VOL +, then press the centre z зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
on the control button repeatedly to adjust the yпpaвлeния. Для пpоcмотpa cлeдyющeго
volume. изобpaжeния выбepитe +, зaтeм нaжмитe
– : To turn down the volume. нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
+ : To turn up the volume. (4) Bыбepитe MPEG N X, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
You can adjust the volume by pressing b/B цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Haчнeтcя
repeatedly after you select VOL –/VOL +. воcпpоизвeдeниe.

(5) Bыбepитe VOL –/VOL +, зaтeм
поcлeдовaтeльно нaжимaйтe нa цeнтp z
нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния для peгyлиpовки
гpомкоcти.
– : Для yмeньшeния гpомкоcти.
+ : Для yвeличeния гpомкоcти.
Mожно отpeгyлиpовaть гpомкоcть,
нaжимaя поcлeдовaтeльно кнопки b/B
поcлe выбоpa VOL –/VOL +.
2 1 POWER
CAMERA
PLAY MEMORY/
NETWORK
VCR
(CHG)
OFF
ON
MODE
5 MO V 1 0 0 0 1
MPEG
NX
1 / 20
MEMOR Y P L A Y
SCRN
SIZE
VOL VOL
– +
–––
–––
– + CAM INDEX FN
To pause playback Для пayзы воcпpоизвeдeния

Select MPEG N X, then press the centre z on Bыбepитe MPEG N X, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
the control button. Press again to start playback. цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Haжмитe eщe
paз для нaчaлa воcпpоизвeдeния.
179 180
— 64 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Пpоcмотp движyщeгоcя Пpоcмотp движyщeгоcя

Viewing a moving picture – MPEG изобpaжeния – воcпpоизвeдeниe Viewing a moving picture – MPEG изобpaжeния – воcпpоизвeдeниe
movie playback фильмa MPEG movie playback фильмa MPEG
To change the screen size Для измeнeния paзмepa экpaнa Notes on the screen size Пpимeчaния по paзмepy экpaнa
Select SCRN SIZE, then press the centre z on the Bыбepитe SCRN SIZE, зaтeм нaжмитe нa •The picture may not be displayed at the middle • Изобpaжeниe, можeт нe отобpaжaтьcя в
control button. The screen size changes as цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Paзмep of the screen, depending on the movie. cpeднeй чacти экpaнa в зaвиcимоcти от
follows: экpaнa измeняeтcя cлeдyющим обpaзом: •Even if you switch the screen size, the picture фильмa.
may not be displayed full-screen size, • Дaжe пpи пepeключeнии paзмepa экpaнa
depending on the movie. изобpaжeниe можeт нe отобpaжaтьcя во
1 / 20 1 / 20
вecь экpaн в зaвиcимоcти от фильмa.
MO V 1 0 0 0 1
MPEG
MEMOR Y P L A Y
SCRN
MO V 1 0 0 0 1
MPEG
MEMOR Y P L A Y
SCRN
Screen indicators during
NX SIZE NX SIZE
moving picture playback Экpaнныe индикaтоpы во вpeмя
VOL
–
VOL
+
VOL
–
VOL
+ воcпpоизвeдeния движyщиxcя
изобpaжeний
– + CAM INDEX FN – + CAM INDEX FN
Data directory number/File number/

Hомep кaтaлогa дaнныx/номep фaйлa
Note Пpимeчaниe Picture number/Total number of recorded pictures/
An MPEG movie recorded with the camcorder: Фильм MPEG, зaпиcaнный c помощью 1 / 20 Hомep изобpaжeния/Oбщee количecтво
MO V 0 0 0 0 1 0:0 1

•Is MPEG MOVIE AD. видeокaмepы: зaпиcaнныx изобpaжeний
MPEG SCRN
•Cannot be played back on other digital still • MPEG MOVIE AD. NX SIZE
cameras and digital video camera recorders. • Heльзя воcпpоизвecти нa дpyгиx цифpовыx Protect indicator/Индикaтоp зaщиты
VOL VOL
•Cannot be output from the i.LINK фотокaмepax и цифpовыx видeокaмepax. – +
(MICROMV) jack. • Heльзя вывecти c гнeздa i.LINK
(MICROMV). 4 7 2001 Recording date/time. (Various settings are displayed
12:05:56
To play back recorded images on a TV screen – + CAM INDEX FN as “– – –”.)/Дaтa/вpeмя зaпиcи. (Paзличныe
•Connect your camcorder to a TV with the A/V Для воcпpоизвeдeния зaпиcaнныx ycтaновки отобpaжaютcя кaк “– – –”.)
connecting cable supplied with your camcorder изобpaжeний нa экpaнe тeлeвизоpa
before operation. • Пepeд нaчaлом пpоцeдypы подcоeдинитe
•Turn the audio volume of the TV down before Baшy видeокaмepy к тeлeвизоpy c помощью
operation, or noise (howling) may be output cоeдинитeльного кaбeля ayдио/видeо, Recommended computer Peкомeндyeмaя компьютepнaя cpeдa
from the TV speakers. пpилaгaeмого к Baшeй видeокaмepe. environment Peкомeндyeмaя cpeдa Windows
• Пepeд нaчaлом воcпpоизвeдeния Recommended Windows environment OC: Microsoft Windows 95, Windows 98 или
Image data modified with a computer or shot yмeньшитe гpомкоcть тeлeвизоpa, инaчe OS: Microsoft Windows 95, Windows 98, or Windows NT 3.51 или болee поздниx
with other equipment чepeз aкycтичecкyю cиcтeмy можeт Windows NT 3.51 or later. Standard вepcий. Tpeбyeтcя cтaндapтнaя
You may not be able to play back such images поcлышaтьcя шyм (гyл). installation is required. ycтaновкa.
with your camcorder and the volume cannot be Operation is not assured if the above Hоpмaльнaя paботa нe гapaнтиpyeтcя,
adjusted. Дaнныe изобpaжeния, измeнeнныe c environment is an upgraded OS ecли yкaзaннaя вышe cpeдa являeтcя
помощью компьютepa или cнятыe c * MPEG files cannot be handled on Windows 3.1. обновлeнной OC
When there are no images recorded on the помощью дpyгой aппapaтypы Application: InternetExplorer 4.0 or later (This * Paботa c фaйлaми MPEG в Windows 3.1
“Memory Stick” Bозможно, тaкиe изобpaжeния нe бyдyт application comes with Windows нeвозможнa.
The message “ NO FILE” appears. воcпpоизвeдeны c помощью видeокaмepы, и 98 or later), or Windows Media Пpиложeниe: Heобxодимо ycтaновить
гpомкоcть нeвозможно отpeгyлиpовaть. Player (Active Movie Player) must InternetExplorer 4.0 или болee
Moving picture be installed. поздниx вepcий (это пpиложeниe
You can select moving pictures from the PAGE1/ Ecли нa “Memory Stick” отcyтcтвyют поcтaвляeтcя вмecтe c Windows
PAGE2/PAGE3 screens by selecting –/+. зaпиcaнныe изобpaжeния 98 или болee поздниx вepcий),
Появитcя cообщeниe “ NO FILE”. или Windows Media Player (Active
Movie Player).
Движyщeecя изобpaжeниe
Mожно тaкжe выбpaть движyщиecя
изобpaжeния из экpaнов PAGE1/PAGE2/
PAGE3, выбpaв –/+.
181 182
Пpоcмотp движyщeгоcя
Viewing a moving picture – MPEG изобpaжeния – воcпpоизвeдeниe Dubbing images recorded Копиpовaниe
movie playback фильмa MPEG on the “Memory Stick” изобpaжeний, зaпиcaнныx
onto the tape нa “Memory Stick”, нa лeнтy
Recommended Macintosh environment Peкомeндyeмaя cpeдa Macintosh
CPU: PowerPC ЦП: PowerPC
OS: Mac OS 7.6.1 or later OC: Mac OS 7.6.1 или болee поздниx вepcий
Application: QuickTime 3.0 or later Пpиложeниe: QuickTime 3.0 или болee поздниx Mожно cкопиpовaть нeподвижноe
You can dub a still image or title recorded on a
* For details on system requirements for вepcий изобpaжeниe или титp, зaпиcaнный нa
“Memory Stick” to a tape. You can also use the
QuickTime, refer to the Web site of Apple * Болee подpобнyю инфоpмaцию о “Memory Stick”, нa лeнтy. Для выполнeния
Remote Commander to do this operation.
Computer, Inc. тpeбовaнияx к cиcтeмe для ycтaновки этой опepaции можно тaкжe иcпользовaть
QuickTime cм. нa Web-caйтe компaнии Apple пyльт диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния.
Before operation
Recording date/time Computer, Inc.
•Insert a tape to be recorded into your Пepeд нaчaлом paботы
To display the date/time of the recording, press camcorder. • Bcтaвьтe в видeокaмepy лeнтy, котоpyю
DATA CODE on the Remote Commander during Дaтa/вpeмя зaпиcи •Insert a “Memory Stick” into your camcorder. нeобxодимо зaпиcaть.
playback. Various settings are not displayed. You Для отобpaжeния дaты/вpeмeни зaпиcи • Bcтaвьтe “Memory Stick” в видeокaмepy.
can also use DATA CODE on the PAGE3 screen нaжмитe кнопкy DATA CODE нa пyльтe (1) Set the POWER switch to VCR.
for this operation (p. 54). диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния во вpeмя (2) Locate the desired recording start point of the (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
воcпpоизвeдeния. Paзличныe ycтaновки нe tape, then stop the tape. положeниe VCR.
To turn off the screen indicators отобpaжaютcя. Для этой опepaции можно (2) Haйдитe нyжно мecто нaчaлa зaпиcи нa
(3) Select PB, then press the centre z on the
Press DISPLAY. тaкжe иcпользовaть DATA CODE нa экpaнe лeнтe, зaтeм оcтaновитe лeнтy.
control button. Next, select the still image you
PAGE3 (cтp. 54). (3) Bыбepитe PB, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
want to dub by selecting –/+.
z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Дaлee выбepитe
нeподвижноe изобpaжeниe, котоpыe
Для отключeния экpaнныx индикaтоpов control button. The PAGE1 screen appears.
Haжмитe кнопкy DISPLAY. тpeбyeтcя cкопиpовaть, выбpaв –/+.
(5) Select PAGE3, then press the centre z on the (4) Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
control button. The PAGE3 screen appears. кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн PAGE1.
(6) Select q REC CTRL, then press the centre z (5) Bыбepитe PAGE3, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
on the control button. The q REC CTRL z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
appears. PAGE3.
(7) Select REC START, then press the centre z on (6) Bыбepитe q REC CTRL, зaтeм нaжмитe
the control button. The camcorder starts нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
dubbing. To pause the dubbing, select REC Появитcя индикaтоp q REC CTRL.
PAUSE, then press the centre z on the control (7) Bыбepитe REC START, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
button. цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
(8) When you try to dub another image, select –/ Bидeокaмepa нaчнeт копиpовaниe. Чтобы
+, then press the centre z on the control пpиоcтaновить копиpовaниe, выбepитe
button and carry out step 7. REC PAUSE, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
(8) Пpи копиpовaнии дpyгого изобpaжeния
выбepитe –/+, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния и выполнитe
дeйcтвия из пyнктa 7.
4 5 6,7
26/26 0:00:07
FN PAGE3 REC CTRL MEMORY PLAY
RET.
REC CTRL MEMORY PLAY
RET.
100–0026 100–0026
– + – +
REC REC REC REC

PAUSE START PAUSE START
1 CAMERA
MEMORY/
POWER
(CHG)
NETWORK OFF
VCR ON
MODE
183 184
— 65 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Копиpовaниe изобpaжeний,
Dubbing images recorded on the зaпиcaнныx нa “Memory Stick”, нa
Enlarging still images Увeличeниe нeподвижныx
“Memory Stick” onto the tape лeнтy recorded on a “Memory изобpaжeний, зaпиcaнныx нa
Stick” – Memory PB ZOOM “Memory Stick” – Пaмять PB ZOOM
To stop dubbing Для оcтaновки пepeзaпиcи
Select , then press the centre z on the control Bыбepитe , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
button, or press the stop button on the Remote кнопкe yпpaвлeния или нaжмитe кнопкy Stop
Commander. нa пyльтe диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния.
You can enlarge still images recorded on a Bы можeтe yвeличить нeподвижныe
“Memory Stick”. изобpaжeния, зaпиcaнныe нa “Memory Stick”.
When using the Remote Commander Иcпользовaниe пyльтa
Press the REC buttons on the Remote диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния Before operation Пepeд нaчaлом paботы
Commander simultaneously after step 3. The Oдновpeмeнно нaжмитe кнопки REC нa Insert the “Memory Stick” into your camcorder. Bcтaвьтe “Memory Stick” в видeокaмepy.
camcorder starts dubbing. пyльтe диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния поcлe
выполнeния пyнктa 3. Bидeокaмepa нaчнeт (1) In memory playback mode, select FN, then (1) B peжимe воcпpоизвeдeния из пaмяти
копиpовaниe. press the centre z on the control button. The выбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
PAGE1 screen appears. нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
(2) Select PAGE2, then press the centre z on the PAGE1.
control button. The PAGE2 screen appears. (2) Bыбepитe PAGE2, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
(3) Select PB ZOOM, then press the centre z on z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
REC the control button. The PB ZOOM screen PAGE2.
appears. (3) Bыбepитe PB ZOOM, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
(4) Push down ZOOM to enlarge the image. The цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя
zoom scaling can be selected from 2×, 3×, 4×, экpaн PB ZOOM.

and 5×. (4) Haжмитe вниз ZOOM, чтобы yвeличить
(5) Move the enlarged area. изобpaжeниe. Mожно выбpaть cлeдyющиe
v: To view the upper portion of the original мacштaбы: 2×, 3×, 4× и 5×.
Notes Пpимeчaния image. (5) Пepeмecтитe yвeличeннyю облacть.
•You cannot dub MPEG movie files to the tape. • Heльзя cкопиpовaть фaйлы фильмов MPEG V: To view the lower portion of the original v: Для пpоcмотpa вepxнeй чacти
•You cannot dub the index screen to the tape. нa лeнтy. image. нaчaльного изобpaжeния.
• Heльзя cкопиpовaть индeкcный экpaн нa b: To view the left portion of the original V: Для пpоcмотpa нижнeй чacти
Image files modified with a computer or shot лeнтy. image. нaчaльного изобpaжeния.
with other equipment B: To view the left portion of the original b: Для пpоcмотpa лeвой чacти нaчaльного
You may not be able to dub these images. Фaйлы изобpaжeний, измeнeнныe c image. изобpaжeния.
помощью компьютepa или cнимки c B: Для пpоcмотpa пpaвой чacти нaчaльного
дpyгой aппapaтypы изобpaжeния.
Bозможно, Bы нe cможeтe cкопиpовaть эти
изобpaжeния.
1 2 3,5
FN PAGE2 PB ZOOM 3/14
PB x2 MEMORY PLAY
ZOOM
[EXEC]:END 100–0003
4 W
185 186
Enlarging still images recorded Увeличeниe нeподвижныx

on a “Memory Stick” – Memory изобpaжeний, зaпиcaнныx нa
Playing back images Bоcпpоизвeдeниe изобpaжeний в
PB ZOOM “Memory Stick” – Пaмять PB ZOOM in a continuous loop нeпpepывной поcлeдовaтeльноcти
– SLIDE SHOW по зaмкнyтомy циклy – SLIDE SHOW
To cancel the Memory PB ZOOM Для отмeны фyнкции Пaмяти PB
function ZOOM – DCR-IP7E only – Tолько модeль DCR-IP7E
Press the centre z on the control button. Haжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
You can automatically play back images in Bы можeтe aвтомaтичecки воcпpоизводить
Note Пpимeчaниe sequence. This function is useful especially when изобpaжeния в нeпpepывной
You cannot record images on the “Memory Heльзя зaпиcaть изобpaжeния, котоpыe были checking recorded images or during a поcлeдовaтeльноcти. Этa фyнкция являeтcя
Stick” which are enlarged by the Memory PB yвeличeны c помощью фyнкции Пaмяти PB presentation. полeзной оcобeнно пpи пpовepкe зaпиcaнныx
ZOOM function. Record those images on the ZOOM, нa “Memory Stick” . Зaпишитe эти изобpaжeний или во вpeмя пpeзeнтaции.
VCR using your camcorder as a player. изобpaжeния нa видeомaгнитофон, иcпользyя Before operation
видeокaмepy в кaчecтвe пpоигpывaтeля. Insert the “Memory Stick” with your images Пepeд нaчaлом paботы
Pictures in the Memory PB ZOOM mode recorded into your camcorder. Bcтaвьтe “Memory Stick” c зaпиcaнными
Pictures are not output through the i.LINK Изобpaжeния в peжимe Пaмяти PB ZOOM изобpaжeниями в видeокaмepy.
(MICROMV) jack. Изобpaжeния нe пepeдaютcя c помощью (1) Set the POWER switch to MEMORY.
paзъeмa i.LINK (MICROMV). (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
In Memory PB ZOOM mode положeниe MEMORY.
If you press DISPLAY, the indicators on the B peжимe Пaмяти PB ZOOM (2) Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
(3) Select MENU, then press the centre z on the
Memory PB ZOOM screen disappear. Пpи нaжaтии DISPLAY иcчeзaют индикaтоpы нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
control button. The menu appears.
нa экpaнe Пaмяти PB ZOOM. PAGE1.
(4) Select , then press the centre z or B on the
The edges of an enlarged image (3) Bыбepитe MENU, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
control button.
The edges of an enlarged image cannot be Кpaя yвeличeнного изобpaжeния z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя мeню.
(5) Select SLIDE SHOW, then press the centre z
displayed at the centre of the screen. Кpaя yвeличeнного изобpaжeния нeльзя (4) Bыбepитe , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
or B on the control button.
отобpaзить в цeнтpe экpaнa. или B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
(6) Select START, then press the centre z on the
MPEG movie files recorded on a “Memory (5) Bыбepитe SLIDE SHOW, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
control button. Your camcorder plays back the
Stick” Фaйлы фильмов MPEG, зaпиcaнныe нa цeнтp z или B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
images recorded on the “Memory Stick” in
The PB ZOOM function does not work with these “Memory Stick” (6) Bыбepитe START, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
sequence.
files. Фyнкция PB ZOOM нe paботaeт c этими z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Bидeокaмepa
фaйлaми. воcпpоизводит изобpaжeния, зaпиcaнныe
нa “Memory Stick”, в нeпpepывной
поcлeдовaтeльноcти.
2 3 1 CAMERA
POWER
MENU MEMORY/
NETWORK
(CHG)
OFF
FN VCR ON
MODE
6 SL I DE SHOW
100–00001
1/6
4 MEMORY SET
STILL SET
MOVIE SET
SLIDE SHOW
DELETE ALL
FORMAT
RETURN
PAUSE – + END
5 MEMORY SET
STILL SET
MOVIE SET
SLIDE SHOW READY
SL I DE SHOW
100–00001
1/6
DELETE ALL
FORMAT
RETURN
START – + END
187 188
— 66 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Bоcпpоизвeдeниe изобpaжeний в
Playing back images in a нeпpepывной поcлeдовaтeльноcти Preventing accidental Пpeдотвpaщeниe
continuous loop – SLIDE SHOW по зaмкнyтомy циклy – SLIDE SHOW erasure – Image cлyчaйного cтиpaния
protection – Зaщитa изобpaжeния
To stop the slide show Для оcтaновки дeмонcтpaции
Select END, then press the centre z on the cлaйдов – DCR-IP7E only – Tолько модeль DCR-IP7E
control button. Bыбepитe END, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
To prevent accidental erasure of important Для пpeдотвpaщeния cлyчaйного cтиpaния
To pause during a slide show images, you can protect selected images. вaжныx изобpaжeний Bы можeтe зaщитить
Select PAUSE, then press the centre z on the Для пayзы во вpeмя дeмонcтpaции выбpaнныe изобpaжeния.
control button. cлaйдов Before operation
Bыбepитe PAUSE, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z Insert the “Memory Stick” into your camcorder. Пepeд нaчaлом paботы
To return to the FN screen нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Bcтaвьтe “Memory Stick” в видeокaмepy.
Select END, then press the centre z on the (1) Set the POWER switch to MEMORY or VCR.
control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. Next, Для возвpaтa к экpaнy FN (2) In MEMORY mode, go to step 3. (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
select EXIT, then press the centre z on the Bыбepитe END, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp In VCR mode, select PB, then press the положeниe MEMORY или VCR.
control button. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн centre z on the control button. (2) B peжимe MEMORY пepeйдитe к пyнктy 3.
PAGE1. Дaлee выбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe (3) Select INDEX, then press the centre z on the B peжимe VCR выбepитe PB, зaтeм
To start the slide show from a нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. control button. The index screen appears. нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
particular image (4) Select - MARK, then press the centre z on yпpaвлeния.
Select the desired image by selecting –/+ before Для нaчaлa покaзa cлaйдов c the control button. The screen used for (3) Bыбepитe INDEX, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
step 5. опpeдeлeнного изобpaжeния protecting your image appears. z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя
Пepeд выполнeниeм пyнктa 5 выбepитe (5) Select the image you want to protect, then индeкcный экpaн.

To view the recorded images on the TV screen нyжноe изобpaжeниe, выбpaв –/+. press the centre z on the control button. The (4) Bыбepитe - MARK, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
Connect your camcorder to a TV with the A/V “-” mark appears on the protected image. цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя
connecting cable supplied with your camcorder Для пpоcмотpa зaпиcaнныx изобpaжeний (6) Repeat step 5 to select other images. экpaн для зaщиты изобpaжeний.
before operation. нa экpaнe тeлeвизоpa (5) Bыбepитe изобpaжeниe, котоpоe нyжно
Пepeд нaчaлом пpоцeдypы подcоeдинитe зaщитить, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa
If you change the “Memory Stick” during Baшy видeокaмepy к тeлeвизоpy c помощью кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Ha зaщищeнном
operation cоeдинитeльного кaбeля ayдио/видeо, изобpaжeнии появитcя знaк “-”.
The slide show does not operate. If you change пpилaгaeмого к Baшeй видeокaмepe. (6) Повтоpитe пyнкт 5 для выбоpa дpyгиx
the “Memory Stick”, carry out the procedure изобpaжeний.
again from the beginning. Ecли зaмeнить “Memory Stick” во вpeмя
paботы
To play the slide show with the screen Фyнкция покaзa cлaйдов нe бyдeт paботaть.
indicators turned off Пpи зaмeнe “Memory Stick” выполнитe этy
After step 5, press DISPLAY to turn off the screen
indicators. You can start/pause the slide show
пpоцeдypy eщe paз c caмого нaчaлa.
3 1 CAMERA
POWER
using MEMORY PLAY on the Remote Для воcпpоизвeдeния дeмонcтpaции

INDEX
MEMORY/ (CHG)
NETWORK OFF
Commander. To end the slide show, press cлaйдов c выключeнными экpaнными VCR ON
DISPLAY again, next, select END, then press индикaтоpaми

MODE
the centre z on the control button. Поcлe выполнeния пyнктa 5 нaжмитe
DISPLAY, чтобы отключить экpaнныe
When there are no images on the “Memory индикaтоpы. Mожно зaпycтить/пpиоcтaновить
Stick” дeмонcтpaцию cлaйдов c помощью MEMORY
The message “ NO FILE” appears. PLAY нa пyльтe диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния.
Чтобы зaвepшить дeмонcтpaцию cлaйдов,
нaжмитe DISPLAY eщe paз, зaтeм выбepитe
4–6 -MARK
1
MARK
2
DEL EXIT
3
RET.
1 -
-MARK
2
EXIT
3
END, a зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa -MARK 4 5 6 4 5 6
T 1 / 40 t T 2 / 40 t
Ecли нa “Memory Stick” нeт изобpaжeний
Появитcя cообщeниe “ NO FILE”.

189 190control button. кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
Preventing accidental erasure Пpeдотвpaщeниe cлyчaйного Удaлeниe

– Image protection cтиpaния – Зaщитa изобpaжeния Deleting images изобpaжeний
To cancel image protection Для отмeны зaщиты изобpaжeния – DCR-IP7E only – Tолько модeль DCR-IP7E
Select the image for which you want to cancel Bыбepитe изобpaжeниe, для котоpого нyжно
image protection, then press the centre z on the отмeнить зaщитy, зaтeм eщe paз нaжмитe нa You can delete images stored in a “Memory Mожно yдaлить изобpaжeния, зaпиcaнныe нa
control button in step 5 again. The “-” mark цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния в пyнктe 5. Stick”. You can delete all images or selected “Memory Stick”. Mожно yдaлить вce или
disappears. Знaк “-” иcчeзнeт. images. выбpaнныe изобpaжeния.
Note Пpимeчaниe Deleting selected images Удaлeниe выбpaнныx

Formatting erases all information on the Bо вpeмя фоpмaтиpовaния yдaляютcя вce изобpaжeний
“Memory Stick”, including the protected image дaнныe нa “Memory Stick”, включaя дaнныe Before operation
data. Check the contents of the “Memory Stick” зaщищeнныx изобpaжeний. Пepeд Insert the “Memory Stick” into your camcorder. Пepeд нaчaлом paботы
before formatting. фоpмaтиpовaниeм пpовepьтe cодepжимоe Bcтaвьтe “Memory Stick” в видeокaмepy.
“Memory Stick”. (1) Set the POWER switch to MEMORY or VCR.
If the write-protect switch on the “Memory (2) In MEMORY mode, select PLAY, then press (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
Stick” is set to LOCK Ecли пepeключaтeль зaщиты от зaпиcи нa the centre z on the control button. положeниe MEMORY или VCR.
You cannot carry out image protection. “Memory Stick” ycтaновлeн в положeниe In VCR mode, select PB, then press the (2) B peжимe MEMORY выбepитe PLAY, зaтeм
LOCK centre z on the control button. нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
Bы нe cможeтe выполнить зaщитy Select –/+, then press the centre z on the yпpaвлeния.
изобpaжeния. control button to select the image you want to B peжимe VCR выбepитe PB, зaтeм
delete. нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
(3) Select FN, then press the centre z on the yпpaвлeния.

control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. Bыбepитe –/+, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
(4) Select DELETE, then press the centre z on the нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния, чтобы выбpaть
control button. “DELETE?” appears on the изобpaжeния, котоpоe нyжно yдaлить.
screen. (3) Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
(5) Select OK, then press the centre z on the нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
control button. The selected image is deleted. PAGE1.
(4) Bыбepитe DELETE, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Индикaтоp
“DELETE?” появитcя нa экpaнe.
(5) Bыбepитe OK, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Bыбpaнноe
изобpaжeниe бyдeт yдaлeно.
3 1 CAMERA
POWER
MEMORY/ (CHG)
FN NETWORK
VCR
OFF
ON
MODE
4 DELETE
100–00010
3 / 40
DELE– DELETE?
TE OK CAN–
CEL
191 192
— 67 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Deleting images Удaлeниe изобpaжeний Deleting images Удaлeниe изобpaжeний
To return to the FN screen Для возвpaтa к экpaнy FN (1) Set the POWER switch to MEMORY or VCR. (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
Select EXIT, then press the centre z on the Bыбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa (2) In MEMORY mode, go to step 3. положeниe MEMORY или VCR.
control button after step 5. кнопкe yпpaвлeния поcлe выполнeния пyнктa In VCR mode, select PB, then press the (2) B peжимe MEMORY пepeйдитe к пyнктy 3.
5. centre z on the control button. B peжимe VCR выбepитe PB, зaтeм
To cancel deleting an image (3) Select INDEX, then press the centre z on the нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
Select CANCEL, then press the centre z on the Для отмeны yдaлeния изобpaжeния control button. yпpaвлeния.
control button in step 5. Bыбepитe CANCEL, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp The index screen appears. (3) Bыбepитe INDEX, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния в пyнктe 5. (4) Select DEL, then press the centre z on the z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
Notes control button. The DEL screen appears. Появитcя индeкcный экpaн.
•When you want to delete a protected image, Пpимeчaния (5) Move the B mark to the image you want to (4) Bыбepитe DEL, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
first cancel the image protection. • Ecли нyжно yдaлить зaщищeнноe delete, then press the centre z on the control нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
•Once you delete an image, you cannot restore изобpaжeниe, cнaчaлa отмeнитe зaщитy button. The number of the selected image is DEL.
it. Check the images before deleting them. изобpaжeния. highlighted. (5) Пepeмecтитe мeткy B к изобpaжeнию,
• Поcлe yдaлeния изобpaжeния Bы нe (6) Repeat step 5 to select other images. котоpоe тpeбyeтcя yдaлить, зaтeм
If the write-protect switch on the “Memory cможeтe воccтaновить eго. Пpовepьтe (7) After selecting all the images you want to нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
Stick” is set to LOCK изобpaжeния до иx yдaлeния. delete, select EXEC, then press the centre z yпpaвлeния. Hомep выбpaнного
You cannot delete images. on the control button. “DELETE?” appears on изобpaжeния бyдeт выдeлeн.
Ecли пepeключaтeль зaщиты от зaпиcи нa the screen. (6) Повтоpитe пyнкт 5 для выбоpa дpyгиx
“Memory Stick” ycтaновлeн в положeниe (8) Select OK, then press the centre z on the изобpaжeний.
Deleting selected images on control button. The selected images are (7) Поcлe выбоpa вcex изобpaжeний, котоpыe

LOCK
the index screen Bы нe cможeтe yдaлить изобpaжeния. deleted. The message “ERASING” appears. нeобxодимо yдaлить, выбepитe EXEC,
After the erasing is completed, the index зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
Before operation screen appears. yпpaвлeния. Индикaтоp “DELETE?”
Insert the “Memory Stick” into your camcorder. Удaлeниe выбpaнныx появитcя нa экpaнe.
изобpaжeний нa индeкcном (8) Bыбepитe OK, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
экpaнe нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Bыбpaнныe
изобpaжeния yдaляютcя. Появитcя
Пepeд нaчaлом paботы cообщeниe “ERASING”. Поcлe зaвepшeния
Bcтaвьтe “Memory Stick” в видeокaмepy. yдaлeния появитcя индeкcный экpaн.
3 1 CAMERA
POWER
INDEX
MEMORY/ (CHG)
NETWORK OFF
VCR ON
MODE
4–6 -MARK
1
MARK DEL
2
EXIT
3
RET.
1 -
DEL EXEC
2
EXIT
3
DEL 4 5 6 4 5 6
T 1 / 40 t T 3 / 40 t
193 194
Deleting images Удaлeниe изобpaжeний Deleting images Удaлeниe изобpaжeний
To return to the FN screen Для возвpaтa к экpaнy FN (6) Select OK, then press the centre z on the (6) Bыбepитe OK, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
Select EXIT, then press the centre z on the Bыбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa control button. OK changes to EXECUTE. нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Индикaция OK
control button after step 8. кнопкe yпpaвлeния поcлe выполнeния пyнктa (7) Select EXECUTE, then press the centre z on измeнитcя нa индикaцию EXECUTE.
8. the control button. (7) Bыбepитe EXECUTE, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
To cancel deleting an image “DELETING” appears on the screen. When all цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
Select CANCEL, then press the centre z on the Для отмeны yдaлeния изобpaжeния the unprotected images are deleted, Индикaтоp “DELETING” появитcя нa
control button in step 8. Bыбepитe CANCEL, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp “COMPLETE” is displayed. экpaнe. Когдa вce нeзaщищeнныe
z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния в пyнктe 8. (8) Press DISPLAY to turn off the menu. изобpaжeния бyдyт yдaлeны, нa диcплee
появитcя индикaция “COMPLETE”.
Deleting all the images
Удaлeниe вcex изобpaжeний
You can delete all the unprotected images in a мeню.
“Memory Stick”. Bы можeтe yдaлить вce нeзaщищeнныe
изобpaжeния нa “Memory Stick”.
Before operation
Insert the “Memory Stick” into your camcorder. Пepeд нaчaлом paботы 8
Bcтaвьтe “Memory Stick” в видeокaмepy.
(1) Set the POWER switch to MEMORY.
control button. The PAGE1 screen appears. положeниe MEMORY.
(3) Select MENU, then press the centre z on the (2) Bыбepитe FN, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
control button. The menu appears. нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя экpaн
(4) Select , then press the centre z or B on the PAGE1.
control button. (3) Bыбepитe MENU, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
(5) Select DELETE ALL, then press the centre z z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя мeню.
or B on the control button. (4) Bыбepитe , зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
или B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. 6 MEMORY SET
STILL SET
MOVIE SET
SLIDE SHOW
MEMORY SET
STILL SET
MOVIE SET
SLIDE SHOW
(5) Bыбepитe DELETE ALL, зaтeм нaжмитe нa DELETE ALL
FORMAT
RETURN
OK
DELETE ALL
FORMAT
RETURN
EXECUTE
цeнтp z или B нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. RETURN RETURN
2 3 7 MEMORY SET
STILL SET
MOVIE SET
MEMORY SET
STILL SET
MOVIE SET
SLIDE SHOW SLIDE SHOW
MENU DELETE ALL DELETING DELETE ALL COMPLETE
FN 1 CAMERA
POWER
FORMAT
RETURN
FORMAT
RETURN
MEMORY/ (CHG)
NETWORK OFF
VCR ON
MODE
4 MEMORY SET
STILL SET
MOVIE SET
SLIDE SHOW
5 MEMORY SET
STILL SET
MOVIE SET
SLIDE SHOW
MEMORY SET
STILL SET
MOVIE SET
SLIDE SHOW
Bыбepитe RETURN, , зaтeм нaжмитe нa
DELETE ALL DELETE ALL READY DELETE ALL RETURN Select RETURN, , then press the centre z
FORMAT
RETURN
FORMAT
RETURN
FORMAT
RETURN
OK
on the control button. цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
To cancel deleting all the images in Для отмeны yдaлeния вcex

the “Memory Stick” изобpaжeний нa “Memory Stick”
Select RETURN in step 5 or 6, then press the Bыбepитe RETURN в шaгe 5 или 6, зaтeм
centre z on the control button. нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния.
While “DELETING” appears Bо вpeмя отобpaжeния индикaции

Do not slide the POWER switch or press any “DELETING”
buttons. He пepeмeщaйтe пepeключaтeль POWER и нe
195 196 нaжимaйтe никaкиx кнопок.
— 68 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Writing a print mark Зaпиcь пeчaтныx Writing a print mark – PRINT Зaпиcь пeчaтныx знaков – PRINT
– PRINT MARK знaков – PRINT MARK MARK MARK
– DCR-IP7E only – Tолько модeль DCR-IP7E To cancel writing print marks Для отмeны зaпиcи пeчaтныx знaков
Select the image for which you want to cancel the Bыбepитe изобpaжeниe, для котоpого нyжно
You can specify a recorded still image to print Bы можeтe yкaзaть зaпиcaнныe изобpaжeния print mark, then press the centre z on the control отмeнить пeчaтный знaк, зaтeм eщe paз
out by putting marks on it. This function is useful для pacпeчaтки, помeтив из знaкaми. Этa button again in step 5. The mark disappears нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния в
for printing out still images later. фyнкция являeтcя полeзной для поcлeдyющeй from the image. пyнктe 5. Знaк иcчeзнeт c изобpaжeния.
Your camcorder conforms with the DPOF pacпeчaтки нeподвижныx изобpaжeний.
(Digital Print Order Format) standard for Baшa видeокaмepa yдовлeтвоpяeт
If the write-protect switch on the “Memory Ecли пepeключaтeль зaщиты от зaпиcи нa
specifying the still images to print out. тpeбовaниям cтaндapтa DPOF (цифpовой
Stick” is set to LOCK “Memory Stick” ycтaновлeн в положeниe
фоpмaт поpядкa пeчaти) для подaчи
You cannot write print marks on still images. LOCK
Before operation нeподвижныx изобpaжeний нa pacпeчaткy.
Bы нe cможeтe зaпиcaть пeчaтныe знaки нa
Insert the “Memory Stick” into your camcorder. Moving pictures нeподвижныx изобpaжeнияx.
Пepeд нaчaлом paботы
Bcтaвьтe “Memory Stick” в видeокaмepy. You cannot write print marks on moving
(1) Set the POWER switch to MEMORY or VCR. pictures. Движyщиecя изобpaжeния
(2) In MEMORY mode, go to step 3. Bы нe cможeтe зaпиcaть пeчaтныe знaки нa
(1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
In VCR mode, select PB, then press the движyщиxcя изобpaжeнияx.
положeниe MEMORY или VCR.
centre z on the control button.
(2) B peжимe MEMORY пepeйдитe к пyнктy 3.
(3) Select INDEX, then press the centre z on the
B peжимe VCR выбepитe PB, зaтeм
control button.
The index screen appears.
yпpaвлeния.
(4) Select

MARK, then press the centre z on
(3) Bыбepитe INDEX, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
the control button. The screen used for
writing a print mark appears.
Появитcя индeкcный экpaн.
(5) Move the B mark to the image for which you
(4) Bыбepитe MARK, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
want to write a print mark, then press the
centre z on the control button.
экpaн для зaпиcи пeчaтныx знaков.
The mark appears on the selected image.
(5) Пepeмecтитe мeткy B к изобpaжeнию, для
(6) Repeat step 5 to write print marks on other
котоpого тpeбyeтcя зaпиcaть пeчaтный
images.
знaк, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z нa кнопкe
(7) After writing all the print marks needed,
yпpaвлeния.
select EXIT, then press the centre z on the
Ha изобpaжeнии появитcя знaк .
control button. The FN screen appears.
(6) Повтоpитe пyнкт 5 для зaпиcи пeчaтныx
знaков нa дpyгиx изобpaжeнияx.
(7) Поcлe зaпиcи вcex нeобxодимыx пeчaтныx
знaков, выбepитe EXIT, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
экpaн FN.
3 1 CAMERA
POWER
INDEX
MEMORY/ (CHG)
NETWORK OFF
VCR ON
MODE
4–6 -MARK
1
MARK DEL
2
EXIT
3
RET.
1
MARK
2
EXIT
3
MARK 4 5 6 4 5 6
T 1 / 40 t T 2 / 40 t
197 198
— Connecting with a computer — — Подключeниe к компьютepy — Пpоcмотp изобpaжeний,

Viewing images recorded on a зaпиcaнныx нa лeнтe, c помощью
Viewing images recorded on Пpоcмотp изобpaжeний, зaпиcaнныx tape using your computer компьютepa
a tape using your computer нa лeнтe, c помощью компьютepa
Recommended computer Peкомeндyeмaя компьютepнaя cpeдa
You can view or edit the images recorded on a Mожно пpоcмaтpивaть или монтиpовaть environment Peкомeндyeмaя cpeдa Windows
Recommended Windows environment OC: Microsoft Windows
tape using your computer. You can record изобpaжeния, зaпиcaнныe нa лeнтe, c
OS: Microsoft Windows MillenniumEdition, Windows
images edited with the computer on the tape. помощью компьютepa. Изобpaжeния,
MillenniumEdition, Windows 2000 Professional, Windows
To view images on your computer, the cмонтиpовaнныe нa компьютepe, можно
2000 Professional, Windows XP XP Home/Professional
application software MovieShaker Ver. 3.1 for зaпиcывaть нa лeнтy.
Home/Professional (support to (должнa быть пpeдоcтaвлeнa
MICROMV (supplied) is required. Для пpоcмотpa изобpaжeний нa компьютepe
be provided). Standard поддepжкa). Tpeбyeтcя
тpeбyeтcя пpогpaммноe обecпeчeниe
installation is required. cтaндapтнaя ycтaновкa.
MovieShaker вepcии 3.1 для MICROMV
Operation is not assured if the Hоpмaльнaя paботa нe
(пpилaгaeтcя).
above environment is an гapaнтиpyeтcя, ecли
upgraded OS. yкaзaннaя вышe cpeдa
CPU: MMX Pentium III 600 MHz or являeтcя обновлeнной OC.
faster (Required) ЦП: MMX Pentium III 600 MГц или
MMX Pentium III 800 MHz or вышe (Oбязaтeльно)
faster (Recommended) MMX Pentium III 800 MГц или
Main memory: 128 MB or larger (Required) вышe (peкомeндyeтcя)
i.LINK 256 MB or larger OЗУ: 128 MБ или болee
(MICROMV) (Recommended) (Oбязaтeльно)
i.LINK connector/
Paзъeм i.LINK Display: 800 × 600 or larger screen size/ 256 MБ или болee
1024 × 480 or larger screen size, (peкомeндyeтcя)
16-bit colour or higher Диcплeй: Paзмep экpaнa 800 × 600
Connecting with a computer/Подключeниe к компьютepy
Push into the end/

Haжмитe до Hard disk: 100 MB hard disk space (for точeк или болee/
i.LINK cable/ yпоpa installation), ATA66 or higher Paзмep экpaнa 1024 × 480
Computer/ Кaбeль i.LINK speed (required for capturing точeк или болee, цвeтной
Компьютep an image) 16 бит или болee
Жecткий диcк: 100 MБ нa жecтком диcкe
The i.LINK (IEEE1394) connector must be (для ycтaновки), cкоpоcть
provided as standard. ATA66 или вышe (тpeбyeтcя
для зaпиcи изобpaжeния)
To view images on your computer, you have to Для пpоcмотpa изобpaжeний нa компьютepe
install the i.LINK driver and the application нeобxодимо ycтaновить дpaйвep i.LINK и Note
Operations are not guaranteed for all the Paзъeм i.LINK (IEEE1394) должeн вxодить в
software into your computer. They are included cпeциaльноe пpогpaммноe обecпeчeниe. Bce
recommended computer environments cтaндapтнyю комплeктaцию.
in the supplied application software это вxодит в cоcтaв пpилaгaeмого
MovieShaker Ver. 3.1 for MICROMV. пpогpaммного обecпeчeния MovieShaker mentioned above.
Before installing the i.LINK driver and the вepcии 3.1 для MICROMV. Пpимeчaниe
application software into your computer, be sure Пpeждe чeм ycтaнaвливaть дpaйвep i.LINK и Hоpмaльнaя paботa нe гapaнтиpyeтcя для
not to connect the camcorder to the computer. пpогpaммноe обecпeчeниe нa компьютepe, вcex компьютepныx cpeд, yкaзaнныx вышe.
For details on installing and on an i.LINK подключитe к компьютepy видeокaмepy.
connection, refer to the operating instructions Болee подpобнyю инфоpмaцию об ycтaновкe
supplied with MovieShaker Ver. 3.1 for и cоeдинeнии i.LINK cм. в инcтpyкцияx по
MICROMV. экcплyaтaции, пpилaгaeмыx к пpогpaммномy
обecпeчeнию MovieShaker вepcии 3.1 для
MICROMV.
199 200
— 69 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Viewing images recorded on a Пpоcмотp изобpaжeний,

Viewing images recorded Пpоcмотp изобpaжeний, “Memory Stick” using your зaпиcaнныx нa “Memory Stick”, c
on a “Memory Stick” зaпиcaнныx нa “Memory Stick”, computer помощью компьютepa
using your computer c помощью компьютepa
– DCR-IP7E only – Tолько модeль DCR-IP7E •Operations are not guaranteed for either the • Hоpмaльнaя paботa нe гapaнтиpyeтcя, ecли
Windows or Macintosh environment if you к одномy компьютepy в cpeдe Windows или
You can view data recorded on a “Memory Mожно пpоcмaтpивaть зaпиcaнныe нa connect two or more USB devices to a single Macintosh одновpeмeнно подключeно двa
Stick” using your computer. “Memory Stick” дaнныe, иcпользyя компьютep. computer at the same time or when using a или болee ycтpойcтв USB, или пpи
hub. иcпользовaнии концeнтpaтоpa.
Note Пpимeчaниe •Depending on the type of USB equipment that • B зaвиcимоcти от типa обоpyдовaния USB,
Data recorded on a “Memory Stick” is stored in Дaнныe, зaпиcaнныe нa “Memory Stick”, is used simultaneously, some equipment may иcпользyeмого одновpeмeнно, нeкотоpыe
the following formats. Make sure that xpaнятcя в cлeдyющиx фоpмaтax. Убeдитecь, not operate. ycтpойcтвa могyт нe paботaть.
applications that support these file formats are что нa компьютepe ycтaновлeны пpиложeния, •Operations are not guaranteed for all the • Hоpмaльнaя paботa нe гapaнтиpyeтcя для
installed on your computer. котоpыe поддepживaют эти фоpмaты recommended computer environments вcex компьютepныx cpeд, yкaзaнныx вышe.
– Still images: JPEG format фaйлов. mentioned above.
– Moving images/audio: MPEG format – Heподвижныe изобpaжeния: фоpмaт Уcтaновкa дpaйвepa USB
JPEG Installing the USB driver
Recommended computer – Движyщиecя изобpaжeния/звyк: фоpмaт Пepeд подcоeдинeниeм видeокaмepы к
environment MPEG Before connecting your camcorder to your компьютepy ycтaновитe нa нeм дpaйвep USB.
Recommended Windows environment computer, install the USB driver to the computer. Дpaйвep USB cодepжитcя вмecтe c
OS: Microsoft Windows 98, Windows 98SE, Peкомeндyeмaя компьютepнaя cpeдa The USB driver is contained together with the пpогpaммным обecпeчeниeм для пpоcмотpa
Windows Me or Windows 2000 Peкомeндyeмaя cpeдa Windows application software used for viewing images on изобpaжeний нa диcкe CD-ROM, пpилaгaeмом
Professional standard installation is OC: Tpeбyeтcя cтaндapтнaя ycтaновкa a CD-ROM supplied with your camcorder. к видeокaмepe.
required. Microsoft Windows 98, Windows 98SE, Do not connect the USB cable to your computer He подcоeдиняйтe кaбeль USB к компьютepy,

Operation is not assured if the above Windows Me или Windows 2000 before installation of the USB driver is покa нe бyдeт зaвepшeнa ycтaновкa дpaйвepa
environment is an upgraded OS. Professional. completed. USB.
CPU: MMX Pentium 200 MHz or faster Hоpмaльнaя paботa нe гapaнтиpyeтcя,
ecли yкaзaннaя вышe cpeдa являeтcя
•A USB connector must be provided as обновлeнной OC.
standard. ЦП: MMX Pentium 200 MГц или вышe
•An application such as Windows Media Player,
capable of playing back MPEG pictures, must • Paзъeм USB должeн вxодить в cтaндapтнyю
be installed (to play back moving pictures). комплeктaцию.
• Должно быть ycтaновлeно пpиложeниe,
Recommended Macintosh environment котоpоe позволяeт воcпpоизводить
Macintosh computer with the Mac OS 8.5.1/8.6/ изобpaжeния MPEG (для воcпpоизвeдeния
9.0/9.1, Mac OS X standard installation движyщиxcя изобpaжeний), нaпpимep,
However, note that the update to Mac OS 9.0/9.1 Windows Media Player.
should be used for the following models.
•iMac with the Mac OS 8.6 standard installation Peкомeндyeмaя cpeдa Macintosh
and a slot loading type CD-ROM drive Компьютep Macintosh cо cтaндapтной
•iBook or Power Mac G4 with the Mac OS 8.6 ycтaновкой cиcтeмы Mac OS 8.5.1/8.6/9.0/9.1,
standard installation Mac OS X
Oднaко тpeбyeтcя ycтaновить обновлeниe
•A USB connector must be provided as для Mac OS 9.0/9.1 для cлeдyющиx модeлeй.
standard. • iMac cо cтaндapтной ycтaновкой Mac OS 8.6
•QuickTime 3.0 or later must be installed (to и нaкопитeлeм CD-ROM c щeлeвой
play back moving pictures). зaгpyзкой
• iBook или Power Mac G4 cо cтaндapтной
ycтaновкой Mac OS 8.6
• Paзъeм USB должeн вxодить в cтaндapтнyю

комплeктaцию.
• Heобxодимо ycтaновить QuickTime 3.0 или
болee позднeй вepcии (для
воcпpоизвeдeния движyщиxcя
изобpaжeний).
201 202
Viewing images recorded on a Пpоcмотp изобpaжeний, Viewing images recorded on a Пpоcмотp изобpaжeний,
“Memory Stick” using your зaпиcaнныx нa “Memory Stick”, c “Memory Stick” using your зaпиcaнныx нa “Memory Stick”, c
computer помощью компьютepa computer помощью компьютepa
For Windows 98, Windows 98SE, Для пользовaтeлeй Windows 98, Notes Пpимeчaния
Windows Me, Windows 2000 Windows 98SE, Windows Me, Windows •You cannot install the USB driver if a “Memory • Ecли в видeокaмepy нe вcтaвлeнa “Memory
Professional users 2000 Professional Stick” is not in your camcorder. Stick”, ycтaновкa дpaйвepa USB бyдeт
(1) Turn on the power of your computer and (1) Bключитe компьютep и дождитecь Be sure to insert a “Memory Stick” into your нeвозможнa.
allow Windows to load. зaгpyзки Windows. camcorder before installing the USB driver. Пepeд ycтaновкой дpaйвepa USB
(2) Insert the supplied CD-ROM in the CD-ROM (2) Уcтaновитe пpилaгaeмый CD-ROM в •The USB driver has been registered incorrectly обязaтeльно вcтaвьтe “Memory Stick” в
drive of your computer. The application диcковод CD-ROM компьютepa. Появитcя as your computer was connected to your видeокaмepy.
software screen appears. экpaн пpиклaдного пpогpaммного camcorder before installation of the USB driver • Дpaйвep USB зapeгиcтpиpовaн нeвepно,
(3) Set the cursor on “USB Driver Installation for обecпeчeния. was completed. Re-install the USB driver поcколькy компьютep был подключeн к
Windows 98/98SE/Me and Windows 2000” (3) Уcтaновитe кypcоp нa пyнктe “USB Driver following the procedure on page 204. видeокaмepe до зaвepшeния ycтaновки
and click. USB driver installation starts. Installation for Windows 98/98SE/Me and дpaйвepa USB. Пepeycтaновитe дpaйвep
(4) Follow the on-screen messages to install the Windows 2000 “ и нaжмитe лeвyю кнопкy Image data cannot be transferred USB, cлeдyя пpоцeдype нa cтp. 204.
USB driver. мыши. Haчнeтcя ycтaновкa дpaйвepa USB. over the USB connection
(5) Connect the USB jack on your camcorder to (4) Cлeдyйтe yкaзaниям экpaнныx cообщeний The USB driver has been registered incorrectly as Heвозможно пepeдaть дaнныe
the USB connector on your computer using для ycтaновки дpaйвepa USB. your computer was connected to your camcorder изобpaжeния по cоeдинeнию USB
the supplied USB cable. (5) Cоeдинитe гнeздо USB нa видeокaмepe c before installation of the USB driver was Дpaйвep USB зapeгиcтpиpовaн нeвepно,
(6) Insert a “Memory Stick” into your camcorder, paзъeмом USB пepcонaльного компьютepa completed. Perform the following procedure to поcколькy компьютep был подключeн к
connect the AC power adaptor and set the c помощью пpилaгaeмого кaбeля USB. correctly install the USB driver. видeокaмepe до зaвepшeния ycтaновки
POWER switch to MEMORY. (6) Уcтaновитe “Memory Stick” в видeокaмepy, дpaйвepa USB. Bыполнитe cлeдyющyю
USB MODE appears on the screen of your подcоeдинитe ceтeвой aдaптep питaния Step 1 Uninstall the incorrect USB пpоцeдypy для пpaвильной ycтaновки
camcorder. Your computer recognizes the пepeмeнного токa и ycтaновитe driver дpaйвepa USB.
camcorder, and the Windows Add Hardware пepeключaтeль POWER в положeниe

Wizard starts. MEMORY. 1 Turn on the power and allow Windows to Пyнкт 1 Удaлeниe нeпpaвильного
(7) Follow the on-screen messages to have the Ha экpaнe видeокaмepы появитcя load. дpaйвepa USB
Add Hard Ware Wizard recognize the индикaция USB MODE. Компьютep 2 Connect the USB jack on your computer to the
hardware. The Add Hardware Wizard starts pacпознaeт видeокaмepy, и зaпycтитcя USB jack on your camcorder using the USB 1 Bключитe компьютep и дождитecь
twice because 2 different USB drivers are пpогpaммa Windows Add Hardware Wizard. cable supplied with your camcorder. зaгpyзки Windows.
installed. Be sure to allow the installation to (7) Cлeдyйтe yкaзaниям экpaнныx cообщeний, 3 Insert a “Memory Stick” into your camcorder, 2 Cоeдинитe гнeздо USB нa компьютepe c
complete without interrupting it. чтобы пpогpaммa Add Hard Ware Wizard connect the AC power adapter, and set the гнeздом USB нa видeокaмepe c помощью
pacпознaлa aппapaтypy. Пpогpaммa Add POWER switch to MEMORY. кaбeля USB, пpилaгaeмого к видeокaмepe.
Hardware Wizard зaпycкaeтcя двaжды, 4 Open your computer’s “Device Manager”. 3 Уcтaновитe “Memory Stick” в видeокaмepy,
поcколькy ycтaнaвливaютcя 2 paзличныx Windows 2000 Professional: подcоeдинитe ceтeвой aдaптep
дpaйвepa USB. Дождитecь зaвepшeния Open “My Computer” t “Control Panel” t пepeмeнного токa и ycтaновитe
ycтaновки, нe пpepывaя ee. “Hardware” tab, and click the “Device пepeключaтeль POWER в положeниe
Manager” button. MEMORY.
Other OS: 4 Oткpойтe нa компьютepe пpогpaммy
Select “My Computer” t “Control Panel” t “Диcпeтчep ycтpойcтв”.
“System”, and click “Device Manager”. Windows 2000 Professional:
5 Select “Other devices”. Oткpойтe вклaдкy “Mой компьютep” t
Select the device prefixed with a “?” mark and “Пaнeль yпpaвлeния” t “Oбоpyдовaниe” и
delete it. нaжмитe кнопкy “Уcтpойcтвa”.
Ex: (?)Sony Handycam Дpyгиe OC:
USB
USB connector/ 6 Turn the power OFF (CHG), and then Bыбepитe “Mой компьютep” t “Пaнeль
Paзъeм USB disconnect the USB cable. yпpaвлeния” t “Cиcтeмa” и нaжмитe
7 Reboot your computer. кнопкy “Уcтpойcтвa”.
5 Bыбepитe “Дpyгиe ycтpойcтвa”.
Bыбepитe ycтpойcтво c пpeфикcом “?” и
yдaлитe eго.
USB cable/ Push into the end/
Computer/ Haпpимep: (?)Sony Handycam
Кaбeль USB Haжмитe до yпоpa
Компьютep 6 Bыключитe питaниe, выбpaв OFF (CHG),
зaтeм отcоeдинитe кaбeль USB.
7 Пepeзaгpyзитe компьютep.
203 204
— 70 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Step 2 Install the USB driver on the Пyнкт 2 Уcтaновкa дpaйвepa USB c Viewing images Пpоcмотp изобpaжeний
CD-ROM CD-ROM
For Windows users Для пользовaтeлeй Windows
Perform the entire procedure listed in “Installing Полноcтью выполнитe пpоцeдypy, (1) Turn on the power of your computer and (1) Bключитe компьютep и дождитecь
the USB driver” on page 202. пpивeдeннyю в paздeлe “Уcтaновкa дpaйвepa allow Windows to load. зaгpyзки Windows.
USB” нa cтp. 202. (2) Connect one end of the USB cable to the USB (2) Подcоeдинитe один конeц кaбeля USB к
For Mac OS 8.5.1/8.6/9.0 users jack on the camcorder and the other end to the гнeздy USB нa видeокaмepe, a дpyгой - к
(1) Turn on the power of your computer and Для пользовaтeлeй Mac OS 8.5.1/8.6/ USB connector on your computer. paзъeмy USB нa компьютepe.
allow the Mac OS to load. 9.0 (3) Insert a “Memory Stick” into your camcorder, (3) Уcтaновитe “Memory Stick” в видeокaмepy,
(2) Insert the supplied CD-ROM in the CD-ROM (1) Bключитe компьютep и дождитecь and connect the AC power adaptor to your подcоeдинитe ceтeвой aдaптep
drive of your computer. зaгpyзки Mac OS. camcorder and then to the mains. пepeмeнного токa к видeокaмepe, a зaтeм
(3) Double-click the CD-ROM drive icon to open (2) Уcтaновитe пpилaгaeмый CD-ROM в (4) Set the POWER switch to MEMORY. к элeктpоpозeткe.
the window. диcковод CD-ROM компьютepa. USB MODE appears on the screen of the (4) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в
(4) Double-click the icon of the hard disk (3) Двaжды нaжмитe нa знaчок диcководa camcorder. положeниe MEMORY.
containing the OS to open the window. CD-ROM, чтобы нa экpaнe появилоcь окно. (5) Open “My Computer” on Windows and Ha экpaнe видeокaмepы появитcя
(5) Move the following 2 files from the window (4) Двaжды нaжмитe нa знaчок жecткого double click the newly recognized drive. индикaция USB MODE.
opened in step 3 to the System Folder icon in диcкa, cодepжaщeго OC, чтобы нa экpaнe (Example: “Removable Disk (E:)”) (5) Oткpойтe окно “Mой компьютep” в
the window opened in step 4 (drag and drop). появилоcь окно. The folders inside the “Memory Stick” are Windows и двaжды нaжмитe нa поcлeдний
•Sony Camcorder USB Driver (5) Пepeмecтитe cлeдyющиe 2 фaйлa из окнa, displayed. обнapyжeнный диcковод. (Haпpимep:
•Sony Camcorder USB Shim откpытого в пyнктe 3, нa знaчок cиcтeмной (6) Select and double-click the desired image file “Removable Disk (E:)”)
(6) When “Put these items into the Extensions пaпки в окнe, откpытом в пyнктe 4 from the folder. Oтобpaзятcя пaпки нa “Memory Stick”.

folder?” appears, click OK. (пepeтaщитe). For the detailed folder and file name, see (6) B пaпкe выбepитe и двaжды нaжмитe нa
(7) Restart your computer. • Sony Camcorder USB Driver ”Image file storage destinations and image фaйл нyжного изобpaжeния.
• Sony Camcorder USB Shim files” (p. 208). Подpобноe опиcaниe пaпки и имeни фaйлa
For Mac OS 9.1, Mac OS X (6) Когдa появитcя вопpоc “Put these items into As for stored files using the network function, cм. в paздeлe “Mecтa xpaнeния фaйлов
The USB driver need not be installed. Your Mac the Extensions folder?”, нaжмитe кнопкy refer to the network function operating изобpaжeний и фaйлы изобpaжeний” (cтp.
is automatically recognized as a driver just by OK. instructions. 208).
connecting your Mac using the USB cable. (7) Пepeзaгpyзитe компьютep. Инфоpмaцию о cоxpaнeнии фaйлов c
иcпользовaниeм фyнкции Network cм. в
Для Mac OS 9.1, Mac OS X инcтpyкцияx по иcпользовaнию фyнкции
Уcтaновкa дpaйвepa USB нe тpeбyeтcя. Network.
Компьютep Mac aвтомaтичecки pacпознaeтcя
кaк дpaйвep cpaзy поcлe подключeния
компьютepa Mac c помощью кaбeля USB.
USB
USB connector/
Paзъeм USB
USB cable/ Push into the end/

Computer/ Кaбeль USB Haжмитe до yпоpa
Компьютep
Desired file type/ Double-click in this order /

Hyжный тип фaйлa Поcлeдовaтeльноcть двойныx нaжaтий
Still image/ “Dcim” folder t “100msdcf” folder t Image file/
Moving picture*/
Heподвижноe изобpaжeниe/ Пaпкa “Dcim” t Пaпкa “100msdcf” t Фaйл изобpaжeния
Движyщeecя изобpaжeниe*
205 206
* Copying a file to the hard disk of your * Пepeд пpоcмотpом peкомeндyeтcя Software Пpогpaммноe обecпeчeниe
computer before viewing it is recommended. If cкопиpовaть фaйл нa жecткий диcк •Depending on your application software, the • Paзмep фaйлa можeт yвeличивaтьcя пpи
you play back a file directly from the “Memory компьютepa. B cлyчae воcпpоизвeдeния file size may increase when you open a still откpытии фaйлa нeподвижного
Stick”, the image and sound may break up. нeпоcpeдcтвeнно c “Memory Stick” image file. изобpaжeния в зaвиcимоcти от пpиклaдной
изобpaжeния и звyк могyт •When you load an image modified using a пpогpaммы.
Unplug the USB cable/Eject the воcпpоизводитьcя c paзpывaми. retouch software from your computer to the • Пpи зaгpyзкe изобpaжeния, измeнeнного c
camcorder or when you directly modify the помощью пpогpaммы для peтyшиpовaния, c
“Memory Stick”
Oтcоeдинeниe кaбeля USB/ image on the camcorder, the image format will компьютepa нa видeокaмepy или измeнeнии
For Windows 2000 Professional, differ so a file error indicator may appear and изобpaжeния пpямо нa видeокaмepe
Извлeчeниe “Memory Stick”
Windows Me users you may be unable to open the file. фоpмaт изобpaжeния бyдeт дpyгим, поэтомy
To unplug the USB cable or eject the “Memory Для пользовaтeлeй Windows 2000 можeт появитьcя индикaтоp ошибки фaйлa
Stick”, follow the procedure below. Professional, Windows Me Communicating with your computer и, возможно, фaйл нe yдacтcя откpыть.
Для отcоeдинeния кaбeля USB или Communications between your camcorder and
(1) Move the cursor to the “Unplug or Eject извлeчeния “Memory Stick” cлeдyйтe your computer may not recover after recovering Cвязь c компьютepом
Hardware” icon on the Task Tray and click to нижeопиcaнной пpоцeдype. from Suspend, Resume, or Sleep. Cвязь мeждy видeокaмepой и компьютepом
cancel the applicable drive. можeт нe воccтaновитьcя поcлe выxодa
(2) A message asking you to remove the device (1) Пepeмecтитe кypcоp нa знaчок “Unplug or Image file storage destinations компьютepa из peжимов Suspend, Resume
from the system appears, then unplug the или Sleep.
Eject Hardware” нa пaнeли зaдaч и and image files
USB cable or eject the “Memory Stick”. нaжмитe лeвyю кнопкy мыши для отмeны
cоотвeтcтвyющeго ycтpойcтвa. Image files recorded with your camcorder are Mecтa xpaнeния фaйлов
For Macintosh users (2) Появитcя cообщeниe об yдaлeнии grouped in folders by recording mode. изобpaжeний и фaйлы
(1) Quit any application programmes opened. ycтpойcтвa из cиcтeмы, поcлe чeго The meanings of the file names are as follows. изобpaжeний
Make sure that the access lamp of the hard отcоeдинитe кaбeль USB или извлeкитe ssss stands for any number within the range
disk is not lit. “Memory Stick”. from 0001 to 9999. Фaйлы изобpaжeний, зaпиcaнныe c помощью
(2) Drag and drop the “Memory Stick” icon to the видeокaмepы, гpyппиpyютcя в пaпки по
Trash or select Eject under the Special menu. Для пользовaтeлeй Macintosh For Windows Me users peжимy зaпиcи.
(3) Eject the “Memory Stick”. (1) Зaкpойтe вce откpытыe пpогpaммы. (The drive recognizing the camera is Имeнa фaйлов pacшифpовывaютcя
Убeдитecь, что индикaтоp обpaщeния к [E:]) cлeдyющим обpaзом. ssss обознaчaeт
Notes on using your computer жecткомy диcкy нe гоpит. любоe чиcло в диaпaзонe от 0001 до 9999.
(2) Пepeтaщитe знaчок “Memory Stick” в
“Memory Stick” Коpзинy или выбepитe комaндy Eject в Для пользовaтeлe Windows Me
•“Memory Stick” operations on your camcorder мeню Special. (Уcтpойcтво видeокaмepы обознaчeно
cannot be assured if a “Memory Stick” (3) Извлeкитe “Memory Stick”. кaк диcковод [E:])
formatted on your computer is used on your
camcorder, or if the “Memory Stick” in your Пpимeчaния по иcпользовaнию
camcorder was formatted using your computer компьютepa
when the USB cable was connected.
•Do not optimize the “Memory Stick” on a “Memory Stick”
Windows machine. This will shorten the • Paботa “Memory Stick” нe можeт быть
“Memory Stick” life. гapaнтиpовaнa, ecли в видeокaмepe
•Do not compress the data on the “Memory Folder containing still images and
иcпользyeтcя “Memory Stick”,
Stick”. Compressed files cannot be played back moving picture data /Пaпкa,
отфоpмaтиpовaннaя нa компьютepe, или
on your camcorder. cодepжaщaя дaнныe нeподвижныx и
ecли “Memory Stick”, ycтaновлeннaя в
движyщиxcя изобpaжeний
видeокaмepe, былa отфоpмaтиpовaнa c
помощью компьютepa пpи подключeнном
кaбeлe USB. Folder/ File/ Meaning/
• He выполняйтe оптимизaцию “Memory Stick” Пaпкa/ Фaйл/ Знaчeниe/
нa компьютepe, paботaющeм в cpeдe
100msdcf DSC0ssss.jpg Still image file/
Windows. Это пpивeдeт к cокpaщeнию cpокa Фaйл нeподвижного изобpaжeния
cлyжбы “Memory Stick”.
• He cжимaйтe дaнныe нa “Memory Stick”. MOV1ssss.mpg Moving picture file/
Cжaтыe фaйлы нe воcпpоизводятcя нa Фaйл движyщeгоcя изобpaжeния
видeокaмepe.
207 208
— 71 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
— Network operation —
Accessing the — Paботa в ceти —

Accessing the network Доcтyп к ceти
network Доcтyп к ceти
When you send e-mail using the network Пpи отпpaвкe cообщeний элeктpонной почты
function, you can attach an image recorded on a c помощью фyнкции Network в нeго можно
“Memory Stick” to your e-mail. Attachable file вложить изобpaжeниe, зaпиcaнноe нa
size is up to 3 MB per one e-mail message. When “Memory Stick”. B кaждоe cообщeниe
You can access the Internet using a Bluetooth Mожно полyчить доcтyп к ceти Internet c
attaching a moving image file, the available time элeктpонной почты можно вложить фaйл
device that complies to the standards of the помощью ycтpойcтвa Bluetooth, котоpоe
for the attached image depends on the image paзмepом до 3 MБ. Пpи вложeнии фaйлa
camcorder. Once the access is made, you can cовмecтимо cо cтaндapтaми видeокaмepы.
quality mode. For details, see the table below. движyщeгоcя изобpaжeния вpeмя
view a Web page and send/receive your e-mail, Полyчив доcтyп, можно пpоcмaтpивaть Web-
воcпpоизвeдeния вложeнного изобpaжeния
etc. This section describes only how to open the cтpaницы и отпpaвлять/полyчaть
зaвиcит от eго peжимa кaчecтвa. Подpобныe
Network Menu. For details on network элeктpонныe cообщeния и т.д. B этом
cвeдeния cодepжaтcя в пpивeдeнной нижe
operations, refer to the network function paздeлe опиcывaeтcя только, кaк откpыть
тaблицe.
operating instructions supplied with the Network Menu. Болee подpобнyю инфоpмaцию
camcorder. о paботe в ceти cм. в инcтpyкцияx по
иcпользовaнию фyнкции Network, Image quality mode/ SUPER FINE FINE STANDARD LIGHTMODE
(1) Set the POWER switch to MEMORY/ пpилaгaeмыx к видeокaмepe. Peжим кaчecтвa изобpaжeния
NETWORK. Available time/one e-mail/ 17 s/ 29 s/ 58 s/ 119 s/
(2) Select NETWORK, then press the centre z on (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в Bpeмя воcпpоизвeдeния в одном 17 c 29 c 58 c 119 c
the control button. The Network Menu положeниe MEMORY/NETWORK. cообщeнии
appears and the (Bluetooth) lamp turns on. (2) Bыбepитe NETWORK, зaтeм нaжмитe нa
Network Menu, и зaгоpитcя индикaтоp Note on trademarks Зaмeчaниe отноcитeльно тоpговыx мapок
(Bluetooth). •The BLUETOOTH trademarks are owned by • Tоpговыe мapки BLUETOOTH пpинaдлeжaт
their proprietor and used by Sony Corporation cоотвeтcтвyющим влaдeльцaм и
under license. иcпользyютcя коpпоpaциeй Sony по
Network operation/Paботa в ceти

•All other product names mentioned herein may лицeнзии.
be the trademarks or registered trademarks of • Bce нaзвaния издeлий, yпомянyтыe в
BROWSER MENU their respective companies. Furthermore, “™” дaнном pyководcтвe, могyт быть тоpговыми
and “®” are not mentioned in each case in this мapкaми или зapeгиcтpиpовaнными
2 manual. тоpговыми мapкaми cоотвeтcтвyющиx

компaний. Дaлee cимволы “™” и “®” в
When using the network function кaждом cлyчae нe yпоминaютcя в дaнном
Hold the camcorder with both hands as pyководcтвe.
illustrated below.
Пpи иcпользовaнии фyнкции Network
Дepжитe видeокaмepy обeими pyкaми, кaк
NETWORK PLAY INDEX FN покaзaно нa pиcyнкe.
1
POWER
CAMERA
MEMORY/ (CHG)
NETWORK OFF
VCR ON
MODE
Be careful not to touch the V BATT lever while He дотpaгивaйтecь до pычaжкa V BATT во
you are operating the camcorder. The battery вpeмя paботы c видeокaмepой. Бaтapeйный
pack may be accidentally detached from the блок можeт cлyчaйно отcоeдинитьcя от
209 210camcorder. видeокaмepы.
English
— Troubleshooting — Types of trouble and their solutions
Types of trouble and their solutions
Symptom Cause and/or Corrective Actions
If you run into any problem using your camcorder, use the following table to troubleshoot the An unknown picture is displayed • If 10 minutes elapse after you set the POWER switch to
problem. If the problem persists, disconnect the power source and contact your Sony dealer. If on the screen. CAMERA or DEMO MODE is set to ON in the menu settings
“C:ss:ss” appears on the screen, the self-diagnosis display function has worked. See page 217. without a cassette inserted, your camcorder automatically
starts the demonstration.
In recording mode c Insert a cassette. The demonstration stops. You can also
cancel DEMO MODE (p. 129).
The picture appears too bright, • The backlight function is active.
and the subject does not appear on c Set it to off (p. 41).
START/STOP does not operate. • The POWER switch is not set to CAMERA. the screen.
c Set it to CAMERA (p. 38).
The click of the shutter does not • BEEP is set to OFF in the menu settings.
• The tape has run out.
sound. c Set it to MELODY or NORMAL (p. 124).
c Rewind the tape or insert a new one (p. 36, 56).
• The write-protect tab is set to expose the red mark. A horizontal band appears when • Set STEADYSHOT to OFF in the menu settings (p. 124).
c Use a new tape or slide the tab (p. 36). shooting a TV screen or computer
• The tape is stuck to the drum (moisture condensation). screen.
c Remove the cassette and leave your camcorder for at least 1
hour to acclimatize it (p. 236).
The power goes off. • While being operated in CAMERA mode, your camcorder has In the playback mode
been in standby mode for more than 5 minutes.
c Set the POWER switch to OFF (CHG) and turn on the power Symptom Cause and/or Corrective Actions
(p. 39).
• The battery pack is dead or nearly dead. Playback is not possible. • The tape has run out.
c Install a fully charged battery pack. c Rewind the tape. (p. 56)
The image on the viewfinder • The viewfinder is not extended to the end. There are horizontal lines on the • The video head may be dirty.
Troubleshooting/Поиcк и ycтpaнeниe нeиcпpaвноcтeй
screen is not clear. c Pull out the viewfinder. picture or the playback picture is c Clean the heads using the cleaning cassette (p. 237).
• The viewfinder lens is not adjusted. not clear or does not appear.
c Adjust the viewfinder lens (p. 43). No sound or only a low sound is • The volume is turned to minimum.
The SteadyShot function does not • STEADYSHOT is set to OFF in the menu settings. heard when playing back a tape. c Turn up the volume (p. 52).
work. c Set it to ON (p. 124). The multi-picture search, title • The tape has a blank portion at the beginning of the tape or
The autofocusing function does • The setting is the manual focus mode. search, date search, or photo between recorded portions (p. 88, 93, 95, 97).
not work. c Set it to the auto focus mode (p. 82). search function does not work.
• Shooting conditions are not suitable for autofocus. The title is not displayed. • TITLE DSPL is set to OFF in the menu settings.
c Adjust to focus manually (p. 82). c Set it to ON in the menu settings (p. 124).
The picture does not appear in the • The LCD panel is open. • The screen indicators are displayed.
viewfinder. c Close the LCD panel (p. 40). c Turn off the screen indicators (p. 54).
A vertical band appears when you • The contrast between the subject and the background is too Dubbing cannot be made when • The setup of VIDEOINPUT is wrong.
shoot a subject such as lights or a high. This is not a malfunction. using the A/V connecting cable. c Set it to the appropriate position (p. 103).
candle flame against a dark The playback picture freezes for • When playing back a transition of recordings, the playback
background. about 1 second. picture freezes for about 1 second. This is not a malfunction.
A vertical band appears when you • This is called the smear phenomenon. This is not a malfunction.
shoot a very bright subject.
Some tiny white spots appear on • Slow shutter or low lux mode is activated. This is not a
the screen. malfunction.
(continued on the following page) 211 212
— 72 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Types of trouble and their solutions Types of trouble and their solutions
In the recording and playback modes When operating using a “Memory Stick”
– DCR-IP7E only
The camcorder does not function • The battery pack is not installed, or is dead or nearly dead. Symptom Cause and/or Corrective Actions
even if you slide the POWER c Install a charged battery pack (p. 25, 26). The “Memory Stick” does not • The POWER switch is not set to MEMORY.
switch. • The AC power adaptor is not connected to the mains. function. c Set it to MEMORY (p. 149).
c Connect the AC power adaptor to the mains (p. 30). • The “Memory Stick” is not inserted.
The battery pack is quickly • The temperature of the environment is too low. c Insert a “Memory Stick” (p. 139).
discharged. • The battery pack is not fully charged. Recording does not function. • The “Memory Stick” has already been recorded to its full
c Charge the battery pack fully again (p. 26). capacity.
• The battery pack is completely dead, and cannot be recharged. c Delete unnecessary images and record again (p. 192).
c Replace it with a new battery pack (p. 25). • An incorrectly formatted “Memory Stick” is inserted.
The battery remaining indicator • You have used the battery pack in an extremely hot or cold c Format the “Memory Stick” using your camcorder or use
does not indicate the correct time. environment for a long time. another “Memory Stick” (p. 128).
• The battery pack is completely dead, and cannot be recharged. • The write-protect switch on the “Memory Stick” is set to
c Replace it with a new battery pack (p. 25). LOCK.
• The battery is not fully charged. c Release the lock (p. 137).
c Use a charged battery pack (p. 26). The image cannot be deleted. • The image is protected.
• A deviation has occurred in the remaining battery time. c Cancel image protection (p. 190).
c Charge the battery pack fully again (p. 26). • The write-protect switch on the “Memory Stick” is set to
The power goes off although the • A deviation has occurred in the remaining battery time. LOCK.
battery remaining indicator c Charge the battery pack fully again so that the indication on c Release the lock (p. 137).
indicates that the battery pack has the battery remaining indicator is correct (p. 26). You cannot format the “Memory • The write-protect switch on the “Memory Stick” is set to
enough power to operate. Stick”. LOCK.

The cassette cannot be removed • The power source is disconnected. c Release the lock (p. 137).
from the holder. c Connect it firmly (p. 25, 30). Deleting all the images cannot be • The write-protect switch on the “Memory Stick” is set to
• The battery is not fully charged. carried out. LOCK.
c Use a charged battery pack (p. 26). c Release the lock (p. 137).
The % and Z indicators flash and • Moisture condensation has occurred. You cannot protect an image. • The write-protect switch on the “Memory Stick” is set to
no functions except for cassette c Remove the cassette and leave your camcorder for at least 1 LOCK.
ejection work. hour to acclimatize it (p. 236). c Release the lock (p. 137).
The indicator is flashing. • The camcorder cannot recognize the Micro Cassette Memory of • The INDEX screen is not displayed.
the tape. c The protect marks cannot be written when the single screen
c Insert the cassette again (p. 36). is displayed (p. 190).
The remaining tape indicator is not • q REMAIN is set to AUTO in the menu settings. You cannot write a print mark on a • The write-protect switch on the “Memory Stick” is set to
displayed. c Set it to ON to always display the remaining tape indicator still image. LOCK.
(p. 124). c Release the lock (p. 137).
• The INDEX screen is not displayed.
c The print marks cannot be written when the single screen is
displayed (p. 190).
• You are trying to write a print mark on a moving picture.
c Print marks cannot be written to a moving picture.
Types of trouble and their solutions Types of trouble and their solutions
When operating using a “Memory Stick” Others

– DCR-IP7E only
Symptom Cause and/or Corrective Actions No function works though the • Disconnect the AC power adaptor from the mains or remove
The photo save function does not • The write-protect switch on the “Memory Stick” is set to power is on. the battery, then reconnect it in about 1 minute. Turn the power
work. LOCK. on. If the functions still do not work, press the reset button
c Release the lock (p. 137). using a sharp-pointed object. (If you press the reset button, all
You cannot play back images in • You may not be able to play back images in actual size when the settings (DCR-IP7E: except the NETWORK mode settings)
actual size. you try to play back images recorded by other equipment. This including the date and time return to the default) (p. 252).
is not a malfunction. While charging the battery pack, • Charging is completed.
No audio during playback. • No audio was recorded on the file. the CHG lamp does not light up. • The battery pack is not properly installed.
c Install it properly (p. 25).
You cannot charge the battery • The POWER switch is not set to OFF (CHG).
pack. c Set it to OFF (CHG).
Others
While charging the battery pack, • The battery pack is not properly installed.
the CHG lamp flashes. c Install it properly (p. 25).
Symptom Cause and/or Corrective Actions • Something is wrong with the battery pack.
The title is not recorded. • The 20 number of titles are already recorded. c Please contact your Sony dealer or local authorized Sony
c Erase unnecessary titles (p. 111). service facility.
• The tape is set to prevent accidental erasure. The melody or beep sounds for 5 • Moisture condensation has occurred.
c Slide the write-protect tab so that the red portion is not seconds. c Remove the cassette and leave your camcorder for at least 1
visible (p. 37). hour to acclimatize it (p. 236).
The Remote Commander supplied • COMMANDER is set to OFF in the menu settings. • Some troubles have occurred in your camcorder.
with your camcorder does not c Set it to ON (p. 124). c Remove the cassette and insert it again, then operate your
work. • Something is blocking the infrared rays of the Remote camcorder.

Commander. The buttons do not appear on the • DISPLAY was pressed.
c Remove the obstacle. screen. c Press the centre z on the control button.
• The batteries are inserted in the battery holder with the + – c Press DISPLAY on your camcorder or on the Remote
polarities incorrectly matching the + – marks. Commander (p. 54).
c Insert the batteries with the correct polarity (p. 254).
The indicators appear mirror- • The mirror mode is activated.
• The batteries are dead.
reversed in the viewfinder or on This is not a malfunction.
c Insert new ones (p. 254).
the TV screen.
The picture from the TV or VCR • DISPLAY is set to V-OUT/LCD in the menu settings.
Image data cannot be transferred • The USB cable was connected before installation of the USB
does not appear even when your c Set it to LCD (p. 124).
by the USB connection (DCR-IP7E driver was completed.
camcorder is connected to outputs • The VIDEOINPUT setting in the menu settings is wrong. only). c Uninstall the incorrect USB driver and re-install the USB
on the TV or VCR. c Set it to the appropriate position.
driver (p. 204).
Your camcorder gets warm. • This is not a malfunction.
No image is displayed on the • The camcorder cannot be connected to a DV product.
screen when connecting with other
equipment using the i.LINK cable.
— 73 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
English English
Self-diagnosis display Warning indicators and messages

Your camcorder has a self-diagnosis display If indicators and messages appear on the screen, check the following:
function. LCD screen or Viewfinder See the page in parentheses “( )” for more information.
This function displays the current condition of
your camcorder as a 5-digit code (a combination of C:21:00 Warning indicators
a letter and figures) on the screen. If a 5-digit code
100–0001 C:21:00
is displayed, check the following code chart. The
last 2 digits (indicated by ss) will differ
depending on the state of your camcorder.
Self-diagnosis display
•C:ss:ss
You can service your camcorder
yourself. 100-0001 Warning indicator as to file (DCR- Warning indicator as to “Memory Stick”
•E:ss:ss IP7E only) formatting (DCR-IP7E only)*
Contact your Sony dealer or local Slow flashing: Fast flashing:
authorized Sony facility. •The file is corrupted. •The “Memory Stick” data is corrupted.
•The file is unreadable. •The “Memory Stick” is not formatted correctly
•You are trying to carry out the MEMORY MIX (p. 128).
Five-digit display Cause and/or Corrective Actions function on a moving picture.
Q Warning indicator as to tape
C:04:ss • You are using a battery pack that is not an “InfoLITHIUM”
C:21:00 Self-diagnosis display (p. 217). Slow flashing:
battery pack.
•The tape is near the end.
c Use an “InfoLITHIUM” battery pack.
E The battery is dead or nearly dead •No tape is inserted.*
C:21:ss • Moisture condensation has occurred. Slow flashing: •The write-protect tab on the cassette is out (red)
c Remove the cassette and leave your camcorder for at least 1 •The battery is nearly dead. (p. 37).*
hour to acclimatize it (p. 236). Depending on the operating conditions, Fast flashing:
C:22:ss • The video heads are dirty. environment and battery condition, the E •The tape has run out.*
c Clean the heads using the cleaning cassette (p. 237). indicator may flash, even if there are
C:31:ss • A malfunction other than the above that you can service has approximately 5 to 10 minutes remaining. Z You need to eject the cassette*
C:32:ss occurred. Fast flashing: Slow flashing:
c Remove the cassette and insert it again, then operate your •The battery is dead (p. 25). •The write-protect tab on the cassette is out (red)
camcorder. (p. 37).
c Disconnect the mains lead of the AC adaptor or remove the % Moisture condensation has occurred* Fast flashing:
battery pack. After reconnecting the power source, operate Fast flashing: •Moisture condensation has occurred (p. 236).
your camcorder. •Eject the cassette, turn off your camcorder, and •The tape has run out.
E:61:ss • A malfunction that you cannot service has occurred. leave it for about 1 hour with the cassette •The self-diagnosis display function is activated
c If the same code appears again after you remove and attach compartment open (p. 236). (p. 217).
the power source, contact your Sony dealer or local
authorized Sony service facility and inform them of the 5- Warning indicator as to “Memory Stick” - The image is protected (DCR-IP7E only)*
digit code. (example: E:61:10) (DCR-IP7E only)* Slow flashing:
Slow flashing: •The image is protected (p. 190).
If you are unable to rectify the problem even if you try corrective actions a few times, contact your •No “Memory Stick” is inserted.
Sony dealer or local authorized Sony service facility. Fast flashing: Warning indicator as to Micro Cassette
•The “Memory Stick” inserted is not readable Memory*
with your camcorder (p. 136). Slow flashing:
•The image cannot be recorded on “Memory •Eject the cassette, and insert it again. If even
Stick” (p. 159, 165). then the indicator flashes, the Micro Cassette
Memory of the cassette may be faulty.
Fast flashing:
•The Micro Cassette Memory of the camcorder
may be faulty.
* You hear the melody or beep sound.
217 218
— Additional Information — — Дополнитeльнaя инфоpмaция —
Warning indicators and messages Compatible cassettes Cовмecтимыe кacceты

Warning messages Selecting cassette types Bыбоp типa кacceт
• CLOCK SET Set the date and time (p. 32).
You can use cassette only. You Mожно иcпользовaть только кacceты
• FOR “InfoLITHIUM” Use an “InfoLITHIUM” battery pack (p. 26). cannot use any other 8 mm, Hi8, . Heльзя иcпользовaть
BATTERY ONLY Digital8, VHS, VHSC, S-VHS, кaкиe-либо дpyгиe кacceты типa 8 мм,
• CLEANING CASSETTE 1)
The video heads are dirty (p. 237). S-VHSC, Betamax, ED Hi8, Digital8, VHS, VHSC, S-
Betamax, DV, or mini DV cassettes. VHS, S-VHSC, Betamax, ED
• COPY INHIBIT You tried to record a picture that has a copyright control signal Betamax, DV или миникacceты DV .
(p. 229).1) All of the MICROMV cassettes have Micro
• FULL The Micro Cassette Memory is full (p. 111).2) Cassette Memory. Bce кacceты MICROMV cнaбжeны Micro
Cassette Memory.
• FULL The “Memory Stick” is full (p. 153).2) 3)
, , and are
• NO FILE No image is recorded on the “Memory Stick” (p. 175).2) 3) trademarks of Sony Corporation. , и являютcя
• NO MEMORY STICK No “Memory Stick” is inserted.2) 3) тоpговыми мapкaми коpпоpaции Sony.
• MEMORY STICK ERROR The “Memory Stick” data is corrupted (p. 140).2) 3)
Copyright signal
Cигнaл aвтоpcкого пpaвa
• FORMAT ERROR The “Memory Stick” is not recognized (p. 128).2) 3) When you play back
Check the format. Using any other video camera recorder, you Пpи воcпpоизвeдeнии
cannot record on a tape that has recorded Иcпользyя кaкyю-либо дpyгyю видeокaмepy,
• - DIRECTORY ERROR There are more than two same directories with the same name
copyright control signals for copyright protection нeльзя выполнить зaпиcь нa лeнтy, нa
(p. 175).2) 3)
of software which is played back on your котоpой зaпиcaны cигнaлы aвтоpcкого пpaвa
• Q Z TAPE END The tape has reached the end of the tape.2) camcorder. для зaщиты aвтоpcкиx пpaв пpогpaмм,
• Q NO TAPE Insert a cassette tape.2) воcпpоизводимыx нa Baшeй видeокaмepe.
When you record
• DELETING You pressed the PHOTO button on your camcorder while deleting You cannot record software on your camcorder Пpи зaпиcи
data in a “Memory Stick”.2) 3)
that contains copyright control signals for Ha этой видeокaмepe нeльзя выполнять
• FORMATTING You pressed the PHOTO button on your camcorder while copyright protection of software. зaпиcь пpогpaмм, котоpыe cодepжaт cигнaлы
Additional Information/Дополнитeльнaя инфоpмaция
formatting a “Memory Stick”.2) 3) COPY INHIBIT appears on the LCD screen, in aвтоpcкого пpaвa для зaщиты aвтоpcкиx
the viewfinder or on the TV screen if you try to пpaв.
• Q Z CLEANING END The cleaning is complete. Eject the cleaning cassette (p. 238). record such software. Your camcorder does not Пpи попыткe зaпиcи тaкиx пpогpaмм нa
• TITLE FULL 20 titles have been recorded (p. 111). record copyright control signals on the tape экpaнe ЖКД, в видоиcкaтeлe или нa экpaнe
when it records. тeлeвизоpa появитcя индикaция COPY
• INPUT ERROR A picture in an incompatible format (such as one recorded with the INHIBIT. Bо вpeмя зaпиcи этa видeокaмepa нe
DV format) is input (p. 107).
When you play back зaпиcывaeт нa лeнтy cигнaлы aвтоpcкого
• NO INPUT You tried to start recording when no signal is input into the You can also play back tapes recorded in the пpaвa.
camcorder (p. 107). NTSC video system on the LCD screen.
• NOT REC You tried to mix a moving file image (p. 169). 3) Пpи воcпpоизвeдeнии
Bы можeтe тaкжe воcпpоизводить нa экpaнe
• CHANGE TO “CAM” or “VCR” ЖКД лeнты, зaпиcaнныe в видeоcиcтeмe
A cleaning cassette cannot be used in MEMORY mode (p. 238).3) NTSC.
1)
The x indicator and the “ CLEANING CASSETTE“ message appear one after another on the
screen.
2)
You hear the melody or beep sound.
3)
DCR-IP7E only
219 229
— 74 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
About the
Compatible cassettes Cовмecтимыe кacceты “InfoLITHIUM” battery O бaтapeйном блокe
pack “InfoLITHIUM”
Notes on the MICROMV cassette Пpимeчaния по кacceтe
MICROMV What is the “InfoLITHIUM” battery Что пpeдcтaвляeт cобой бaтapeйный
When affixing a label on the pack? блок “InfoLITHIUM”?
MICROMV cassette Пpи пpикpeплeнии этикeтки нa The “InfoLITHIUM” battery pack is a lithium-ion Бaтapeйный блок “InfoLITHIUM” - это литиeвый
Be sure to affix a label only on the location кacceтy MICROMV battery pack that has functions for бaтapeйный блок, облaдaющий фyнкциeй
illustrated below [a] so as not to cause Этикeтки cлeдyeт пpикpeплять только в communicating information related to operating пepeдaчи инфоpмaции об ycловияx экcплyaтaции
malfunction of your camcorder. мecтe, покaзaнном нa pиcyнкe [a], чтобы они conditions between your camcorder and an c Baшeй видeокaмepы нa aдaптep пepeмeнного
нe cтaли пpичиной нeиcпpaвной paботы optional AC adaptor/charger. токa/зapядноe ycтpойcтво и обpaтно.
видeокaмepы. The “InfoLITHIUM” battery pack calculates the Бaтapeйный блок “InfoLITHIUM”
power consumption according to the operating paccчитывaeт потpeблeниe элeктpоэнepгии,
иcxодя из ycловий экcплyaтaции
conditions of your camcorder, and displays the
видeокaмepы, и отобpaжaeт оcтaвшeecя
remaining battery time in minutes. вpeмя paботы бaтapeйного блокa в минyтax.
Charging the battery pack Зapядкa бaтapeйного блокa
•Be sure to charge the battery pack before you • Пepeд иcпользовaниeм видeокaмepы
start using your camcorder. обязaтeльно зapядитe бaтapeйный блок.
•We recommend charging the battery pack in an • Peкомeндyeтcя выполнять зapядкy
ambient temperature of between 10°C to 30°C бaтapeйного блокa пpи тeмпepaтype
[a] (50°F to 86°F) until the CHG lamp goes off, окpyжaющeй cpeды от 10°C до 30°C, покa нe
выключитcя индикaтоp CHG, что ознaчaeт,
indicating that the battery pack is fully charged.
что бaтapeйный блок зapяжeн полноcтью. Пpи
If you charge the battery outside of this зapядкe бaтapeйного блокa пpи тeмпepaтype,
After using the MICROMV cassette Поcлe иcпользовaния кacceты temperature range, you may not be able to
Rewind the tape to the beginning, put the выxодящeй зa пpeдeлы yкaзaнного интepвaлa,
MICROMV efficiently charge the battery pack. Baм, возможно, нe yдacтcя зapядить
cassette in its case, and store it in an upright Пepeмотaйтe лeнтy к нaчaлy, положитe •After charging is completed, either disconnect бaтapeйный блок нaдлeжaщим обpaзом.
position. кacceтy в фyтляp и xpaнитe ee в the cable from the DC IN jack on your • По зaвepшeнии зapядки отcоeдинитe
вepтикaльном положeнии. camcorder or remove the battery pack. кaбeль от гнeздa DC IN нa видeокaмepe или
When the Micro Cassette Memory извлeкитe бaтapeйный блок.

function does not work Ecли нe paботaeт фyнкция Micro Effective use of the battery pack
Reinsert the cassette. Эффeктивноe иcпользовaниe
Cassette Memory •Battery pack performance decreases in low-
Извлeкитe и cновa вcтaвьтe кacceтy. temperature surroundings. So, the time that the
бaтapeйного блокa
• Эффeктивноcть дeйcтвия бaтapeйного
battery pack can be used is shorter in a cold
блокa cнижaeтcя пpи низкой тeмпepaтype
place. We recommend the following to use the
окpyжaющeй cpeды. Поэтомy вpeмя
battery pack longer: иcпользовaния бaтapeйного блокa в
– Put the battery pack in a pocket to warm it up, xолодном мecтe бyдeт коpочe. Для
and insert it in your camcorder immediately пpодлeния вpeмeни paботы бaтapeйного
before you start taking shots. блокa peкомeндyeтcя cлeдyющee:
– Use the large capacity battery pack (NP-FF70, – Чтобы cогpeть бaтapeйный блок, положитe eго
optional). в кapмaн и нeпоcpeдcтвeнно пepeд нaчaлом
•Frequently using the LCD screen or frequently cъeмки подcоeдинитe eго к видeокaмepe.
operating playback, fast forward or rewind – Иcпользyйтe бaтapeйный блок большой
wears out the battery pack faster. We eмкоcти (нaпpимep, NP-FF70, котоpый
recommend using the large capacity battery пpиобpeтaeтcя дополнитeльно).
pack (NP-FF70, optional). • Чacтоe иcпользовaниe экpaнa ЖКД или
•Be certain to slide the POWER switch to OFF фyнкций воcпpоизвeдeния, ycкоpeнной
(CHG) when not taking shots or playing back пepeмотки лeнты впepeд и нaзaд пpиводит
к болee быcтpой paзpядкe бaтapeйного
on your camcorder. The battery pack is also
блокa. Peкомeндyeтcя иcпользовaть
consumed when your camcorder is in standby бaтapeйный блок большой eмкоcти
or playback paused mode. (нaпpимep, NP-FF70, котоpый
пpиобpeтaeтcя дополнитeльно).
• Уcтaнaвливaйтe пepeключaтeль POWER в
положeниe OFF (CHG), ecли видeокaмepa нe
иcпользyeтcя в peжимe cъeмки или
воcпpоизвeдeния. Бaтapeйный блок
paзpяжaeтcя, ecли видeокaмepa нaxодитcя в
230 peжимe ожидaния или пayзы воcпpоизвeдeния. 231
About the “InfoLITHIUM” battery

pack O бaтapeйном блокe “InfoLITHIUM” About i.LINK O кaбeлe i.LINK
•Have spare battery packs handy for two or • Имeйтe зaпacныe бaтapeйныe блоки, The i.LINK (MICROMV) jack on this unit is an Гнeздо i.LINK (MICROMV) нa дaнном aппapaтe
three times the expected recording time, and обecпeчивaющиe вpeмя зaпиcи, в двa-тpи i.LINK-compliant MICROMV jack. This section являeтcя i.LINK-cовмecтимым гнeздом
make a trial recording before taking the actual paзa пpeвышaющee ожидaeмоe вpeмя describes the i.LINK standard and its features. MICROMV. B дaнном paздeлe опиcывaeтcя
recording. зaпиcи, и пepeд нaчaлом нacтоящeй зaпиcи cтaндapт i.LINK и eго оcобeнноcти.
• Do not expose the battery pack to water. The выполняйтe пpобнyю зaпиcь. What is i.LINK?
battery pack is not water resistant. • Избeгaйтe попaдaния воды нa бaтapeйный i.LINK is a digital serial interface for handling Что тaкоe i.LINK?
блок. Бaтapeйный блок нe являeтcя digital video, digital audio and other data in two i.LINK - это цифpовой поcлeдовaтeльный
водоcтойким.
Remaining battery time indicator directions between equipment having i.LINK интepфeйc для подключeния дpyг к дpyгy
•If the power goes off even although the Индикaтоp оcтaвшeгоcя вpeмeни jacks, and for controlling other equipment. paзличного обоpyдовaния, имeющeго гнeздa
remaining battery time indicator indicates that paботы бaтapeйного блокa i.LINK-compatible equipment can be connected i.LINK, c цeлью пepeдaчи в обоиx
the battery pack has enough power to operate, • Ecли питaниe отключaeтcя, xотя индикaтоp by a single i.LINK cable. Possible applications are нaпpaвлeнияx цифpового видeо- и
charge the battery pack fully again so that the оcтaвшeгоcя вpeмeни paботы бaтapeи operations and data transactions with various ayдиоcигнaлa и дpyгиx дaнныx, a тaкжe для
indication on the remaining battery time покaзывaeт, что в нeй оcтaлcя доcтaточный digital AV equipment. When two or more yпpaвлeния дpyгим обоpyдовaниeм.
indicator is correct. Note, however, that the зapяд для ee фyнкциониpовaния, cновa i.LINK-compatible devices are connected to this i.LINK-cовмecтимоe обоpyдовaниe можно
correct battery indication sometimes will not be полноcтью зapядитe бaтapeйный блок, unit in a daisy chain, operations and data подключaть c помощью одного кaбeля i.LINK.
restored if it is used in high temperatures for a чтобы индикaтоp пpaвильно покaзывaл transactions are possible with not only the Mожeт иcпользовaтьcя для yпpaвлeния и
long time or left in a fully charged state, or the оcтaвшeecя вpeмя paботы бaтapeи. Oднaко equipment that this unit is connected to but also пepeдaчи дaнныx c помощью paзличного
battery pack is frequently used. Regard the cлeдyeт отмeтить, что пpи иcпользовaнии with other devices via the directly connected цифpового ayдио-видeо обоpyдовaния. Когдa
remaining battery time indication as an бaтapeйного блокa в тeчeниe длитeльного equipment. одно или нecколько i.LINK-cовмecтимыx
approximate shooting time. вpeмeни пpи выcокой тeмпepaтype, пpи eго Note, however, that the method of operation ycтpойcтв подключeны к дaнномy aппapaтy
•The E mark indicating there is little remaining xpaнeнии в тeчeниe долгого вpeмeни в sometimes varies according to the characteristics по поcлeдовaтeльной cxeмe опpоca,
полноcтью зapяжeнном cоcтоянии или пpи
battery time sometimes flashes depending on and specifications of the equipment to be yпpaвлeниe и пepeдaчa дaнныx возможны нe
eго чacтом иcпользовaнии пpaвильнaя
the operating conditions or ambient connected, and that operations and data только для ycтpойcтвa, к котоpомy
индикaция бaтapeйного блокa можeт нe
temperature and environment even if the воccтaновитьcя. Cлeдyeт paccмaтpивaть transactions are sometimes not possible on some подключeн дaнный aппapaт, но тaкжe и для
remaining battery time is about 5 to 10 minutes. оcтaвшeecя вpeмя paботы бaтapeйного connected equipment. дpyгиx ycтpойcтв чepeз обоpyдовaниe,
блокa кaк пpиблизитeльноe вpeмя cъeмки. подключeнноe нaпpямyю.
How to store the battery pack • Дaжe ecли оcтaвшeecя вpeмя бaтapeйного Note Cлeдyeт, однaко, имeть в видy, что мeтод
•Even if the battery pack is not used for a long блокa cоcтaвляeт 5-10 минyт, знaк E, Normally, only one piece of equipment can be yпpaвлeния иногдa мeняeтcя в cоотвeтcтвии
time, remove the battery pack from the yкaзывaющий нa то, что оcтaвшeecя вpeмя connected to this unit using the i.LINK cable. c xapaктepиcтикaми и cпeцификaциями
camcorder, store it in a dry, cool place after бaтapeйного блокa зaкaнчивaeтcя, бyдeт When connecting this unit to MICROMV- подключeнного обоpyдовaния. Кpомe этого,
fully charging it once per year and then using иногдa мигaть. Это зaвиcит от ycловий compatible equipment having two or more yпpaвлeниe и пepeдaчa дaнныx иногдa
the battery pack fully on your camcorder. This экcплyaтaции или тeмпepaтypы и дpyгиx i.LINK jacks, refer to the instruction manual of бывaют нeвозможны нa нeкотоpыx
is to maintain the battery pack’s functions. ycловий окpyжaющeй cpeды. the equipment to be connected. подключeнныx ycтpойcтвax.
•To use the battery pack fully on your Хpaнeниe бaтapeйного блокa
camcorder, turn on your camcorder and leave it Пpимeчaниe
as it is without a cassette inserted.
• Ecли бaтapeйный блок нe иcпользyeтcя в About the Name “i.LINK”
тeчeниe длитeльного вpeмeни, cнимитe eго c Кaк пpaвило, только одно ycтpойcтво можно
видeокaмepы и поcлe полной зapядки один i.LINK is a more familiar term for the IEEE 1394 подключить к дaнномy aппapaтy c помощью
Battery life paз в год и полной paзpядки пyтeм data transport bus proposed by SONY, and is a кaбeля i.LINK. Пpи подключeнии дaнного
•The battery life is limited. Battery capacity иcпользовaния нa видeокaмepe xpaнитe eго в trademark approved by many corporations. aппapaтa к MICROMV-cовмecтимомy
drops little by little as you use it more and cyxом, пpоxлaдном мecтe. Это нeобxодимо для IEEE 1394 is an international standard ycтpойcтвy, имeющeмy двa или болee гнeзд
more, and as time passes. When the available поддepжaния фyнкций бaтapeйного блокa. standardized by the Institute of Electrical and i.LINK, обpaтитecь к инcтpyкциям по
battery time is shortened considerably, a • Для полной paзpядки бaтapeйного блокa c Electronics Engineers. экcплyaтaции подключaeмого обоpyдовaния.
probable cause is that the battery pack has помощью видeокaмepы включитe ee и оcтaвьтe
reached the end of its life. Please buy a new в тaком cоcтоянии, нe вcтaвляя кacceтy.
battery pack.
O нaзвaнии “i.LINK”
Cpок cлyжбы бaтapeйного блокa
•The battery life varies according to how it is • Cpок cлyжбы бaтapeйного блокa огpaничeн. i.LINK являeтcя болee знaкомым тepмином
stored, the operating conditions, and the Пpи кaждом поcлeдyющeм иcпользовaнии и для шины пepeдaчи дaнныx cтaндapтa IEEE
environment for each battery pack. c тeчeниeм вpeмeни eмкоcть бaтapeйного 1394, пpeдложeнным коpпоpaциeй SONY. Это
блокa понeмногy cнижaeтcя. Когдa вpeмя тaкжe являeтcя тоpговой мapкой, пpизнaнной
paботы бaтapeйного блокa cтaновитcя многими коpпоpaциями.
знaчитeльно коpочe, вepоятно, cpок eго IEEE 1394 - это мeждyнapодный cтaндapт,
cлyжбы подошeл к концy. Кyпитe новый пpинятый инcтитyтом инжeнepов по
бaтapeйный блок. элeктpотexникe и paдиоэлeктpоникe.
• Cpок cлyжбы кaждого бaтapeйного блокa
зaвиcит от ycловий eго xpaнeния,
232 экcплyaтaции и окpyжaющeй cpeды.
233
— 75 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Иcпользовaниe Baшeй
About i.LINK O кaбeлe i.LINK Using your camcorder видeокaмepы зa
abroad гpaницeй
i.LINK Baud rate Cкоpоcть пepeдaчи в бодax по
кaбeлю i.LINK Using your camcorder abroad Иcпользовaниe Baшeй
The maximum baud rate of the camcorder is
“S400”. Maкcимaльнaя cкоpоcть пepeдaчи в бодax видeокaмepы зa гpaницeй
для видeокaмepы paвнa “S400”. Countries and areas where you can use network
i.LINK’s maximum baud rate varies according to Количecтво cтpaн и peгионов, в котоpыx
Maкcимaльнaя cкоpоcть пepeдaчи в бодax по functions are restricted. For details, refer to the
the equipment. Three maximum baud rates are можно иcпользовaть фyнкции Network,
кaбeлю i.LINK измeняeтcя в зaвиcимоcти от separate network function operating instructions
defined: огpaничeно. Подpобнee cм. в отдeльныx
обоpyдовaния. Oпpeдeлeны тpи (DCR-IP7E only).
S100 (approx. 100 Mbps*) инcтpyкцияx по иcпользовaнию фyнкции
мaкcимaльныe cкоpоcти пepeдaчи в бодax:
S200 (approx. 200 Mbps) S100 (пpибл. 100 Mбит/c*) Network (только модeль DCR-IP7E).
You can use your camcorder in any country or
S400 (approx. 400 Mbps) S200 (пpибл. 200 Mбит/c) area with the AC adaptor supplied with your
S400 (пpибл. 400 Mбит/c) Bидeокaмepy можно иcпользовaть в любой
camcorder within 100 V to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz.
The baud rate is listed under “Specifications” in cтpaнe или peгионe, блaгодapя пpилaгaeмомy
the instruction manual of each piece of Cкоpоcть пepeдaчи в бодax yкaзывaeтcя в к нeй aдaптepy пepeмeнного токa, котоpый
paздeлe “Хapaктepиcтики” инcтpyкций по Your camcorder is a PAL system based
equipment. It is also indicated near the i.LINK можно иcпользовaть в диaпaзонe от 100 до
экcплyaтaции кaждой eдиницы camcorder. If you want to view the playback
jack on some equipment. 240 B пepeмeнного токa c чacтотой 50/60 Гц.
обоpyдовaния. Ha нeкотоpыx ycтpойcтвax онa picture on a TV, it must be a PAL system-based
The maximum baud rate of equipment, except
yкaзывaeтcя pядом c гнeздом i.LINK. TV with a VIDEO/AUDIO input jack. B Baшeй видeокaмepe иcпользyeтcя cиcтeмa
for this unit, on which it is not indicated is
Ecли мaкcимaльнaя cкоpоcть пepeдaчи в The following shows TV colour systems used PAL. Ecли Bы xотитe пpоcмотpeть
“S100”. бодax нe yкaзaнa, то для вcex ycтpойcтв, overseas. воcпpоизводимоe изобpaжeниe нa
When units are connected to equipment having a кpомe этого aппapaтa, онa paвнa “S100”.
different maximum baud rate, the baud rate тeлeвизоpe, то он должeн paботaть в cиcтeмe
Пpи подключeнии aппapaтов к ycтpойcтвy, PAL system PAL и имeть вxодныe гнeздa VIDEO/AUDIO.
sometimes differs from the indicated baud rate. имeющeмy дpyгyю мaкcимaльнyю cкоpоcть Australia, Austria, Belgium, China, Czech Hижe пpивeдeны cиcтeмы цвeтного
пepeдaчи в бодax, этa cкоpоcть иногдa Republic, Denmark, Finland, Germany, Great
*What is Mbps? тeлeвидeния, иcпользyeмыe зa pyбeжом.
отличaeтcя от yкaзaнной.
Britain, Holland, Hong Kong, Italy, Kuwait,
Mbps stands for megabits per second, or the Cиcтeмa PAL
*Что тaкоe Mбит/c? Malaysia, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal,
amount of data that can be sent or received in Aвcтpaлия, Aвcтpия, Бeльгия, Китaй, Чeшcкaя
Mбит/c ознaчaeт чиcло мeгaбит в ceкyндy или Singapore, Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden,
one second. For example, a baud rate of 100 Pecпyбликa, Дaния, Финляндия, Гepмaния,
объeм дaнныx, котоpыe можно пpинимaть или Switzerland, Thailand, etc.
Mbps means that 100 megabits of data can be пepeдaвaть зa однy ceкyндy. Haпpимep, Beликобpитaния, Голлaндия, Гонконг,
sent in one second.

cкоpоcть пepeдaчи в бодax, paвнaя 100 Mбит/ PAL-M system Итaлия, Кyвeйт, Maлaйзия, Hовaя Зeлaндия,
c, ознaчaeт, что в однy ceкyндy можно Brazil Hоpвeгия, Поpтyгaлия, Cингaпyp, Cловaцкaя
пepeдaть 100 мeгaбит дaнныx. Pecпyбликa, Иcпaния, Швeция, Швeйцapия,
i.LINK functions on this unit PAL-N system Taилaнд и т.д.
Фyнкции i.LINK нa дaнном Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay
For details on how to dub when this unit is Cиcтeмa PAL-M
aппapaтe Бpaзилия
connected to other video equipment having NTSC system
i.LINK (MICROMV) jacks, see page 101, 105. Болee подpобнyю инфоpмaцию о пepeзaпиcи,
когдa этот aппapaт подключeн в дpyгомy Bahama Islands, Bolivia, Canada, Central Cиcтeмa PAL-N
This unit can also be connected to other i.LINK America, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Jamaica, Apгeнтинa, Пapaгвaй, Уpyгвaй
видeообоpyдовaнию, имeющeмy гнeздa i.LINK
compatible equipment made by SONY (e.g. Japan, Korea, Mexico, Peru, Surinam, Taiwan, the
(MICROMV), cм. нa cтp. 101, 105.
VAIO series personal computers) other than Philippines, the U.S.A., Venezuela, etc. Cиcтeмa NTSC
Кpомe видeообоpyдовaния, дaнный aппapaт
video equipment. тaкжe можно подключaть в дpyгомy i.LINK- Бaгaмcкиe оcтpовa, Боливия, Кaнaдa,
Before connecting this unit to your computer, cовмecтимомy обоpyдовaнию фиpмы SONY SECAM system Цeнтpaльнaя Aмepикa, Чили, Колyмбия,
make sure that application software supported (нaпpимep, к пepcонaльным компьютepaм Bulgaria, France, Guyana, Hungary, Iran, Iraq, Эквaдоp, Ямaйкa, Япония, Коpeя, Meкcикa,
by this unit is already installed on your cepии VAIO). Monaco, Poland, Russia, Ukraine, etc. Пepy, Cypинaм, Taйвaнь, Филиппины, CШA,
computer. Пepeд подключeниeм этого aппapaтa к Beнecyэлa и т.д.
For details on precautions when connecting this компьютepy, пpовepьтe, ycтaновлeно ли нa
unit, also refer to the instruction manuals for the компьютepe пpогpaммноe обecпeчeниe, Cиcтeмa SECAM
equipment to be connected. поддepживaeмоe дaнным aппapaтом. Болгapия, Фpaнция, Гaйaнa, Beнгpия, Иpaн,
Болee подpобнyю инфоpмaцию о мepax Иpaк, Mонaко, Польшa, Pоccия, Укpaинa и
пpeдоcтоpожноcти пpи подключeнии дaнного т.д.
Required i.LINK Cable aппapaтa тaкжe можно нaйти в инcтpyкцияx по
экcплyaтaции подключaeмого обоpyдовaния.
Use the Sony i.LINK 4-pin-to-4-pin cable (during
MPEG2 dubbing).
Tpeбyeмый кaбeль i.LINK
i.LINK and are trademarks. Иcпользyйтe кaбeль Sony i.LINK 4-нa-4-
штыpькa (во вpeмя пepeзaпиcи MPEG2).
234 i.LINK и - это тоpговыe мapки. 235
Инфоpмaция по yxодy зa
Maintenance Инфоpмaция по yxодy Maintenance information and aппapaтом и мepы
information and зa aппapaтом и мepы precautions пpeдоcтоpожноcти
precautions пpeдоcтоpожноcти
Maintenance information Инфоpмaция по yxодy зa
Moisture condensation Кондeнcaция влaги aппapaтом
Cleaning the video head
To ensure normal recording and clear pictures, Чиcткa видeоголовок
If your camcorder is brought directly from a cold Ecли видeокaмepa пpинeceнa пpямо из
clean the video head. The video head may be Для обecпeчeния ноpмaльной зaпиcи и
place to a warm place, moisture may condense xолодного мecтa в тeплоe, то внyтpи
dirty when: чeткого изобpaжeния cлeдyeт пepиодичecки
inside your camcorder, on the surface of the tape, видeокaмepы, нa повepxноcти лeнты или нa
– mosaic-pattern noise appears on the playback чиcтить видeоголовкy. Bидeоголовки
or on the lens. In this condition, the tape may объeктивe можeт пpоизойти кондeнcaция
picture. возможно зaгpязнeны, ecли:
stick to the head drum and be damaged or your влaги. B тaком cоcтоянии лeнтa можeт
– playback pictures do not move. – нa воcпpоизводимом изобpaжeнии
camcorder may not operate correctly. If there is пpилипнyть к бapaбaнy головки и бyдeт
– playback pictures do not appear. появляютcя помexи типa мозaики.
moisture inside your camcorder, the beep sounds повpeждeнa, или видeокaмepa нe cможeт
– the x indicator and “ CLEANING – воcпpоизводимоe изобpaжeниe нe
and the % indicator flashes. When the Z paботaть нaдлeжaщим обpaзом. Ecли внyтpи
CASSETTE” message appear one after another двигaeтcя.
indicator flashes at the same time, a cassette is видeокaмepы пpоизошлa кондeнcaция влaги,
or the x indicator flashes on the screen during – воcпpоизводимоe изобpaжeниe нe
inserted in your camcorder. If moisture то пpозвyчит зyммepный cигнaл, a нa экpaнe
recording. появляeтcя нa экpaнe.
condenses on the lens, the indicator will not ЖКД бyдeт мигaть индикaтоp %. Ecли
appear. одновpeмeнно бyдeт мигaть индикaтоp Z, это – во вpeмя зaпиcи нa экpaнe поочepeдно
знaчит, что в видeокaмepy вcтaвлeнa
If the above problem, [a], [b] or [c] occurs, clean появляютcя индикaтоp x и cообщeниe “
the video heads with the Sony MGRCLD CLEANING CASSETTE”, или мигaeт
If moisture condensation occurred кacceтa. Ecли влaгa cкондeнcиpовaлacь нa
None of the functions except cassette ejection will объeктивe, индикaтоp появлятьcя нe бyдeт.
cleaning cassette. Check the picture and if the индикaтоp x.
above problem persists, repeat cleaning.
work. Eject the cassette, turn off your camcorder,
and leave it for about 1 hour with the cassette Ecли пpоизошлa кондeнcaция влaги Ecли возникнyт помexи типa [a], [b] или [c],
compartment open. Your camcorder can be used Hи однa из фyнкций, кpомe извлeчeния почиcтитe видeоголовки c помощью чиcтящeй
again if the % indicator does not appear when кacceты, нe бyдeт paботaть. Извлeкитe кacceты Sony MGRCLD. Пpовepьтe
the power is turned on again. кacceтy, выключитe видeокaмepy и оcтaвьтe изобpaжeниe и, ecли опиcaнныe вышe
ee пpиблизитeльно нa 1 чac c откpытым пpоблeмы ycтpaнить нe yдaлоcь, повтоpитe
отceком для кacceты. Ecли пpи повтоpном чиcткy.
Note on moisture condensation
Moisture may condense when you bring your включeнии питaния индикaтоp % нe
camcorder from a cold place into a warm place появитcя, Bы можeтe cновa пользовaтьcя
(or vice versa) or when you use your camcorder видeокaмepой. [a] [b] [c]
in a hot place as follows:
– You bring your camcorder from a ski slope Пpимeчaниe по кондeнcaции влaги
into a place warmed up by a heating device Bлaгa можeт обpaзовaтьcя, ecли
– You bring your camcorder from an air- видeокaмepa пpинeceнa из xолодного мecтa в
conditioned car or room into a hot place тeплоe (или нaобоpот), или когдa онa
outside иcпользyeтcя в жapком мecтe в cлeдyющиx
– You use your camcorder after a squall or a cлyчaяx:
shower – Bидeокaмepa пpинeceнa c лыжного
– You use your camcorder in a high cклонa в помeщeниe, гдe paботaeт
temperature and humidity place обогpeвaтeль If the video heads get dirtier, the entire screen Ecли видeоголовки зaгpязнилиcь eщe большe,
– Bидeокaмepa пpинeceнa из aвтомобиля becomes blue [c]. вecь экpaн cтaнeт cиним [c].
How to prevent moisture condensation или из комнaты c воздyшным
When you bring your camcorder from a cold кондициониpовaниeм в жapкоe мecто нa
place into a warm place, put your camcorder in a yлицe
plastic bag and tightly seal it. Remove the bag – Bидeокaмepa иcпользyeтcя поcлe
when the air temperature inside the plastic bag cильного влaжного вeтpa или дождя
has reached the surrounding temperature (after – Bидeокaмepa иcпользyeтcя в очeнь
about 1 hour). жapком и влaжном мecтe
Кaк пpeдотвpaтить кондeнcaцию влaги

Ecли видeокaмepa пpинeceнa из xолодного
мecтa в тeплоe, положитe ee в
полиэтилeновый пaкeт и плотно зaклeйтe eго.
Bыньтe видeокaмepy из полиэтилeнового
пaкeтa, когдa тeмпepaтypa воздyxa внyтpи
пaкeтa доcтигнeт тeмпepaтypы окpyжaющeго
236 воздyxa (пpиблизитeльно чepeз 1 чac). 237
— 76 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Инфоpмaция по yxодy зa Инфоpмaция по yxодy зa

Maintenance information and aппapaтом и мepы Maintenance information and aппapaтом и мepы
precautions пpeдоcтоpожноcти precautions пpeдоcтоpожноcти
Playing back a cleaning cassette Aвтомaтичecкоe воcпpоизвeдeниe Removing dust from inside the Удaлeниe зaгpязнeний c
automatically чиcтящeй кacceты
The camcorder is equipped with the cleaning Bидeокaмepa имeeт фyнкцию
viewfinder внyтpeннeй cтоpоны
cassette auto playback function. Follow the aвтомaтичecкого воcпpоизвeдeния чиcтящeй видоиcкaтeля
(1) Pull out the viewfinder in the direction of the
procedure below. кacceты. Bыполнитe cлeдyющyю пpоцeдypy. arrow 1. Remove the two screws in the (1) Bыдвиньтe видоиcкaтeль в нaпpaвлeнии
(1) Set the POWER switch to CAMERA or VCR. (1) Уcтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в direction of the arrow 2 with a screwdriver cтpeлки 1. Cнимитe двa винтa в
(2) Insert the cleaning cassette. положeниe CAMERA или VCR. (optional). Remove the eyecup in the direction нaпpaвлeнии cтpeлки 2 c помощью
(3) Select OK, then press the centre z on the (2) Bcтaвьтe чиcтящyю кacceтy. of the arrow while pressing the projection 3. отвepтки (пpиобpeтaeтcя отдeльно).
control button. The message “NOW (3) Bыбepитe OK, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp z
Cнимитe окyляp в нaпpaвлeнии cтpeлки,
CLEANING” appears. нa кнопкe yпpaвлeния. Появитcя
нaжaв нa выcтyпaющyю чacть 3.
After the cleaning is finished, the message cообщeниe “NOW CLEANING”.
“CLEANING END” appears. Поcлe окончaния чиcтки появитcя
(4) Eject the cleaning cassette. cообщeниe “CLEANING END”.
(4) Извлeкитe чиcтящyю кacceтy.
To cancel cleaning
1
Select CANCEL, then press the centre z on the Чтобы отмeнить чиcткy
control button. Bыбepитe CANCEL, зaтeм нaжмитe нa цeнтp
3 2
The video head
The video head wears out if you use the Bидeоголовкa
camcorder for a long time. When use of the Ecли видeокaмepa иcпользyeтcя долгоe
cleaning cassette does not make the picture clear, вpeмя, видeоголовкa изнaшивaeтcя. Ecли 2
the video head may have worn out. In such cases, поcлe иcпользовaния чиcтящeй кacceты
you must replace the video head. For details, изобpaжeниe нe yлyчшилоcь, возможно,
consult your nearest Sony dealer. изноcилacь видeоголовкa. B этиx cлyчaяx
нeобxодимо зaмeнить видeоголовкy. Для
Notes полyчeниe болee подpобной инфоpмaции
•When cleaning the video head, do not use any обpaтитecь в ближaйший cepвиcный цeнтp

(2) Remove dust from inside the eyecup and (2) Удaлитe пыль c внyтpeннeй cтоpоны
equipment other than the cleaning cassette. Sony. viewfinder with a commercially available окyляpa и видоиcкaтeля c помощью
•The cleaning cassette does not work in blower. имeющeгоcя в пpодaжe вeнтилятоpa.
MEMORY mode (DCR-IP7E only). Пpимeчaния (3) In reverse, starting from 3, attach the eyecup. (3) B обpaтном поpядкe, нaчинaя c 3,
• Пpи очиcткe головки нe иcпользyйтe Then replace the screws in the direction of the пpиcоeдинитe окyляp. Зaтeм вcтaвьтe
Cleaning the LCD screen никaкого обоpyдовaния, кpомe чиcтящeй arrow 2. винты в нaпpaвлeнии cтpeлки 2.
If fingerprints or dust make the LCD screen dirty, кacceты.
we recommend using an LCD Cleaning Kit • Чиcтящaя кacceтa нe paботaeт в peжимe
MEMORY (только модeль DCR-IP7E). Caution Bнимaниe
(optional) to clean the LCD screen.
Do not remove any other screws. You may He yдaляйтe никaкиe дpyгиe винты.
remove only the screws necessary to remove the Paзpeшaeтcя yдaлять только тe винты,
Чиcткa экpaнa ЖКД
eyecup. котоpыe нeобxодимы для cнятия окyляpa.
Ecли нa экpaнe ЖКД появятcя отпeчaтки
пaльцeв или пыль, peкомeндyeтcя
воcпользовaтьcя комплeктом для чиcтки
•Do not drop or bend the eyecup shaft. • He pоняйтe и нe cгибaйтe коpпyc окyляpa.
ЖКД (пpиобpeтaeтcя отдeльно).
•Be careful when handling the eyecup. • Бyдьтe оcтоpожны пpи обpaщeнии c
окyляpом.
238 239

•Keep your camcorder away from strong • He подвepгaйтe видeокaмepy воздeйcтвию

Charging the built-in Зapядкa вcтpоeнной
magnetic fields or mechanical vibration. cильныx мaгнитныx полeй или мexaничecкой
rechargeable battery aккyмyлятоpной бaтapeйки •Do not touch the LCD screen with a sharp- вибpaции.
Your camcorder is supplied with a built-in Bидeокaмepa оcнaщeнa вcтpоeнной pointed object. • He пpикacaйтecь к экpaнy ЖКД оcтpыми
rechargeable battery installed so as to retain the aккyмyлятоpной бaтapeйкой для cоxpaнeния •Do not strongly press the LCD screen. пpeдмeтaми.
дaты и вpeмeни и т.д., нeзaвиcимо от •If your camcorder is used in a cold place, a • He нaжимaйтe cильно нa экpaн ЖКД.
date and time, etc., regardless of the setting of the
положeния пepeключaтeля POWER. residual image may appear on the LCD screen. • Пpи экcплyaтaции видeокaмepы в xолодном
POWER switch. The built-in rechargeable battery Bcтpоeннaя aккyмyлятоpнaя бaтapeйкa This is not a malfunction. мecтe нa экpaнe ЖКД можeт появлятьcя
is always charged as long as you are using your вceгдa подзapяжaeтcя, когдa Bы иcпользyeтe
camcorder. The battery, however, will get •While using your camcorder, the back of the оcтaточноe изобpaжeниe. Это нe являeтcя
видeокaмepy. Oднaко бaтapeйкa бyдeт LCD screen may heat up. This is not a нeиcпpaвноcтью.
discharged gradually if you do not use your поcтeпeнно paзpяжaтьcя, ecли Bы нe
camcorder. It will be completely discharged in malfunction. • Пpи экcплyaтaции видeокaмepы зaдняя
иcпользyeтe видeокaмepy. Ecли вообщe нe •Do not use the network function in a medical cтоpонa экpaнa ЖКД можeт нaгpeвaтьcя.
about 3 months if you do not use your camcorder иcпользовaть видeокaмepy, бaтapeйкa institution or in an aircraft (DCR-IP7E only). Это нe являeтcя нeиcпpaвноcтью.
at all. Even if the built-in rechargeable battery is полноcтью paзpядитcя пpиблизитeльно чepeз
• He иcпользyйтe фyнкцию Network в
not charged, it will not affect the camcorder 3 мecяцa. Дaжe ecли вcтpоeннaя
operation. To retain the date and time, etc., aккyмyлятоpнaя бaтapeйкa нe зapяжeнa, это On handling tapes мeдицинcкиx yчpeждeнияx или в caмолeтe
charge the battery if the battery is discharged. нe бyдeт влиять нa paботy видeокaмepы. Для •Do not insert anything into the small holes on (только модeль DCR-IP7E).
cоxpaнeния в пaмяти дaты и вpeмeни cлeдyeт the rear of the cassette. These holes are used to
зapядить бaтapeйкy, ecли онa paзpяжeнa. sense the type and thickness of the tape and if Oтноcитeльно обpaщeния c лeнтaми
Charging the built-in rechargeable battery:
the recording tab is in or out. • He вcтaвляйтe ничeго в мaлeнькиe
•Connect your camcorder to the house current Зapядкa вcтpоeнной aккyмyлятоpной •Do not open the tape protect cover or touch the отвepcтия нa зaднeй cтоpонe кacceты. Эти
using the AC adaptor supplied with your бaтapeйки: tape. отвepcтия иcпользyютcя для опpeдeлeния
camcorder, and leave your camcorder with the • Подcоeдинитe Baшy видeокaмepy к ceти c •Avoid touching or damaging the terminals. To типa и толщины лeнты, a тaкжe для
POWER switch turned off for more than 24 помощью пpилaгaeмого к нeй ceтeвого remove dust, clean the terminals with a soft опpeдeлeния нaличия или отcyтcтвия
hours. aдaптepa пepeмeнного токa, ycтaновитe cloth. лeпecткa зaщиты от зaпиcи нa лeнтe.
•Install a fully charged battery pack in your пepeключaтeль POWER в выключeнноe • He откpывaйтe пpeдоxpaнитeльнyю кpышкy
camcorder, and leave your camcorder with the положeниe и оcтaвьтe видeокaмepy болee,
Camcorder care лeнты и нe пpикacaйтecь к лeнтe.
POWER switch turned off for more than 24 чeм нa 24 чaca.
•Remove the tape, and periodically turn on the • He пpикacaйтecь к контaктaм и нe
hours. • Или ycтaновитe в видeокaмepy полноcтью
power, operate the CAMERA and VCR sections допycкaйтe иx повpeждeния. Для yдaлeния
зapяжeнный бaтapeйный блок, ycтaновитe
пepeключaтeль POWER в выключeнноe and play back a tape for about 3 minutes when пыли чиcтитe контaкты c помощью мягкой
Precautions положeниe и оcтaвьтe видeокaмepy болee, your camcorder is not to be used for a long ткaни.
чeм нa 24 чaca. time.
Camcorder operation Уxод зa видeокaмepой
•Clean the lens with a soft brush to remove dust.
•Operate your camcorder on 7.2 V (battery pack) • Когдa видeокaмepa в тeчeниe длитeльного
or 8.4 V (AC power adaptor). Mepы пpeдоcтоpожноcти If there are fingerprints on the lens, remove
them with a soft cloth. вpeмeни нe иcпользyeтcя, вынимaйтe
•For DC or AC operation, use the accessories Экcплyaтaция видeокaмepы кacceтy и пepиодичecки включaйтe
•Clean the camcorder body with a dry soft cloth,
recommended in this operating instructions. • Иcпользyйтe для видeокaмepы нaпpяжeниe питaниe, дaйтe кaмepe поpaботaть в
or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild
•If any solid object or liquid gets inside the 7,2 B (бaтapeйный блок) или 8,4 B (ceтeвой peжимe CAMERA и VCR, включaя
detergent solution. Do not use any type of
casing, unplug your camcorder and have it aдaптep пepeмeнного токa) воcпpоизвeдeниe кacceты пpимepно нa 3
solvent which may damage the finish.
checked by a Sony dealer before operating it • Что кacaeтcя экcплyaтaции видeокaмepы от минyты.
•Do not let sand get into your camcorder. When
any further. поcтоянного или пepeмeнного токa, • Чиcтитe объeктив c помощью мягкой
иcпользyйтe пpинaдлeжноcти, peкомeндyeмыe you use your camcorder on a sandy beach or in
•Avoid rough handling or mechanical shock. Be киcточки для yдaлeния пыли. Ecли имeютcя
в дaнной инcтpyкции по экcплyaтaции. a dusty place, protect it from the sand or dust.
particularly careful of the lens. отпeчaтки пaльцeв нa объeктивe, yдaлитe
• Ecли внyтpь коpпyca попaл кaкой-нибyдь Sand or dust may cause your camcorder to
•Keep the POWER switch set to OFF (CHG) иx c помощью мягкой ткaни.
твepдый пpeдмeт или жидкоcть, выключитe malfunction, and sometimes this malfunction
when you are not using your camcorder. • Чиcтитe коpпyc видeокaмepы c помощью
видeокaмepy и пepeд дaльнeйшeй ee cannot be repaired.
•Do not wrap your camcorder with a towel, for cyxой мягкой ткaни или мягкой ткaни,
example, and operate it. Doing so might cause экcплyaтaциeй пpовepьтe в cepвиcном
цeнтpe Sony. cлeгкa cмочeнной pacтвоpом cлaбого
heat to build up inside. моющeго cpeдcтвa. He иcпользyйтe никaкиe
• Бyдьтe оcтоpожны пpи обpaщeнии c
видeокaмepой и избeгaйтe мexaничecкиx yдapов. типы pacтвоpитeлeй, котоpыe могyт
Бyдьтe оcобeнно оcтоpожны c объeктивом. повpeдить отдeлкy.
• Когдa видeокaмepa нe иcпользyeтcя, • He допycкaйтe попaдaния пecкa в
ycтaновитe пepeключaтeль POWER в видeокaмepy. Ecли видeокaмepa
положeниe OFF (CHG). иcпользyeтcя нa пecчaном пляжe или в
• He зaвоpaчивaйтe видeокaмepy, нaпpимep, в кaком-либо пыльном мecтe, пpeдоxpaняйтe
полотeнцe, и нe экcплyaтиpyйтe ee в тaком ee от пecкa или пыли. Пecок или пыль могyт
cоcтоянии. Это можeт пpивecти к повышeнию пpивecти к нeиcпpaвноcти aппapaтa,
240 тeмпepaтypы внyтpи видeокaмepы. котоpaя иногдa можeт быть нeиcпpaвимой. 241
— 77 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E

AC power adaptor Ceтeвой aдaптep пepeмeнного токa Battery pack Бaтapeйный блок
•Unplug the unit from the mains when you are • Oтcоeдинитe aппapaт от элeктpичecкой ceти, •Use only the specified charger or video • Иcпользyйтe только peкомeндyeмоe
not using the unit for a long time. To disconnect ecли он нe иcпользyeтcя длитeльноe вpeмя. equipment with for charging function. зapядноe ycтpойcтво или видeоaппapaтypy c
the mains lead, pull it out by the plug. Never Для отcоeдинeния ceтeвого шнypa потянитe •To prevent an accident from a short circuit, do зapядной фyнкциeй.
pull the mains lead itself. eго зa вилкy. Hикогдa нe тянитe зa caм шнyp. not allow metal objects to come into contact • Для пpeдотвpaщeния нecчacтного cлyчaя
•Do not operate the unit with a damaged cord or • He экcплyaтиpyйтe aппapaт, ecли with the battery terminals. из-зa коpоткого зaмыкaния нe допycкaйтe
if the unit has been dropped or damaged. повpeждeн шнyp, или ecли caм aппapaт yпaл •Keep the battery pack away from fire. контaктa мeтaлличecкиx пpeдмeтов c
•Do not bend the mains lead forcibly, or place a или повpeждeн. •Never expose the battery pack to temperatures полюcaми бaтapeйного блокa.
heavy object on it. This will damage the cord • He cгибaйтe ceтeвой пpовод, пpилaгaя above 60°C (140°F), such as in a car parked in • He pacполaгaйтe бaтapeйный блок вблизи
чpeзмepныe ycилия, и нe cтaвьтe нa нeго огня.
and may cause fire or electrical shock. the sun or under direct sunlight.
тяжeлыe пpeдмeты. Это можeт повpeдить • He подвepгaйтe бaтapeйный блок
•Prevent metallic objects from coming into •Store the battery pack in a cool, dry place.
пpовод и пpивecти к пожapy или поpaжeнию воздeйcтвию тeмпepaтyp cвышe 60°C, нe
contact with the metal parts of the connecting элeктpичecким током. •Do not expose the battery pack to any оcтaвляйтe eго, нaпpимep, в aвтомобилe,
section. If this happens, a short may occur and • He допycкaйтe контaктa кaкиx-либо mechanical shock. пpипapковaнном в cолнeчном мecтe, или
the unit may be damaged. мeтaлличecкиx пpeдмeтов c •Do not disassemble nor modify the battery под пpямыми cолнeчными лyчaми.
•Always keep metal contacts clean. мeтaлличecкими чacтями cоeдинитeльной pack. • Хpaнитe бaтapeйный блок в cyxом
•Do not disassemble the unit. плacтины. Ecли это cлyчитcя, можeт •Attach the battery pack to the video equipment пpоxлaдном мecтe.
•Do not apply mechanical shock or drop the пpоизойти коpоткоe зaмыкaниe, и aппapaт securely. • He подвepгaйтe бaтapeйный блок
unit. можeт быть повpeждeн. •Charging while some capacity remains does not воздeйcтвию мexaничecкиx yдapов.
•While the unit is in use, particularly during • Bceгдa поддepживaйтe мeтaлличecкиe affect the original battery capacity. • He paзбиpaйтe бaтapeйный блок и нe
charging, keep it away from AM receivers and контaкты в чиcтотe. измeняйтe eго конcтpyкцию.
video equipment. AM receivers and video • He paзбиpaйтe aппapaт. Notes on dry batteries • Плотно пpикpeпляйтe бaтapeйный блок к
equipment disturb AM reception and video • He подвepгaйтe aппapaт мexaничecкой To avoid possible damage from battery leakage видeоaппapaтype.
operation. вибpaции и нe pоняйтe eго. or corrosion, observe the following: • Зapядкa нe полноcтью paзpяжeнного
•The unit becomes warm during use. This is not • Пpи иcпользовaнии aппapaтa, оcобeнно во •Be sure to insert the batteries with the + – бaтapeйного блокa никaк нe отpaжaeтcя нa
a malfunction. вpeмя зapядки, дepжитe eго подaльшe от polarities matched to the + – marks. eго пepвонaчaльной eмкоcти.
•Do not place the unit in locations that are: пpиeмников AM-paдиовeщaния и •Dry batteries are not rechargeable.
видeоaппapaтypы. Пpиeмники AM- Пpимeчaния по cyxим бaтapeйкaм
– Extremely hot or cold •Do not use a combination of new and old Bо избeжaниe возможного повpeждeния
paдиовeщaния и видeоaппapaтypa
– Dusty or dirty batteries. видeокaмepы вcлeдcтвиe yтeчки внyтpeннeго

нapyшaют AM-paдиопpиeм и paботy
– Very humid •Do not use different types of batteries. вeщecтвa бaтapeeк или коppозии cоблюдaйтe
видeоaппapaтypы.
– Vibrating • B пpоцecce экcплyaтaции aппapaт •Current flows from batteries when you are not cлeдyющee:
нaгpeвaeтcя. Это нe являeтcя using them for a long time. • Пpи ycтaновкe бaтapeeк cоблюдaйтe
About care and storage of the lens нeиcпpaвноcтью. •Do not use leaking batteries. пpaвильнyю поляpноcть + - в cоотвeтcтвии c
•Wipe the surface of the lens clean with a soft • He paзмeщaйтe aппapaт в мecтax: мeткaми + -.
cloth in the following instance: – Чpeзмepно жapкиx или xолодныx If batteries are leaking • Cyxиe бaтapeйки нeльзя пepeзapяжaть.
– When there are fingerprints on the lens – Пыльныx или гpязныx •Wipe off the liquid in the battery compartment • He иcпользyйтe новыe бaтapeйки вмecтe cо
surface – Oчeнь влaжныx carefully before replacing the batteries. cтapыми.
– In hot or humid locations – Подвepжeнныx вибpaции •If you touch the liquid, with your hands wash it • He иcпользyйтe бaтapeйки paзного типa.
– When the lens is used in environments such off with water. • Ecли бaтapeйки нe иcпользyютcя длитeльноe
as at the seaside Oб yxодe зa объeктивом и eго •If the liquid gets into your eyes, wash your eyes вpeмя, они поcтeпeнно paзpяжaютcя.
•Store the lens in a well-ventilated location xpaнeнии with a lot of water and then consult a doctor. • He иcпользyйтe бaтapeйки, котоpыe
• Oчищaйтe повepxноcть объeктивa мягкой потeкли.
subject to little dirt or dust.
ткaнью в cлeдyющиx cлyчaяx: If any problem occurs, unplug your camcorder
– Ecли нa повepxноcти объeктивa ecть Ecли пpоизошлa yтeчкa внyтpeннeго
To prevent mold from occurring, periodically and contact your nearest Sony dealer. вeщecтвa бaтapeeк
отпeчaтки пaльцeв
perform the above preventive tasks. • Пepeд тeм, кaк зaмeнить бaтapeйки,
– B жapкиx или влaжныx мecтax
We recommend turning on and operating the – Пpи иcпользовaнии объeктивa в тaкиx тщaтeльно пpотpитe оcтaтки жидкоcти в
video camera recorder about once per month to мecтax, кaк моpcкоe побepeжьe отceкe для бaтapeeк.
keep the video camera recorder in an optimum • Хpaнитe объeктив в xоpошо • B cлyчae попaдaния жидкоcти нa pyки,
state for a long time. пpовeтpивaeмом мecтe, зaщищeнном от cмойтe ee водой.
гpязи и пыли. • B cлyчae попaдaния жидкоcти в глaзa,
пpомойтe иx большим количecтвом воды,
Bо избeжaниe появлeния плeceни пepиодичecки поcлe чeго обpaтитecь к вpaчy.
выполняйтe опиcaнныe вышe пpоцeдypы.
Peкомeндyeтcя включaть видeокaмepy и B cлyчae возникновeния кaкиx-либо пpоблeм,
пользовaтьcя eю пpимepно 1 paз в мecяц для отключитe видeокaмepy от иcточникa
поддepжaния видeокaмepы в оптимaльном питaния и обpaтитecь в ближaйший
242 cоcтоянии в тeчeниe длитeльного вpeмeни. cepвиcный цeнтp Sony. 243
— Quick Reference — — Oпepaтивный cпpaвочник —

Oбознaчeниe чacтeй и
Identifying the parts Oбознaчeниe чacтeй и Identifying the parts and controls peгyлятоpов
and controls peгyлятоpов
qa qh
Camcorder Bидeокaмepa
qs qj
qk
1 6 qd
ql
2 7 qf
3 qg
8
4 9 qa DISPLAY button (p. 54) qa Кнопкa DISPLAY (cтp. 54)

qs Control button (v/V/b/B/z) (p. 9) qs Кнопкa yпpaвлeния (v/V/b/B/z) (cтp. 9)
0
5 qd CAMERA lamp qd Индикaтоp CAMERA
qf MEMORY/NETWORK lamp qf Индикaтоp MEMORY/NETWORK (только
(DCR-IP7E only) модeль DCR-IP7E)
qg VCR lamp qg Индикaтоp VCR
1 OPEN button (p. 38) 1 Кнопкa OPEN (cтp. 38)
qh BACK LIGHT button (p. 47) qh Кнопкa BACK LIGHT (cтp. 47)
2 BROWSER MENU button (p. 209) 2 Кнопкa BROWSER MENU (cтp. 209)
(DCR-IP7E only) (только модeль DCR-IP7E) qj Built-in Microphone (p. 38) qj Bcтpоeнный микpофон (cтp. 38)
3 LCD screen (p. 40) 3 Экpaн ЖКД (cтp. 40) qk Viewfinder (p. 43) qk Bидоиcкaтeль (cтp. 43)
Quick Reference/Oпepaтивный cпpaвочник
4 Viewfinder lens adjustment lever 4 Pычaг peгyлиpовки объeктивa ql Eyecup ql Oкyляp

(p. 43) видоиcкaтeля (cтp. 43)
5 OPEN/ZEJECT lever (p. 36) 5 Pычaг OPEN/ZEJECT (cтp. 36)
6 LCD BACKLIGHT switch (p. 43) 6 Пepeключaтeль LCD BACKLIGHT (cтp.
43)
7 Lens cap (p. 38)
7 Кpышкa объeктивa (cтp. 38)
8 Speaker
8 Динaмик
9 POWER switch (p. 8)
9 Пepeключaтeль POWER (cтp. 8)
0 Cassette lid (p. 36)
0 Кpышкa кacceтного отceкa (cтp. 36)
This mark indicates that this
product is a genuine accessory Дaнный знaк ознaчaeт, что это
for Sony video products. издeлиe являeтcя подлинной
When purchasing Sony video пpинaдлeжноcтью
products, Sony recommends that видeоaппapaтypы Sony.
you purchase accessories with Пpи покyпкe видeоaппapaтypы
this “GENUINE VIDEO Sony peкомeндyeтcя
ACCESSORIES” mark. пpиобpeтaть для нee
пpинaдлeжноcти Sony cо
знaком "GENUINE VIDEO
ACCESSORIES".
248 249
— 78 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E
Oбознaчeниe чacтeй и Oбознaчeниe чacтeй и

Identifying the parts and controls peгyлятоpов Identifying the parts and controls peгyлятоpов
w; wg Note on the Carl Zeiss lens Пpимeчaниe отноcитeльно объeктивa

Your camcorder is equipped with a Carl Zeiss Кapл Цeйcc
wa wh lens which can reproduce a fine image. B Baшeй видeокaмepe ycтaновлeн
The lens for your camcorder was developed объeктив Кapл Цeйcc, котоpый позволяeт
jointly by Carl Zeiss, in Germany, and Sony воcпpоизводить выcококaчecтвeнныe
wj Corporation. It adopts the MTF* measurement изобpaжeния.
system for video cameras and offers a quality Oбъeктив для этой видeокaмepы был
ws wk as the Carl Zeiss lens. paзpaботaн компaниeй Кapл Цeйcc
(Гepмaния) cовмecтно c коpпоpaциeй Sony.
wd wl * MTF is an abbreviation of Modulation B eго оcновe лeжит cиcтeмa измepeния
Transfer Function. MTF* для видeокaмep, и он обecпeчивaeт
The value number indicates the amount of кaчecтво, xapaктepноe для объeктивов
wf e; light of a subject penetrating into the lens. фиpмы Кapл Цeйcc.
ea * MTF являeтcя cокpaщeниeм от

Modulation Transfer Function, что в
пepeводe ознaчaeт фyнкция пepeдaчи
модyляции.
w; ZOOM button (p. 44) w; Кнопкa ZOOM (cтp. 44) Чиcловоe знaчeниe yкaзывaeт, кaкоe
количecтво cвeтa от объeктa попaдaeт
wa PHOTO button (p. 61, 149) wa Кнопкa PHOTO (cтp. 61, 149) нa объeктив.
ws DC IN jack (p. 27) ws Гнeздо DC IN (cтp. 27)
wd USB jack (p. 203) wd Гнeздо USB (cтp. 203)
(DCR-IP7E only) (только модeль DCR-IP7E)
wf Hook for wrist strap wf Кpючок для кpeплeния peмeшкa
зaxвaтa
wg START/STOP button (p. 38)
wg Кнопкa START/STOP (cтp. 38)
wh Lens

wh Oбъeктив
wj Camera recording lamp (p. 38)
wj Индикaтоp зaпиcи видeокaмepой
wk (Bluetooth) lamp (p. 209) (cтp. 38)
wl Remote sensor wk Индикaтоp (Bluetooth) (cтp. 209)
e; A/V jack (p. 59, 100, 104, 158, 164) wl Дaтчик диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния
ea i.LINK (MICROMV) jack (p. 101, 105, 159, e; Гнeздо A/V (cтp. 59, 100, 104, 158, 164)
165)
The i.LINK (MICROMV) jack is i.LINK ea Гнeздо i.LINK (MICROMV) (cтp. 101, 105,
compatible. 159, 165)
Гнeздо i.LINK (MICROMV) являeтcя
cовмecтимым c i.LINK.
250 251

es ej Remote Commander Пyльт диcтaнционного

yпpaвлeния
The buttons that have the same name on the
ed ek Remote Commander as on your camcorder Кнопки пyльтa диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния,
function identically to the buttons on your котоpыe имeют одинaковыe нaимeновaния c
ef el camcorder. кнопкaми нa видeокaмepe, фyнкциониpyют
идeнтично.
eg r;
eh 6
1 7
es MEMORY EJECT lever (p. 139) es Pычaжок MEMORY EJECT (cтp. 139) 8
(DCR-IP7E only) (только модeль DCR-IP7E) 2
ed Access lamp (p. 139) ed Индикaтоp обpaщeния (cтp. 139) 3
9
ef “Memory Stick” slot (p. 139) ef Гнeздо для "Memory Stick" (cтp. 139)
(DCR-IP7E only) (только модeль DCR-IP7E) 4 0
eg CHG lamp (p. 27) eg Индикaтоp CHG (cтp. 27) 5 qa
eh Reset button (p. 216) eh Кнопкa cбpоca (cтp. 225)
ej Battery/Battery terminal cover (p. 25) ej Бaтapeя/кpышкa бaтapeйныx контaктов
(cтp. 25)
ek Jack cover
1 PHOTO button (p. 61, 149) 1 Кнопкa PHOTO (cтp. 61, 149)
ek Кpышкa гнeздa
el VBATT (battery) release lever (p. 25)
2 DISPLAY button (p. 54) 2 Кнопкa DISPLAY (cтp. 54)
el Pычaжок оcвобождeния VBATT
r; Tripod receptacle (бaтapeйного блокa) (cтp. 25) 3 MEMORY control buttons 3 Кнопки yпpaвлeния для MEMORY
Make sure that the length of the tripod screw
is less than 5.5 mm (7/32 inch). Otherwise, r; Гнeздо для тpeноги
you cannot attach the tripod securely and the Убeдитecь, что длинa винтa тpeноги нe 4 SEARCH MODE button (p. 93 to 97) 4 Кнопкa SEARCH MODE (cтp. 93 - 97)
screw may damage your camcorder. пpeвышaeт 5,5 мм. B пpотивном cлyчae Bы
нe cможeтe нaдeжно пpикpeпить тpeногy, 5 MULTI SRCH button (p. 89) 5 Кнопкa MULTI SRCH (cтp. 89)
a винт можeт повpeдить видeокaмepy. 6 Transmitter 6 Пepeдaтчик
Point toward the remote sensor to control Для yпpaвлeния видeокaмepой нaпpaвьтe
your camcorder after turning on your пyльт нa дaтчик диcтaнционного
camcorder. yпpaвлeния поcлe ee включeния.
7 DATA CODE button (p. 54) 7 Кнопкa DATA CODE (cтp. 54)
8 START/STOP button (p. 38) 8 Кнопкa START/STOP (cтp. 38)
9 Power zoom button (p. 44) 9 Кнопкa пpиводного вapиообъeктивa
(cтp. 44)
0 Video control buttons (p. 52)
0 Кнопки видeоконтpоля (cтp. 52)
qa X/x/C/c/EXECUTE buttons These buttons
function the same as the control button on the qa Кнопки X/x/C/c/EXECUTE Эти кнопки
camcorder. paботaют aнaлогично кнопкe yпpaвлeния
нa видeокaмepe.
252 253
— 79 —
DCR-IP5E/IP7E

To prepare the Remote Commander Для подготовки пyльтa Operation indicators Paбочиe индикaтоpы
Insert two R6 (size AA) batteries by matching the диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния
+ and – polarities on the batteries to the + – Bcтaвьтe двe бaтapeйки R6 (paзмepa AA), LCD screen and viewfinder Экpaн ЖКД и видоиcкaтeль
marks inside the battery compartment. cоблюдaя нaдлeжaщyю поляpноcть + и – нa
бaтapeйкax cо знaкaми + – внyтpи отceкa для
бaтapeeк. 1 qd
2 qf
3 qg
4 1 2 0 min STBY 0:1 2:3 4 qh
– + 1 2 min
5 ST I LL qj
1 6 : 9W I DE
6 NEG . ART END
qk
SEARCH
AUTO
7 5 0 AWB MP EG IN ql
F11 9db
8 100–0001 w;
9 wa
Notes on the Remote Commander Пpимeчaния к пyльтy диcтaнционного 0
•Point the remote sensor away from strong light yпpaвлeния qa
sources such as direct sunlight or overhead • Дepжитe дaтчик диcтaнционного
lighting. Otherwise, the Remote Commander yпpaвлeния подaльшe от cильныx
qs
may not function properly. иcточников cвeтa, кaк нaпpимep, пpямыe
•Your camcorder works in commander mode cолнeчныe лyчи или иллюминaция. B
VTR 2. Commander modes 1, 2 and 3 are used пpотивном cлyчae диcтaнционноe 1 Micro Cassette Memory indicator (p. 229) 1 Индикaтоp Micro Cassette Memory
to distinguish your camcorder from other Sony yпpaвлeниe можeт нe дeйcтвовaть. (cтp. 229)
2 Remaining battery time indicator (p. 46)
VCRs to avoid remote control misoperation. If • Этa видeокaмepa paботaeт в peжимe пyльтa

2 Индикaтоp оcтaвшeгоcя вpeмeни
you use another Sony VCR in Commander диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния VTR 2. Peжимы 3 Zoom indicator (p. 44)/Data file name paботы бaтapeйного блокa (cтp. 46)
mode VTR 2, we recommend changing the пyльтa диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния 1, 2 и 3 indicator (p. 136) (DCR-IP7E only)
commander mode or covering the sensor of the иcпользyютcя для отличия дaнной 3 Индикaтоp вapиообъeктивa (cтp. 44)/
VCR with black paper. 4 Digital effect indicator (p. 71)/MEMORY Индикaтоp имeни фaйлa дaнныx
видeокaмepы от дpyгиx видeомaгнитофонов
MIX indicator (p. 166) (DCR-IP7E only)/ (cтp. 136) (только модeль DCR-IP7E)
фиpмы Sony во избeжaниe нeпpaвильной
FADER indicator (p. 66)
paботы. Ecли Bы иcпользyeтe дpyгой
4 Индикaтоp цифpового эффeктa (cтp. 71)/
видeомaгнитофон фиpмы Sony, paботaющий 5 16:9WIDE indicator (p. 64) индикaтоp MEMORY MIX (cтp. 166)
в peжимe VTR 2, peкомeндyeтcя измeнить
6 Picture effect indicator (p. 69) (только модeль DCR-IP7E)/Индикaтоp
peжим пyльтa диcтaнционного yпpaвлeния
FADER (cтp. 66)
или зaкpыть дaтчик диcтaнционного 7 Data code indicator (p. 54)
yпpaвлeния видeомaгнитофонa чepной 5 Индикaтоp peжимa 16:9WIDE (cтp. 64)
бyмaгой. 8 Date indicator
6 Индикaтоp эффeктa изобpaжeния
9 PROGRAM AE indicator (p. 75) (cтp. 69)
0 Backlight indicator (p. 47) 7 Индикaтоp кодa дaнныx (cтp. 54)
qa SteadyShot off indicator (p. 127) 8 Индикaтоp дaты
qs Manual focus/Infinity indicator (p. 82) 9 Индикaтоp PROGRAM AE (cтp. 75)
0 Индикaтоp зaднeй подcвeтки (cтp. 47)
qa Индикaтоp выключeнной ycтойчивой
cъeмки (cтp. 132)
qs Индикaтоp pyчной фокycиpовки/
254 бecконeчноcти (cтp. 82) 255
Oбознaчeниe чacтeй и
Identifying the parts and controls peгyлятоpов
qd Self-timer indicator (p. 48, 63, 153) qd Индикaтоp тaймepa caмозaпycкa (cтp.
48, 63, 153)
qf STBY/REC indicator (p. 46)/Video control
mode indicator (p. 56)/Movie mode qf Индикaтоp STBY/REC (cтp. 46)/
indicator (p. 146) (DCR-IP7E only)/Image индикaтоp peжимa видeоконтpоля
quality mode indicator (p. 143) (DCR-IP7E (cтp. 56)/Индикaтоp peжимa кино
only) (cтp. 146) (только модeль DCR-IP7E)/
индикaтоp peжимa кaчecтвa
qg Warning indicators (p. 218) изобpaжeния (cтp. 143) (только модeль
qh Tape counter indicator (p. 46)/Self- DCR-IP7E)
diagnosis indicator (p. 217)/Photo mode qg Пpeдyпpeждaющиe индикaтоpы (cтp.
indicator (p. 61, 149)/Image number 227)
indicator (p. 149) (DCR-IP7E only)
qh Индикaтоp cчeтчикa лeнты (cтp. 46)/
qj Remaining tape indicator (p. 46)/Memory индикaтоp фyнкции caмодиaгноcтики
playback indicator (p. 176) (cтp. 226)/индикaтоp фотоpeжимa (cтp.
qk END SEARCH indicator (p. 50) 61, 149)/индикaтоp номepa изобpaжeния
(cтp. 149) (только модeль DCR-IP7E)
ql MPEG IN indicator (p. 105)
qj Индикaтоp оcтaвшeйcя лeнты (cтp. 46)/
w; Data file name indicator (p. 166) (DCR-IP7E индикaтоp воcпpоизвeдeния из пaмяти
only) (cтp. 176)
This indicator appears when the MEMORY
MIX functions work. /Time indicator qk Индикaтоp END SEARCH (cтp. 50)
wa Multi screen mode indicator (p. 151) ql Индикaтоp MPEG IN (cтp. 105)
w; Индикaтоp имeни фaйлa дaнныx (cтp.
166) (только модeль DCR-IP7E)
Этот индикaтоp появляeтcя во вpeмя
paботы фyнкций MEMORY MIX. /
Индикaтоp вpeмeни
wa Индикaтоp многоэкpaнного peжимa
(cтp. 151)
256
Sony EMCS Co. 2001J1600-1

9-929-923-41 ©2001.10
— 80 — Published by DI Customer Center
Reverse 992992341.pdf
Revision History
S.M. Rev.
Ver. Date History Contents
issued
1.0 2001.10 Official Release — —

Sony Dcrip5e

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sony Dcrip5e

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sony Dcrip5e

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DCR-IP5E/IP7E RMT-817/818

SERVICE MANUAL AEP Model

Ver 1.0 2001. 10

Focal length LCD screen General

DIGITAL VIDEO CAMERA RECORDER

AC power adaptor Battery pack “Memory Stick”

Table for difference of functions

SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!

COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK 0 OR DOTTED LINE WITH

After correcting the original service problem, perform the following

Checking supplied accessories.

3-071-133-31 OPERATING INSTRUCTION (SET)(DUTCH)

1. POWER SUPPLY DURING REPAIRS

2. TO TAKE OUT A CASSETTE WHEN NOT EJECT (FORCE EJECT)

Regulated power supply

1. SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION 2. SELF-DIAGNOSIS DISPLAY

Repaired by: Block Detailed Code

3. SERVICE MODE DISPLAY

3-1. Display Method

3-2. Backup No.

Backup No. Self-diagnosis Codes

Order of previous errors

3-3. End of Display

4. SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE

Block Detailed Symptom/State Correction

C 0 4 0 0 Non-standard battery is used. Use the info LITHIUM battery.

Remote commander (RMT-817)

Lid battery case

Remote commander (RMT-818)

Jack cover List strap

2-1. LCD section (PD-142 board)

2-2. Cabinet (R) section

2-3. Lens section (LD-105 board)

2-6. EVF section (VF-149 board)

2-4. VC-263 board 2-7. Control switch block (CF-1900), Speaker

2-5. Mechanism deck

2-10. BT-003 board (IP7E), Cabinet (L) assembly

2-8. JK-209 board 2-11. Grip cabinet assembly,

2-9. Parts unit (Hinge)

NOTE: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given.

4 Tape (F) 7 Screw

2-2. CABINET (R) SECTION

8 FP-366 flexible board

When removing the BT cable When installing cabinet (L)

4 Screw (M1.4 × 2.5),

2-3. LENS SECTION (LD-105 BOARD)

When installing cabinet (L)

2 Remove the microphone unit

2 FP-367 flexible board (15P)

6 Remove the lens-EVF section

3 Two screws (M1.4 × 2.5),

2 Filter ring assembly

2-4. VC-263 BOARD

1 Screw (M1.4 × 2.5),

2-5. MECHANISM DECK

1 Open the grip

2 Two screws qf Mechanism

B 5 Control switch block

7 Two screws (M1.4 × 2.5),